Introduction
More than half a century ago, Bacry and Lévy-Leblond [1 ] started what could be termed the kinematical Erlanger programme, in effect adding “time” to Klein’s famous programme of studying geometries via their symmetry groups. In their original paper they classified kinematical Lie algebras for a class of four-dimensional spacetimes. The corresponding kinematical Lie groups act on the spacetimes as a composition of rotations, boosts and spatial and temporal translations. Their classification was subject to the assumptions of spatial isotropy and the existence of time-reversal and parity automorphisms. These latter “by no means compelling” [1 ] assumptions were lifted in work of Bacry and Nuyts [2 ] , who still worked in four spacetime dimensions and still subject to spatial isotropy. More recently, this classification was extended to arbitrary dimension via deformation theory: [3 ] (recovering the classification of Bacry and Nuyts), [4 ] (in higher spacetime dimension) and [5 ] (in three spacetime dimensions), but always under the assumption of spatial isotropy. Based on these results, the simply-connected spatially isotropic homogeneous spacetimes (i.e., the kinematical Klein geometries) were classified in [6 ] , resulting in a small class of geometries, including lorentzian, galilean and carrollian, which were further studied in [7 ] .
A natural continuation of this programme is to lift the assumption of spatial isotropy and the natural first step is to consider the case of coisotropy-one: where the rotational subalgebra acts on the tangent sphere (i.e., the space of directions) with codimension-one orbits. This is a much richer class of spacetime geometries and their classification, which is substantially harder, is the goal of a series of papers commencing with this one.
We recall that a ( d + 2 ) (d+2) ( d + 2 ) -dimensional spatially isotropic homogeneous spacetime admits a transitive action of a spatially isotropic kinematical Lie group K K K . Its Lie algebra k \mathfrak{k} k is a real Lie algebra of dimension ( d + 2 ) ( d + 3 ) / 2 (d+2)(d+3)/2 ( d + 2 ) ( d + 3 ) /2 with a Lie subalgebra r ≅ s o ( d + 1 ) \mathfrak{r} \cong\mathfrak{so}(d+1) r ≅ so ( d + 1 ) under which the adjoint representation of k \mathfrak{k} k decomposes into ad ⊕ 2 U ⊕ R \operatorname{ad} \oplus2U \oplus R ad ⊕ 2 U ⊕ R , where ad \operatorname{ad} ad , U ≅ R d + 1 U \cong\mathbb{R}^{d+1} U ≅ R d + 1 and R R R are the adjoint, vector and scalar representations of r \mathfrak{r} r , respectively. Such Lie algebras were the subject of the classical papers already mentioned [1 , 2 ] (for d = 2 d=2 d = 2 ) as well as the more recent papers [3 , 4 , 5 ] which deal with general d d d . The Klein pair corresponding to a spatially isotropic spacetime is ( k , h ) (\mathfrak{k},\mathfrak{h}) ( k , h ) , where h ≅ r ⊕ U \mathfrak{h} \cong\mathfrak{r} \oplus U h ≅ r ⊕ U as an r \mathfrak{r} r -module. Among such Klein pairs, the simplest are those corresponding to Minkowski, Galilei and Carroll spacetimes. We collect them in Table 1 . The notation in the table is such that k \mathfrak{k} k is spanned by J a b J_{ab} J ab , B a B_a B a , P a P_a P a , H H H and h \mathfrak{h} h is spanned by J a b J_{ab} J ab , B a B_a B a , with J a b J_{ab} J ab a basis for r \mathfrak{r} r . Geometrically we may interpret J a b J_{ab} J ab as generating rotations, B a B_a B a as generating boosts, P a P_a P a generating spatial translations and H H H generating time translations. The table omits the indices and displays the Lie brackets of k \mathfrak{k} k in an abbreviated – yet unambiguous – notation explained in [6 §2.2] . We omit the Lie brackets common to all kinematical Lie algebras; that is, those that involve the rotational subalgebra r \mathfrak{r} r , which in this abbreviated notation are [ J , J ] = J [J,J]=J [ J , J ] = J , [ J , B ] = B [J,B]=B [ J , B ] = B , [ J , P ] = P [J,P]=P [ J , P ] = P and [ J , H ] = 0 [J,H]=0 [ J , H ] = 0 .
Table 1. Minkowski, Galilei and Carroll spacetimes.
The minimal breaking of spatial isotropy (where the rotational algebra s o ( d + 1 ) \mathfrak{so}(d+1) so ( d + 1 ) breaks to s o ( d ) \mathfrak{so}(d) so ( d ) ) in these spacetimes will result in a coisotropy-one homogeneous spacetime whose transitive Lie algebra belongs to one of two classes of Lie algebras we now describe. To this end it is convenient to recall a definition due to Morand [8 ] .
Definition 1.1. An ( s , ν ) (s,\nu) ( s , ν ) -kinematical Lie algebra (KLA) with n n n -dimensional spatial isotropy is a real Lie algebra g \mathfrak{g} g with a Lie subalgebra r ≅ s o ( n ) \mathfrak{r} \cong\mathfrak{so}(n) r ≅ so ( n ) and relative to which g \mathfrak{g} g decomposes as an r \mathfrak{r} r -module as g = r ⊕ R n ⊕ R \mathfrak{g}=\mathfrak{r}\oplus\mathbb{R}^{n}\oplus\mathbb{R} g = r ⊕ R n ⊕ R , where R n \mathbb{R}^{n} R n and R \mathbb{R} R denote, respectively, the standard (vector) and scalar irreducible representations of s o ( n ) \mathfrak{so}(n) so ( n ) .
This definition encompasses many classes of Lie algebras relevant to the description of spacetimes. For example, ( 1 , 1 ) (1,1) ( 1 , 1 ) -KLAs are aristotelian Lie algebras, whereas ( 1 , 2 ) (1,2) ( 1 , 2 ) -KLAs are the original spatially-isotropic kinematical Lie algebras. The ( 2 , 1 ) (2,1) ( 2 , 1 ) -KLAs are the Lifshitz Lie algebras, classified in [9 ] , whereas ( 2 , 2 ) (2,2) ( 2 , 2 ) -KLAs are the boost-extended Lifshitz Lie algebras, which are the subject of ongoing work which will be presented in [10 ] . The following structural result will be shown in that paper.
Theorem [10 ] . Every ( 2 , 2 ) (2,2) ( 2 , 2 ) -KLA g \mathfrak{g} g is isomorphic to an extension-by-derivation of a ( 1 , 2 ) (1,2) ( 1 , 2 ) -KLA k \mathfrak{k} k ; that is, it fits in a (split) exact sequence of the form
0 ⟶ k ⟶ g ⟶ R D ⟶ 0. (1) 0 \longrightarrow\mathfrak{k} \longrightarrow\mathfrak{g} \longrightarrow\mathbb{R}D \longrightarrow0. \tag*{(1)} 0 ⟶ k ⟶ g ⟶ R D ⟶ 0. (1) The ( 2 , 2 ) (2,2) ( 2 , 2 ) -KLAs obtained by extending k \mathfrak{k} k by D D D and by D ′ = θ ∘ ( λ D − μ ad H ) ∘ θ − 1 D'=\theta\circ(\lambda D-\mu\operatorname{ad}_{H})\circ\theta^{-1} D ′ = θ ∘ ( λ D − μ ad H ) ∘ θ − 1 , where θ ∈ Aut ( k ) \theta\in\operatorname{Aut}(\mathfrak{k}) θ ∈ Aut ( k ) is an automorphism and λ , μ ∈ R \lambda,\mu\in\mathbb{R} λ , μ ∈ R with λ ≠ 0 \lambda\ne0 λ = 0 , are isomorphic.
This theorem is analogous to a theorem proved in [9 ] , which shows that every ( 2 , 1 ) (2,1) ( 2 , 1 ) -KLA is an extension-by-grading-element of a ( 1 , 1 ) (1,1) ( 1 , 1 ) -KLA.
Let us now break spatial isotropy in any of the spacetimes in Table 1 . We assume that there is a distinguished nonzero spatial vector u ∈ k / h \mathbf{u}\in\mathfrak{k}/\mathfrak{h} u ∈ k / h , which breaks the rotational symmetry from r \mathfrak{r} r to the stabiliser of u \mathbf{u} u , which is a subalgebra s = s o ( u ⊥ ) \mathfrak{s}=\mathfrak{so}(\mathbf{u}^{\perp}) s = so ( u ⊥ ) isomorphic to s o ( d ) \mathfrak{so}(d) so ( d ) . Under s \mathfrak{s} s , the vector representation decomposes as U = u ⊥ ⊕ R u U=\mathbf{u}^{\perp}\oplus\mathbb{R}\mathbf{u} U = u ⊥ ⊕ R u , where u ⊥ ≅ R d \mathbf{u}^{\perp}\cong\mathbb{R}^{d} u ⊥ ≅ R d is the vector representation of s \mathfrak{s} s . We define g \mathfrak{g} g to be the normaliser of u ⋅ P \mathbf{u}\cdot P u ⋅ P in k \mathfrak{k} k and consider the Klein pair ( g , g ∩ h ) (\mathfrak{g},\mathfrak{g}\cap\mathfrak{h}) ( g , g ∩ h ) as a model of a coisotropy-one homogeneous spacetime. For Minkowski and Carroll spacetimes, g ∩ h \mathfrak{g}\cap\mathfrak{h} g ∩ h does not contain the boost u ⋅ B \mathbf{u}\cdot B u ⋅ B along u \mathbf{u} u , since [ u ⋅ B , u ⋅ P ] = ∣ u ∣ 2 H [\mathbf{u}\cdot B,\mathbf{u}\cdot P]=|\mathbf{u}|^{2}H [ u ⋅ B , u ⋅ P ] = ∣ u ∣ 2 H ; whereas for Galilei spacetime g ∩ h \mathfrak{g}\cap\mathfrak{h} g ∩ h does include u ⋅ B \mathbf{u}\cdot B u ⋅ B . This gives rise to two classes of Lie algebras g \mathfrak{g} g .
If g \mathfrak{g} g does not include the boost u ⋅ B \mathbf{u}\cdot B u ⋅ B , then as a representation of s = s o ( u ⊥ ) \mathfrak{s}=\mathfrak{so}(\mathbf{u}^{\perp}) s = so ( u ⊥ ) , g \mathfrak{g} g decomposes as g = s ⊕ 2 u ⊥ ⊕ 2 R \mathfrak{g}=\mathfrak{s}\oplus2\mathbf{u}^{\perp}\oplus2\mathbb{R} g = s ⊕ 2 u ⊥ ⊕ 2 R , where the two scalars are the translation generators along time and along u \mathbf{u} u . Therefore g \mathfrak{g} g is a ( 2 , 2 ) (2,2) ( 2 , 2 ) -KLA.
If g \mathfrak{g} g does include the boost u ⋅ B \mathbf{u}\cdot B u ⋅ B , then it has an additional s o ( u ⊥ ) \mathfrak{so}(\mathbf{u}^{\perp}) so ( u ⊥ ) scalar, namely u ⋅ B \mathbf{u}\cdot B u ⋅ B itself. In that case, g = s ⊕ 2 u ⊥ ⊕ 3 R \mathfrak{g}=\mathfrak{s}\oplus2\mathbf{u}^{\perp}\oplus3\mathbb{R} g = s ⊕ 2 u ⊥ ⊕ 3 R as a representation of s \mathfrak{s} s and hence it is a ( 3 , 2 ) (3,2) ( 3 , 2 ) -KLA, a class of Lie algebras whose classification is the main result of this paper (for d ≥ 3 d\ge3 d ≥ 3 ) and a following paper (for d = 2 d=2 d = 2 ). A further paper will contain the classification of the corresponding simply-connected coisotropy-one homogeneous spacetimes; that is, the corresponding spacetime Klein geometries.
Let us now summarise the paper and explain its organisation. In § 2 we prove several structure theorems for ( 3 , 2 ) (3,2) ( 3 , 2 ) -KLAs. We consider d ≥ 3 d\ge3 d ≥ 3 . For d = 1 d=1 d = 1 there is no distinction between the scalar and vector representations, so every finite-dimensional real Lie algebra is a ( 3 , 2 ) (3,2) ( 3 , 2 ) -KLA. Such Lie algebras were classified up to isomorphism in [11 ] and we shall have nothing more to say about them. For d = 2 d=2 d = 2 there is no distinction between the scalar and adjoint representations and this, together with the fact that the vector representation admits a larger endomorphism ring than when d ≥ 3 d\ge3 d ≥ 3 , makes the classification problem substantially more complicated. In order to keep the papers to a reasonable size, we will present the d = 2 d=2 d = 2 classification in a separate paper.
In this first paper, our treatment breaks naturally into two cases and this will be reflected throughout: the generic case (d > 3 d>3 d > 3 ) and the special case d = 3 d=3 d = 3 . The main results in § 2 are contained in Theorems A (for d > 3 d>3 d > 3 ) and B (for d = 3 d=3 d = 3 ).
Theorem A. Let g = s o ( V ) ⊕ ( V ⊗ W ) ⊕ b \mathfrak{g}=\mathfrak{so}(V)\oplus(V\otimes W)\oplus\mathfrak{b} g = so ( V ) ⊕ ( V ⊗ W ) ⊕ b be a ( 3 , 2 ) (3,2) ( 3 , 2 ) -KLA with dim V = d > 3 \dim V=d>3 dim V = d > 3 . Then the Lie bracket of g \mathfrak{g} g is determined by the following algebraic data:
a (bianchi) Lie algebra structure on b \mathfrak{b} b ,
a two-dimensional Lie algebra representation ρ : b → g l ( W ) \rho:\mathfrak{b}\to\mathfrak{gl}(W) ρ : b → gl ( W ) ,
and a b \mathfrak{b} b -equivariant b \mathfrak{b} b -valued 2-form φ : Λ 2 W → b \varphi:\Lambda^{2}W\to\mathfrak{b} φ : Λ 2 W → b .
For all X ∈ s o ( V ) X \in\mathfrak{so}(V) X ∈ so ( V ) , v , v i ∈ V v,v_i \in V v , v i ∈ V , w , w i ∈ W w,w_i \in W w , w i ∈ W and B ∈ b B \in\mathfrak{b} B ∈ b , the Lie algebra structure is given by the brackets
[ X , v ⊗ w ] = X v ⊗ w , [ X , B ] = 0 , [ B , v ⊗ w ] = v ⊗ ρ ( B ) w , [ v 1 ⊗ w 1 , v 2 ⊗ w 2 ] = α ( w 1 , w 2 ) v 1 ∧ v 2 + ⟨ v 1 , v 2 ⟩ φ ( w 1 ∧ w 2 ) . (2) \begin{aligned}
[X,v \otimes w] &= Xv \otimes w,\\
[X,B] &= 0,\\
[B,v \otimes w] &= v \otimes\rho(B)w,\\
[v_1 \otimes w_1,v_2 \otimes w_2] &= \alpha(w_1,w_2)v_1 \wedge v_2+\langle v_1,v_2\rangle\varphi(w_1\wedge w_2). \tag*{(2)}
\end{aligned} [ X , v ⊗ w ] [ X , B ] [ B , v ⊗ w ] [ v 1 ⊗ w 1 , v 2 ⊗ w 2 ] = X v ⊗ w , = 0 , = v ⊗ ρ ( B ) w , = α ( w 1 , w 2 ) v 1 ∧ v 2 + ⟨ v 1 , v 2 ⟩ φ ( w 1 ∧ w 2 ) . (2)
where α : W × W → R \alpha: W \times W \to\mathbb{R} α : W × W → R is the unique b \mathfrak{b} b -invariant symmetric bilinear form given by
ρ ( φ ( w 1 ∧ w 2 ) ) w 3 = α ( w 2 , w 3 ) w 1 − α ( w 1 , w 3 ) w 2 , w i ∈ W . (3) \rho(\varphi(w_1 \wedge w_2))w_3=\alpha(w_2,w_3)w_1-\alpha(w_1,w_3)w_2,\qquad w_i \in W. \tag*{(3)} ρ ( φ ( w 1 ∧ w 2 )) w 3 = α ( w 2 , w 3 ) w 1 − α ( w 1 , w 3 ) w 2 , w i ∈ W . (3)
Theorem B. Let g = s o ( V ) ⊕ ( V ⊗ W ) ⊕ b \mathfrak{g}=\mathfrak{so}(V)\oplus(V\otimes W)\oplus\mathfrak{b} g = so ( V ) ⊕ ( V ⊗ W ) ⊕ b be a ( 3 , 2 ) (3,2) ( 3 , 2 ) -KLA with dim V = d = 3 \dim V=d=3 dim V = d = 3 . Then the Lie bracket of g \mathfrak{g} g is determined, after perhaps performing a suitable linear isomorphism that leaves s o ( V ) \mathfrak{so}(V) so ( V ) unchanged, by the following algebraic data:
a Bianchi Lie algebra structure on b \mathfrak{b} b ,
a two-dimensional Lie algebra representation ρ : b → g l ( W ) \rho:\mathfrak{b}\to\mathfrak{gl}(W) ρ : b → gl ( W ) ,
a b \mathfrak{b} b -valued 2-form φ : ⋀ 2 W → b \varphi:\bigwedge^{2}W\to\mathfrak{b} φ : ⋀ 2 W → b that is b \mathfrak{b} b -equivariant,
and a b \mathfrak{b} b -equivariant W W W -valued symmetric bilinear form σ : W × W → W \sigma:W\times W\to W σ : W × W → W .
Letting α ∈ ( S 2 W ∗ ) b \alpha\in(S^{2}W^{*})^{\mathfrak{b}} α ∈ ( S 2 W ∗ ) b be defined by the relation
α ( w 2 , w 3 ) w 1 − α ( w 1 , w 3 ) w 2 = ρ ( φ ( w 1 ∧ w 2 ) ) w 3 + σ ( σ ( w 2 , w 3 ) , w 1 ) − σ ( σ ( w 1 , w 3 ) , w 2 ) , (4) \begin{aligned}
\alpha(w_2,w_3)w_1-\alpha(w_1,w_3)w_2
={}&\rho(\varphi(w_1\wedge w_2))w_3\\
&+\sigma(\sigma(w_2,w_3),w_1)-\sigma(\sigma(w_1,w_3),w_2), \tag*{(4)}
\end{aligned} α ( w 2 , w 3 ) w 1 − α ( w 1 , w 3 ) w 2 = ρ ( φ ( w 1 ∧ w 2 )) w 3 + σ ( σ ( w 2 , w 3 ) , w 1 ) − σ ( σ ( w 1 , w 3 ) , w 2 ) , (4) we have that α \alpha α , σ \sigma σ and φ \varphi φ must satisfy the following equations:
0 = α ( σ ( w 1 , w 3 ) , w 2 ) − α ( σ ( w 2 , w 3 ) , w 1 ) , 0 = φ ( σ ( w 1 , w 2 ) ∧ w 3 + σ ( w 2 , w 3 ) ∧ w 1 + σ ( w 3 , w 1 ) ∧ w 2 ) . (5) \begin{aligned}
0&=\alpha(\sigma(w_1,w_3),w_2)-\alpha(\sigma(w_2,w_3),w_1),\\
0&=\varphi(\sigma(w_1,w_2)\wedge w_3+\sigma(w_2,w_3)\wedge w_1+\sigma(w_3,w_1)\wedge w_2). \tag*{(5)}
\end{aligned} 0 0 = α ( σ ( w 1 , w 3 ) , w 2 ) − α ( σ ( w 2 , w 3 ) , w 1 ) , = φ ( σ ( w 1 , w 2 ) ∧ w 3 + σ ( w 2 , w 3 ) ∧ w 1 + σ ( w 3 , w 1 ) ∧ w 2 ) . (5) for all w i ∈ W w_i\in W w i ∈ W . The Lie algebra structure is given by the brackets
[ X , v ⊗ w ] = X v ⊗ w , [ X , B ] = 0 , [ B , v ⊗ w ] = v ⊗ ρ ( B ) w , [ v 1 ⊗ w 1 , v 2 ⊗ w 2 ] = α ( w 1 , w 2 ) v 1 ∧ v 2 + ⟨ v 1 , v 2 ⟩ φ ( w 1 ∧ w 2 ) + ( v 1 × v 2 ) ⊗ σ ( w 1 , w 2 ) , (6) \begin{aligned}
[X,v \otimes w] &= Xv \otimes w,\\
[X,B] &= 0,\\
[B,v \otimes w] &= v \otimes\rho(B)w,\\
[v_1 \otimes w_1,v_2 \otimes w_2] &= \alpha(w_1,w_2)v_1 \wedge v_2+\langle v_1,v_2\rangle\varphi(w_1\wedge w_2)\\
&\quad+(v_1\times v_2)\otimes\sigma(w_1,w_2), \tag*{(6)}
\end{aligned} [ X , v ⊗ w ] [ X , B ] [ B , v ⊗ w ] [ v 1 ⊗ w 1 , v 2 ⊗ w 2 ] = X v ⊗ w , = 0 , = v ⊗ ρ ( B ) w , = α ( w 1 , w 2 ) v 1 ∧ v 2 + ⟨ v 1 , v 2 ⟩ φ ( w 1 ∧ w 2 ) + ( v 1 × v 2 ) ⊗ σ ( w 1 , w 2 ) , (6) for all X ∈ s o ( V ) X\in\mathfrak{so}(V) X ∈ so ( V ) , v , v i ∈ V v,v_i\in V v , v i ∈ V , w , w i ∈ W w,w_i\in W w , w i ∈ W and B ∈ b B\in\mathfrak{b} B ∈ b .
Let us denote by Φ = ( b , ρ , α , φ , σ ) \Phi=(\mathfrak{b},\rho,\alpha,\varphi,\sigma) Φ = ( b , ρ , α , φ , σ ) (with the tacit understanding that not all objects appear for all dim V \dim V dim V ) the data defining a ( 3 , 2 ) (3,2) ( 3 , 2 ) -KLA g = g ( Φ ) \mathfrak{g}=\mathfrak{g}(\Phi) g = g ( Φ ) . In § 3 we investigate how two 5-tuples Φ \Phi Φ and Φ ′ \Phi' Φ ′ resulting in isomorphic ( 3 , 2 ) (3,2) ( 3 , 2 ) -KLAs g ( Φ ) \mathfrak{g}(\Phi) g ( Φ ) and g ( Φ ′ ) \mathfrak{g}(\Phi') g ( Φ ′ ) are related. We fix the Lie subalgebra s o ( V ) \mathfrak{so}(V) so ( V ) of g \mathfrak{g} g once and for all and consider isomorphisms g ( Φ ) → g ( Φ ′ ) \mathfrak{g}(\Phi)\to\mathfrak{g}(\Phi') g ( Φ ) → g ( Φ ′ ) which restrict to the identity on s o ( V ) \mathfrak{so}(V) so ( V ) . These isomorphisms will be known as relative isomorphisms between g ( Φ ) \mathfrak{g}(\Phi) g ( Φ ) and g ( Φ ′ ) \mathfrak{g}(\Phi') g ( Φ ′ ) .
For dim V > 3 \dim V>3 dim V > 3 the main results are contained in Proposition 3.3 , which states that any relative isomorphism f : g ( Φ ) → g ( Φ ′ ) f:\mathfrak{g}(\Phi)\to\mathfrak{g}(\Phi') f : g ( Φ ) → g ( Φ ′ ) satisfies
f ( X ) = X , f ( B ) = ψ ( B ) and f ( v ⊗ w ) = v ⊗ h ( w ) , (7) f(X)=X,\qquad f(B)=\psi(B)\qquad\text{and}\qquad f(v\otimes w)=v\otimes h(w), \tag*{(7)} f ( X ) = X , f ( B ) = ψ ( B ) and f ( v ⊗ w ) = v ⊗ h ( w ) , (7)
for X ∈ s o ( V ) X\in\mathfrak{so}(V) X ∈ so ( V ) , B ∈ b B\in\mathfrak{b} B ∈ b and v ⊗ w ∈ V ⊗ W v\otimes w\in V\otimes W v ⊗ w ∈ V ⊗ W , where ψ : b → b ′ \psi:\mathfrak{b}\to\mathfrak{b}' ψ : b → b ′ is a Lie algebra isomorphism and h : W → W ′ h:W\to W' h : W → W ′ is a vector space isomorphism relating Φ \Phi Φ and Φ ′ \Phi' Φ ′ as follows
ρ ′ ∘ ψ = Ad ( h ) ∘ ρ , α = h ∗ α ′ , and ψ ∘ φ = h ∗ φ ′ , (8) \rho'\circ\psi=\operatorname{Ad}(h)\circ\rho,\qquad\alpha=h^{*}\alpha',\qquad\text{and}\qquad\psi\circ\varphi=h^{*}\varphi', \tag*{(8)} ρ ′ ∘ ψ = Ad ( h ) ∘ ρ , α = h ∗ α ′ , and ψ ∘ φ = h ∗ φ ′ , (8)
where ( Ad ( h ) ∘ ρ ) ( B ) : = h ∘ ρ ( B ) ∘ h − 1 (\operatorname{Ad}(h)\circ\rho)(B):=h\circ\rho(B)\circ h^{-1} ( Ad ( h ) ∘ ρ ) ( B ) := h ∘ ρ ( B ) ∘ h − 1 for all B ∈ b B\in\mathfrak{b} B ∈ b .
The results for dim V = 3 \dim V=3 dim V = 3 are contained in Proposition 3.4 , which states that the isomorphism f : g ( Φ ) → g ( Φ ′ ) f:\mathfrak{g}(\Phi)\to\mathfrak{g}(\Phi') f : g ( Φ ) → g ( Φ ′ ) is given by
f ( X ) = X , f ( B ) = ψ ( B ) and f ( v ⊗ w ) = μ ( w ) ε ( v ) + v ⊗ h ( w ) . (9) f(X)=X,\qquad f(B)=\psi(B)\qquad\text{and}\qquad f(v\otimes w)=\mu(w)\varepsilon(v)+v\otimes h(w). \tag*{(9)} f ( X ) = X , f ( B ) = ψ ( B ) and f ( v ⊗ w ) = μ ( w ) ε ( v ) + v ⊗ h ( w ) . (9)
for X ∈ s o ( V ) X \in\mathfrak{so}(V) X ∈ so ( V ) , B ∈ b B \in\mathfrak{b} B ∈ b and v ⊗ w ∈ V ⊗ W v \otimes w \in V \otimes W v ⊗ w ∈ V ⊗ W , where ε : V → s o ( V ) \varepsilon: V \to\mathfrak{so}(V) ε : V → so ( V ) is given by ε ( v ) v ′ = v × v ′ \varepsilon(v)v' = v \times v' ε ( v ) v ′ = v × v ′ . Here again ψ : b → b ′ \psi: \mathfrak{b} \to\mathfrak{b}' ψ : b → b ′ is a Lie algebra isomorphism and h : W → W ′ h: W \to W' h : W → W ′ is a vector space isomorphism, but we have a new ingredient: a b \mathfrak{b} b -invariant μ ∈ W ∗ \mu\in W^* μ ∈ W ∗ . Now Φ \Phi Φ and Φ ′ \Phi' Φ ′ are related as follows:
ρ ′ ∘ ψ = Ad ( h ) ∘ ρ , ψ ∘ φ = h ∗ φ ′ , α − μ ∘ σ + μ ⊗ μ = h ∗ α ′ and h ∘ σ − μ ⊗ h − h ⊗ μ = h ∗ σ ′ . (10) \rho' \circ\psi= \operatorname{Ad}(h) \circ\rho,\qquad\psi\circ\varphi= h^* \varphi',\qquad\alpha-\mu\circ\sigma+\mu\otimes\mu= h^* \alpha'\qquad\text{and}\qquad h \circ\sigma-\mu\otimes h-h \otimes\mu= h^* \sigma'. \tag*{(10)} ρ ′ ∘ ψ = Ad ( h ) ∘ ρ , ψ ∘ φ = h ∗ φ ′ , α − μ ∘ σ + μ ⊗ μ = h ∗ α ′ and h ∘ σ − μ ⊗ h − h ⊗ μ = h ∗ σ ′ . (10)
A common ingredient in all ( 3 , 2 ) (3,2) ( 3 , 2 ) -KLAs for d ≥ 3 d \ge3 d ≥ 3 is a two-dimensional real representation ρ : b → g l ( W ) \rho: \mathfrak{b} \to\mathfrak{gl}(W) ρ : b → gl ( W ) of a Bianchi Lie algebra b \mathfrak{b} b . Once we choose a basis for W W W , the image of ρ \rho ρ is a Lie subalgebra of g l ( 2 , R ) \mathfrak{gl}(2,\mathbb{R}) gl ( 2 , R ) and their classification (up to conjugacy) is reviewed in Section 4. This is summarised in Table 2 . In that section we also list those subalgebras of g l ( 2 , R ) \mathfrak{gl}(2,\mathbb{R}) gl ( 2 , R ) which leave invariant a linear form μ \mu μ , a symmetric bilinear form α \alpha α , as well as those which leave invariant a nonzero symmetric bilinear σ : R 2 × R 2 → R 2 \sigma: \mathbb{R}^2 \times\mathbb{R}^2 \to\mathbb{R}^2 σ : R 2 × R 2 → R 2 .
Table 2. Representatives of the conjugacy classes of proper subalgebras of g l ( 2 , R ) \mathfrak{gl}(2,\mathbb{R}) gl ( 2 , R ) .
In § 5 we classify real two-dimensional representations ρ : b → g l ( W ) \rho: \mathfrak{b} \to\mathfrak{gl}(W) ρ : b → gl ( W ) of Bianchi Lie algebras. The notion of equivalence which is useful for the classification of ( 3 , 2 ) (3,2) ( 3 , 2 ) -KLAs is slightly weaker than the usual one: two representations ρ : b → g l ( W ) \rho: \mathfrak{b} \to\mathfrak{gl}(W) ρ : b → gl ( W ) and ρ ′ : b ′ → g l ( W ′ ) \rho': \mathfrak{b}' \to\mathfrak{gl}(W') ρ ′ : b ′ → gl ( W ′ ) are weakly equivalent if there exists an isomorphism h : W → W ′ h: W \to W' h : W → W ′ and an isomorphism ψ : b → b ′ \psi: \mathfrak{b} \to\mathfrak{b}' ψ : b → b ′ such that ρ ′ ∘ ψ = Ad ( h ) ∘ ρ \rho' \circ\psi= \operatorname{Ad}(h) \circ\rho ρ ′ ∘ ψ = Ad ( h ) ∘ ρ , where Ad ( h ) : g l ( W ) → g l ( W ′ ) \operatorname{Ad}(h): \mathfrak{gl}(W) \to\mathfrak{gl}(W') Ad ( h ) : gl ( W ) → gl ( W ′ ) is defined by Ad ( h ) f = h ∘ f ∘ h − 1 \operatorname{Ad}(h)f = h \circ f \circ h^{-1} Ad ( h ) f = h ∘ f ∘ h − 1 . In practice, we fix a Bianchi Lie algebra b \mathfrak{b} b in each isomorphism class (as recorded in Table 16 ) and we take ψ ∈ Aut ( b ) \psi\in\operatorname{Aut}(\mathfrak{b}) ψ ∈ Aut ( b ) in the definition of weak equivalence of representations. For every isomorphism class of Bianchi Lie algebras, we determine the possible kernels and images of a representation ρ \rho ρ and determine the possible b \mathfrak{b} b -invariant α ∈ S 2 W ∗ \alpha\in S^2W^* α ∈ S 2 W ∗ , μ ∈ W ∗ \mu\in W^* μ ∈ W ∗ and b \mathfrak{b} b -equivariant φ : Λ 2 W → b \varphi: \Lambda^2W \to\mathfrak{b} φ : Λ 2 W → b and σ : S 2 W → W \sigma: S^2W \to W σ : S 2 W → W . These are summarised in a number of tables in that section.
Table 16. Isomorphism classes of 3-dimensional real Lie algebras.
In § 6 we bring all ingredients together and classify the ( 3 , 2 ) (3,2) ( 3 , 2 ) -KLAs for d ≥ 3 d \ge3 d ≥ 3 . The main results of this section are contained in Theorems C (for d > 3 d > 3 d > 3 ) and D (for d = 3 d = 3 d = 3 ).
Theorem C. Let g = s o ( V ) ⊕ ( V ⊗ W ) ⊕ b \mathfrak{g} = \mathfrak{so}(V) \oplus(V \otimes W) \oplus\mathfrak{b} g = so ( V ) ⊕ ( V ⊗ W ) ⊕ b be a ( 3 , 2 ) (3,2) ( 3 , 2 ) -KLA for which dim V = d > 3 \dim V = d > 3 dim V = d > 3 and consider the algebraic data ( b , ρ , φ , α ) (\mathfrak{b},\rho,\varphi,\alpha) ( b , ρ , φ , α ) associated with g \mathfrak{g} g . Then, exactly one of the following situations occurs:
(I) The subspace V ⊗ W V \otimes W V ⊗ W is abelian (that is, φ = 0 \varphi= 0 φ = 0 ). In this case, g \mathfrak{g} g is relatively isomorphic to the split abelian extension of h = s o ( V ) ⊕ b \mathfrak{h} = \mathfrak{so}(V) \oplus\mathfrak{b} h = so ( V ) ⊕ b by V ⊗ W V \otimes W V ⊗ W induced by exactly one of the representations given in § 5 .
(II) The subspace [ V ⊗ W , V ⊗ W ] [V \otimes W,V \otimes W] [ V ⊗ W , V ⊗ W ] is a nonzero subspace of b \mathfrak{b} b (that is, φ ≠ 0 \varphi\ne0 φ = 0 but α = 0 \alpha= 0 α = 0 ). In this case, g \mathfrak{g} g is relatively isomorphic to exactly one of the ( 3 , 2 ) (3,2) ( 3 , 2 ) -KLAs described in Table 13 .
(III) The subspace [ V ⊗ W , V ⊗ W ] [V \otimes W,V \otimes W] [ V ⊗ W , V ⊗ W ] has nontrivial projection both onto s o ( V ) \mathfrak{so}(V) so ( V ) and b \mathfrak{b} b (that is, α ≠ 0 \alpha\ne0 α = 0 ). In this case, g \mathfrak{g} g is relatively isomorphic to exactly one of the ( 3 , 2 ) (3,2) ( 3 , 2 ) -KLAs described in Table 14 .
Table 13. Relative isomorphism classes of generic (3, 2)-KLAs in class (II).
Table 14. Relative isomorphism classes of generic (3, 2)-KLAs in class (III).
The Lie bracket in V ⊗ W V \otimes W V ⊗ W is given by
[ u ⊗ e i , v ⊗ e j ] = α i j u ∧ v + ϵ i j ⟨ u , v ⟩ B . [u \otimes e_i, v \otimes e_j] = \alpha_{ij}u \wedge v + \epsilon_{ij}\langle u,v\rangle B. [ u ⊗ e i , v ⊗ e j ] = α ij u ∧ v + ϵ ij ⟨ u , v ⟩ B .
Theorem D. Let g = s o ( V ) ⊕ ( V ⊗ W ) ⊕ b \mathfrak{g} = \mathfrak{so}(V) \oplus(V \otimes W) \oplus\mathfrak{b} g = so ( V ) ⊕ ( V ⊗ W ) ⊕ b be a ( 3 , 2 ) (3,2) ( 3 , 2 ) -KLA for which dim V = d = 3 \dim V = d = 3 dim V = d = 3 and consider the algebraic data ( b , ρ , φ , α , σ ) (\mathfrak{b},\rho,\varphi,\alpha,\sigma) ( b , ρ , φ , α , σ ) associated with g \mathfrak{g} g . Then, up to relative isomorphism, exactly one of the following situations occurs:
(I) The subspace V ⊗ W V \otimes W V ⊗ W is abelian (that is, φ \varphi φ and σ \sigma σ vanish). In this case, g \mathfrak{g} g is relatively isomorphic to the split abelian extension of h = s o ( V ) ⊕ b \mathfrak{h} = \mathfrak{so}(V) \oplus\mathfrak{b} h = so ( V ) ⊕ b by V ⊗ W V \otimes W V ⊗ W obtained from exactly one of the representations described in § 5 .
(II) The subspace [ V ⊗ W , V ⊗ W ] [V \otimes W,V \otimes W] [ V ⊗ W , V ⊗ W ] is a nonzero subspace of b \mathfrak{b} b (that is, σ \sigma σ and α \alpha α are zero whereas φ ≠ 0 \varphi\ne0 φ = 0 ). In this case, g \mathfrak{g} g is relatively isomorphic to exactly one of the ( 3 , 2 ) (3,2) ( 3 , 2 ) -KLAs appearing in Table 13 .
(III) The subspace [ V ⊗ W , V ⊗ W ] [V \otimes W,V \otimes W] [ V ⊗ W , V ⊗ W ] is contained in h = s o ( V ) ⊕ b \mathfrak{h} = \mathfrak{so}(V) \oplus\mathfrak{b} h = so ( V ) ⊕ b and has nontrivial projection both onto s o ( V ) \mathfrak{so}(V) so ( V ) and b \mathfrak{b} b (that is, σ = 0 \sigma= 0 σ = 0 whereas α ≠ 0 \alpha\ne0 α = 0 ). In this case, g \mathfrak{g} g is relatively isomorphic to exactly one of the ( 3 , 2 ) (3,2) ( 3 , 2 ) -KLAs appearing in Table 14 .
(IV) There is a choice of subspace V ⊗ W ⊂ g V \otimes W \subset\mathfrak{g} V ⊗ W ⊂ g complementary to s o ( V ) ⊕ b \mathfrak{so}(V) \oplus\mathfrak{b} so ( V ) ⊕ b which is a nonabelian ideal of g \mathfrak{g} g (equivalently, after a relative isomorphism, φ = 0 \varphi= 0 φ = 0 whereas σ ≠ 0 \sigma\ne0 σ = 0 ) and g \mathfrak{g} g is not relatively isomorphic to a split abelian extension. In this case, g \mathfrak{g} g is relatively isomorphic to exactly one of the ( 3 , 2 ) (3,2) ( 3 , 2 ) -KLAs appearing in Table 15 .
Table 15. Relative isomorphism classes of (3, 2)-KLAs with d = 3 d=3 d = 3 in class (IV).
The paper concludes with two appendices. Appendix A is devoted to Bianchi Lie algebras and their automorphisms, mostly to set notation and collect some results which are used in § 5 when we classify two-dimensional real representations of the Bianchi Lie algebras up to our notion of equivalence, which uses the Lie algebra automorphisms in an essential way. In Appendix B we study a relevant action of GL ( 2 , R ) ⋉ ( R 2 ) ∗ \operatorname{GL}(2,\mathbb{R})\ltimes(\mathbb{R}^{2})^{*} GL ( 2 , R ) ⋉ ( R 2 ) ∗ on Hom ( S 2 R 2 , R 2 ) \operatorname{Hom}(S^{2}\mathbb{R}^{2},\mathbb{R}^{2}) Hom ( S 2 R 2 , R 2 ) and classify its orbits, a problem which we show, for the cases of interest, to be equivalent to the classification of binary cubic forms of weight − 1 -1 − 1 under the action of GL ( 2 , R ) \operatorname{GL}(2,\mathbb{R}) GL ( 2 , R ) . We then summarise their classification using classical invariant theory.
Structure of (3,2)-kinematical Lie algebras
The aim of this section is to prove Theorems A and B stated in the Introduction. To this effect, we consider for a d d d -dimensional euclidean vector space ( V , ⟨ ⋅ , ⋅ ⟩ ) (V,\langle\cdot,\cdot\rangle) ( V , ⟨ ⋅ , ⋅ ⟩) the s o ( V ) \mathfrak{so}(V) so ( V ) -representation
g = s o ( V ) ⊕ V ⊕ V ⊕ R ⊕ R ⊕ R , (11) \mathfrak{g}=\mathfrak{so}(V)\oplus V\oplus V\oplus\mathbb{R}\oplus\mathbb{R}\oplus\mathbb{R}, \tag*{(11)} g = so ( V ) ⊕ V ⊕ V ⊕ R ⊕ R ⊕ R , (11)
where V V V denotes the standard representation and R \mathbb{R} R denotes the trivial representation. Our aim is thus to determine all possible Lie brackets on g \mathfrak{g} g that turn it into a ( 3 , 2 ) (3,2) ( 3 , 2 ) -KLA. We remark that for d > 3 d>3 d > 3 (the generic case ), the s o ( V ) \mathfrak{so}(V) so ( V ) -modules s o ( V ) \mathfrak{so}(V) so ( V ) , V V V and R \mathbb{R} R are pairwise non-isomorphic, but if d = 3 d=3 d = 3 then s o ( V ) ≅ V \mathfrak{so}(V)\cong V so ( V ) ≅ V . We also let W = R 2 W=\mathbb{R}^{2} W = R 2 and b = R ⊕ R ⊕ R \mathfrak{b}=\mathbb{R}\oplus\mathbb{R}\oplus\mathbb{R} b = R ⊕ R ⊕ R , so that we may rewrite our ( 3 , 2 ) (3,2) ( 3 , 2 ) -KLA as
g = s o ( V ) ⊕ ( V ⊗ W ) ⊕ b , (12) \mathfrak{g}=\mathfrak{so}(V)\oplus(V\otimes W)\oplus\mathfrak{b}, \tag*{(12)} g = so ( V ) ⊕ ( V ⊗ W ) ⊕ b , (12)
where under ad s o ( V ) \operatorname{ad}_{\mathfrak{so}(V)} ad so ( V ) we have V ⊗ W V\otimes W V ⊗ W as the tensor product of the standard representation and the two-dimensional trivial representation of s o ( V ) \mathfrak{so}(V) so ( V ) , and b \mathfrak{b} b is the three-dimensional trivial representation of s o ( V ) \mathfrak{so}(V) so ( V ) . Note that for d > 3 d>3 d > 3 , the isotypical components of g \mathfrak{g} g as an s o ( V ) \mathfrak{so}(V) so ( V ) -representation are precisely s o ( V ) \mathfrak{so}(V) so ( V ) (if d = 4 d=4 d = 4 , s o ( V ) \mathfrak{so}(V) so ( V ) splits into two non-isomorphic irreducible representations), V ⊗ W V\otimes W V ⊗ W and b \mathfrak{b} b .
We will first treat the generic case and then separately the case d = 3 d=3 d = 3 , which is somewhat more complicated, just as with the classification of spatially isotropic kinematical Lie algebras. We will not consider further the case d = 1 d=1 d = 1 , since any real five-dimensional Lie algebra fits the definition or d = 2 d=2 d = 2 , which is the subject of a second paper.
The following notation will prove useful throughout this section: given a direct sum X = Y ⊕ Z X=Y\oplus Z X = Y ⊕ Z of vector spaces, a vector x ∈ X x\in X x ∈ X and a subspace W ⊆ X W\subseteq X W ⊆ X , we denote by x Y x_Y x Y and W Y W_Y W Y the projection of x x x and W W W into the subspace Y Y Y relative to the previous direct sum decomposition (and we similarly define x Z x_Z x Z and W Z W_Z W Z ).
Generic case: d>3
We now proceed to the proof of Theorem A. Consider an arbitrary ( 3 , 2 ) (3,2) ( 3 , 2 ) -KLA g \mathfrak{g} g for which d > 3 d>3 d > 3 . In order to understand the Lie bracket of g \mathfrak{g} g , we need to exploit the Jacobi identity, which tells us that the bracket ⋀ 2 g → g \bigwedge^{2}\mathfrak{g}\to\mathfrak{g} ⋀ 2 g → g is actually a g \mathfrak{g} g -module homomorphism. In particular, it is also an s o ( V ) \mathfrak{so}(V) so ( V ) -equivariant map. Because the projection maps
g → s o ( V ) , g → V ⊗ W , g → b , (13) \mathfrak{g}\to\mathfrak{so}(V),\qquad\mathfrak{g}\to V\otimes W,\qquad\mathfrak{g}\to\mathfrak{b}, \tag*{(13)} g → so ( V ) , g → V ⊗ W , g → b , (13)
are all s o ( V ) \mathfrak{so}(V) so ( V ) -equivariant, so are their compositions
⋀ 2 g → s o ( V ) , ⋀ 2 g → V ⊗ W , ⋀ 2 g → b , (14) \bigwedge^{2}\mathfrak{g}\to\mathfrak{so}(V),\qquad\bigwedge^{2}\mathfrak{g}\to V\otimes W,\qquad\bigwedge^{2}\mathfrak{g}\to\mathfrak{b}, \tag*{(14)} ⋀ 2 g → so ( V ) , ⋀ 2 g → V ⊗ W , ⋀ 2 g → b , (14)
with the bracket.
Let us consider the restriction of the bracket to ⋀ 2 b \bigwedge^{2}\mathfrak{b} ⋀ 2 b , which is a three-dimensional trivial s o ( V ) \mathfrak{so}(V) so ( V ) -module. Because neither s o ( V ) \mathfrak{so}(V) so ( V ) nor V ⊗ W V\otimes W V ⊗ W have trivial subrepresentations of positive dimension, the induced maps ⋀ 2 b → s o ( V ) \bigwedge^{2}\mathfrak{b}\to\mathfrak{so}(V) ⋀ 2 b → so ( V ) and ⋀ 2 b → V ⊗ W \bigwedge^{2}\mathfrak{b}\to V\otimes W ⋀ 2 b → V ⊗ W are identically zero. This means that the image of the Lie bracket restricted to b \mathfrak{b} b lies again in b \mathfrak{b} b , so we have obtained the following result.
Proposition 2.1. If d > 3 d>3 d > 3 , the subspace b \mathfrak{b} b is a Lie subalgebra of g \mathfrak{g} g .
In particular, the three-dimensional Lie algebra b \mathfrak{b} b is a Bianchi Lie algebra, as these were classified in the first instance by Bianchi [12 , 13 ] . Since we will make extensive use of this classification later on, we recall this classification in Appendix A, where we choose a representative from each isomorphism class of Bianchi Lie algebra in Table 16 and also record their automorphism groups.
We now discuss the Lie bracket of elements of b \mathfrak{b} b with elements of V ⊗ W V \otimes W V ⊗ W . The Jacobi identity, together with the equality [ s o ( V ) , b ] = 0 [\mathfrak{so}(V),\mathfrak{b}]=0 [ so ( V ) , b ] = 0 , implies that for every B ∈ b B \in\mathfrak{b} B ∈ b the maps λ = proj s o ( V ) ∘ ad ( B ) : V ⊗ W → s o ( V ) \lambda= \operatorname{proj}_{\mathfrak{so}(V)} \circ\operatorname{ad}(B): V \otimes W \to\mathfrak{so}(V) λ = proj so ( V ) ∘ ad ( B ) : V ⊗ W → so ( V ) and ξ = proj b ∘ ad ( B ) : V ⊗ W → b \xi= \operatorname{proj}_{\mathfrak{b}} \circ\operatorname{ad}(B): V \otimes W \to\mathfrak{b} ξ = proj b ∘ ad ( B ) : V ⊗ W → b are s o ( V ) \mathfrak{so}(V) so ( V ) -equivariant. If λ ≠ 0 \lambda\ne0 λ = 0 , then the restriction of λ \lambda λ to any irreducible invariant subspace of V ⊗ W V \otimes W V ⊗ W not contained in ker λ \ker\lambda ker λ induces an isomorphism V ≅ s o ( V ) V \cong\mathfrak{so}(V) V ≅ so ( V ) , which is not possible for d > 3 d > 3 d > 3 , so λ = 0 \lambda= 0 λ = 0 . Similarly, if ξ ≠ 0 \xi\ne0 ξ = 0 , its restriction to an irreducible invariant subspace not contained in ker ξ \ker\xi ker ξ would give an injective map V → b V \to\mathfrak{b} V → b , which is not possible for d > 3 d > 3 d > 3 , so ξ = 0 \xi= 0 ξ = 0 as well. All in all, we deduce that [ b , V ⊗ W ] ⊆ V ⊗ W [\mathfrak{b}, V \otimes W] \subseteq V \otimes W [ b , V ⊗ W ] ⊆ V ⊗ W , and we now describe explicitly this bracket.
For any B ∈ b B \in\mathfrak{b} B ∈ b , the map ad ( B ) : V ⊗ W → V ⊗ W \operatorname{ad}(B): V \otimes W \to V \otimes W ad ( B ) : V ⊗ W → V ⊗ W is ( s o ( V ) ⊕ b ) (\mathfrak{so}(V) \oplus\mathfrak{b}) ( so ( V ) ⊕ b ) -equivariant. Since V V V is an irreducible s o ( V ) \mathfrak{so}(V) so ( V ) -module, equivariance under s o ( V ) \mathfrak{so}(V) so ( V ) says1 that there exists a linear map ρ : b → g l ( W ) \rho: \mathfrak{b} \to\mathfrak{gl}(W) ρ : b → gl ( W ) such that [ B , v ⊗ w ] = v ⊗ ρ ( B ) w [B,v \otimes w] = v \otimes\rho(B)w [ B , v ⊗ w ] = v ⊗ ρ ( B ) w for every v ∈ V v \in V v ∈ V and w ∈ W w \in W w ∈ W . Equivariance under b \mathfrak{b} b then implies that ρ \rho ρ is a Lie algebra homomorphism. In summary, we have the following:
Proposition 2.2. The Lie bracket b × ( V ⊗ W ) → g \mathfrak{b} \times(V \otimes W) \to\mathfrak{g} b × ( V ⊗ W ) → g is given by the equation
[ B , v ⊗ w ] = v ⊗ ρ ( B ) w , (15) [B,v \otimes w] = v \otimes\rho(B)w, \tag*{(15)} [ B , v ⊗ w ] = v ⊗ ρ ( B ) w , (15)
where ρ : b → g l ( W ) \rho: \mathfrak{b} \to\mathfrak{gl}(W) ρ : b → gl ( W ) is a two-dimensional representation of b \mathfrak{b} b .
The only bracket left for us to understand is that of elements in V ⊗ W V \otimes W V ⊗ W with themselves, which defines an ( s o ( V ) ⊕ b ) (\mathfrak{so}(V) \oplus\mathfrak{b}) ( so ( V ) ⊕ b ) -equivariant linear map Λ 2 ( V ⊗ W ) → g \Lambda^2(V \otimes W) \to\mathfrak{g} Λ 2 ( V ⊗ W ) → g . We may decompose both spaces into ( s o ( V ) ⊕ b ) (\mathfrak{so}(V) \oplus\mathfrak{b}) ( so ( V ) ⊕ b ) -modules and hence the bracket defines a linear map:
( Λ 2 V ⊗ S 2 W ) ⊕ ( S 0 2 V ⊗ Λ 2 W ) ⊕ ( R T r ⊗ Λ 2 W ) → s o ( V ) ⊕ ( V ⊗ W ) ⊕ b , (16) \left(\Lambda^2 V \otimes S^2 W\right) \oplus\left(S^2_0 V \otimes\Lambda^2 W\right) \oplus\left(\mathbb{R}_{\mathrm{Tr}} \otimes\Lambda^2 W\right) \to\mathfrak{so}(V) \oplus(V \otimes W) \oplus\mathfrak{b}, \tag*{(16)} ( Λ 2 V ⊗ S 2 W ) ⊕ ( S 0 2 V ⊗ Λ 2 W ) ⊕ ( R Tr ⊗ Λ 2 W ) → so ( V ) ⊕ ( V ⊗ W ) ⊕ b , (16)
where S 2 V = S 0 2 V ⊕ R T r S^2V = S^2_0V \oplus\mathbb{R}_{\mathrm{Tr}} S 2 V = S 0 2 V ⊕ R Tr is the decomposition into traceless and trace symmetric 2-tensors; that is, the dual R T r ∗ \mathbb{R}_{\mathrm{Tr}}^* R Tr ∗ is the line spanned by the euclidean inner product in S 2 V ∗ S^2V^* S 2 V ∗ . We will make use of the s o ( V ) \mathfrak{so}(V) so ( V ) -equivariant isomorphism ι : Λ 2 V → s o ( V ) \iota: \Lambda^2V \to\mathfrak{so}(V) ι : Λ 2 V → so ( V ) which sends v 1 ∧ v 2 ↦ v 1 ∧ v 2 v_1 \wedge v_2 \mapsto v_1 \wedge v_2 v 1 ∧ v 2 ↦ v 1 ∧ v 2 , where v 1 ∧ v 2 ∈ s o ( V ) v_1 \wedge v_2 \in\mathfrak{so}(V) v 1 ∧ v 2 ∈ so ( V ) is the skew-symmetric endomorphism of V V V defined by
( v 1 ∧ v 2 ) v = ⟨ v , v 2 ⟩ v 1 − ⟨ v , v 1 ⟩ v 2 . (17) (v_1 \wedge v_2)v = \langle v,v_2\rangle v_1 - \langle v,v_1\rangle v_2. \tag*{(17)} ( v 1 ∧ v 2 ) v = ⟨ v , v 2 ⟩ v 1 − ⟨ v , v 1 ⟩ v 2 . (17)
The s o ( V ) \mathfrak{so}(V) so ( V ) -modules Λ 2 V \Lambda^2V Λ 2 V , V V V , S 0 2 V S^2_0V S 0 2 V and R T r \mathbb{R}_{\mathrm{Tr}} R Tr are mutually non-isomorphic, and hence the only nontrivial components of the linear map in (16) are
Λ 2 V ⊗ S 2 W → s o ( V ) and R T r ⊗ Λ 2 W → b . (18) \Lambda^2V \otimes S^2W \to\mathfrak{so}(V) \qquad\text{and} \qquad\mathbb{R}_{\mathrm{Tr}} \otimes\Lambda^2W \to\mathfrak{b}. \tag*{(18)} Λ 2 V ⊗ S 2 W → so ( V ) and R Tr ⊗ Λ 2 W → b . (18)
For d ≠ 4 d \ne4 d = 4 these modules are also irreducible, but for d = 4 d = 4 d = 4 , Λ 2 V \Lambda^2V Λ 2 V decomposes into two non-isomorphic irreducible three-dimensional submodules, neither of which are isomorphic to either V V V , S 0 2 V S^2_0V S 0 2 V or R T r \mathbb{R}_{\mathrm{Tr}} R Tr . This means that there is a second s o ( V ) \mathfrak{so}(V) so ( V ) -equivariant isomorphism ι ∘ ⋆ : Λ 2 V → s o ( V ) \iota\circ\star: \Lambda^2V \to\mathfrak{so}(V) ι ∘ ⋆ : Λ 2 V → so ( V ) obtained by precomposing the isomorphism ι \iota ι defined above with the Hodge star operator2 ⋆ : Λ 2 V → Λ 2 V \star: \Lambda^2V \to\Lambda^2V ⋆ : Λ 2 V → Λ 2 V . This sends v 1 ∧ v 2 ↦ v 1 ∧ ~ v 2 v_1 \wedge v_2 \mapsto v_1 \widetilde{\wedge} v_2 v 1 ∧ v 2 ↦ v 1 ∧ v 2 which, up to an inconsequential sign, is given by
( v 1 ∧ ~ v 2 ) v = ⋆ ( v 1 ∧ v 2 ∧ v ) . (19) (v_1 \widetilde{\wedge} v_2)v = \star(v_1 \wedge v_2 \wedge v). \tag*{(19)} ( v 1 ∧ v 2 ) v = ⋆ ( v 1 ∧ v 2 ∧ v ) . (19)
Taking into account the above isomorphism(s) Λ 2 V ≅ s o ( V ) \Lambda^2V \cong\mathfrak{so}(V) Λ 2 V ≅ so ( V ) , the first map in (18) is determined by some α ∈ S 2 W ∗ \alpha\in S^2W^* α ∈ S 2 W ∗ and, for d = 4 d = 4 d = 4 , an additional α ~ ∈ S 2 W ∗ \widetilde{\alpha} \in S^2W^* α ∈ S 2 W ∗ , whereas the second map is determined by some φ : Λ 2 W → b \varphi: \Lambda^2W \to\mathfrak{b} φ : Λ 2 W → b . In terms of these maps, the Lie bracket becomes
[ v 1 ⊗ w 1 , v 2 ⊗ w 2 ] = α ( w 1 , w 2 ) v 1 ∧ v 2 + α ~ ( w 1 , w 2 ) v 1 ∧ ~ v 2 + ⟨ v 1 , v 2 ⟩ φ ( w 1 ∧ w 2 ) . (20) [v_1 \otimes w_1,v_2 \otimes w_2] = \alpha(w_1,w_2)v_1 \wedge v_2 + \widetilde{\alpha}(w_1,w_2)v_1 \widetilde{\wedge} v_2 + \langle v_1,v_2\rangle\varphi(w_1 \wedge w_2). \tag*{(20)} [ v 1 ⊗ w 1 , v 2 ⊗ w 2 ] = α ( w 1 , w 2 ) v 1 ∧ v 2 + α ( w 1 , w 2 ) v 1 ∧ v 2 + ⟨ v 1 , v 2 ⟩ φ ( w 1 ∧ w 2 ) . (20)
where the middle term on the right-hand side is only present for d = 4 d = 4 d = 4 . Equivariance of the bracket under b \mathfrak{b} b , which is part of the Jacobi identity, says that α \alpha α and α ~ \widetilde{\alpha} α are b \mathfrak{b} b -invariant and φ \varphi φ is b \mathfrak{b} b -equivariant.
A consequence of b \mathfrak{b} b -equivariance of φ \varphi φ is that the image of ρ ∘ φ \rho\circ\varphi ρ ∘ φ lies in s l ( W ) \mathfrak{sl}(W) sl ( W ) . To see this, note that for every B ∈ b B \in\mathfrak{b} B ∈ b and w 1 , w 2 ∈ W w_1,w_2 \in W w 1 , w 2 ∈ W , we have
Tr ( ρ ( B ) ) φ ( w 1 ∧ w 2 ) = φ ( B ⋅ ( w 1 ∧ w 2 ) ) = [ B , φ ( w 1 ∧ w 2 ) ] , (21) \operatorname{Tr}(\rho(B))\varphi(w_1 \wedge w_2) = \varphi(B \cdot(w_1 \wedge w_2)) = [B,\varphi(w_1 \wedge w_2)], \tag*{(21)} Tr ( ρ ( B )) φ ( w 1 ∧ w 2 ) = φ ( B ⋅ ( w 1 ∧ w 2 )) = [ B , φ ( w 1 ∧ w 2 )] , (21)
so applying ρ \rho ρ to both sides we obtain
Tr ( ρ ( B ) ) ρ ( φ ( w 1 ∧ w 2 ) ) = [ ρ ( B ) , ρ ( φ ( w 1 ∧ w 2 ) ) ] , (22) \operatorname{Tr}(\rho(B))\rho(\varphi(w_1 \wedge w_2)) = [\rho(B),\rho(\varphi(w_1 \wedge w_2))], \tag*{(22)} Tr ( ρ ( B )) ρ ( φ ( w 1 ∧ w 2 )) = [ ρ ( B ) , ρ ( φ ( w 1 ∧ w 2 ))] , (22)
and the right hand side has trace zero because of the identity Tr ( X Y ) = Tr ( Y X ) \operatorname{Tr}(XY) = \operatorname{Tr}(YX) Tr ( X Y ) = Tr ( Y X ) , so by letting B = φ ( w 1 ∧ w 2 ) B = \varphi(w_1 \wedge w_2) B = φ ( w 1 ∧ w 2 ) we deduce that
Tr ( ρ ( φ ( w 1 ∧ w 2 ) ) ) 2 = 0 , w 1 , w 2 ∈ W , (23) \operatorname{Tr}(\rho(\varphi(w_1 \wedge w_2)))^2 = 0,\qquad w_1,w_2 \in W, \tag*{(23)} Tr ( ρ ( φ ( w 1 ∧ w 2 )) ) 2 = 0 , w 1 , w 2 ∈ W , (23)
which implies that im ( ρ ∘ φ ) ⊆ s l ( W ) \operatorname{im}(\rho\circ\varphi) \subseteq\mathfrak{sl}(W) im ( ρ ∘ φ ) ⊆ sl ( W ) .
Summarising, by imposing the skew-symmetry and ( s o ( V ) ⊕ b ) (\mathfrak{so}(V) \oplus\mathfrak{b}) ( so ( V ) ⊕ b ) -equivariance conditions, we have obtained an explicit expression of the Lie bracket of g \mathfrak{g} g in terms of the Lie algebra structure of b \mathfrak{b} b , a 2 2 2 -dimensional representation ρ : b → g l ( W ) \rho\colon\mathfrak{b} \to\mathfrak{gl}(W) ρ : b → gl ( W ) , two b \mathfrak{b} b -invariant symmetric bilinear forms α , α ~ ∈ S 2 W ∗ \alpha,\widetilde{\alpha} \in S^2W^* α , α ∈ S 2 W ∗ and a b \mathfrak{b} b -equivariant b \mathfrak{b} b -valued 2 2 2 -form φ : Λ 2 W → b \varphi\colon\Lambda^2W \to\mathfrak{b} φ : Λ 2 W → b . We write α , α ~ ∈ ( S 2 W ∗ ) b \alpha,\widetilde{\alpha} \in(S^2W^*)^{\mathfrak{b}} α , α ∈ ( S 2 W ∗ ) b and φ ∈ Hom b ( Λ 2 W , b ) \varphi\in\operatorname{Hom}_{\mathfrak{b}}(\Lambda^2W,\mathfrak{b}) φ ∈ Hom b ( Λ 2 W , b ) .
In addition, we can determine further relations between these objects by imposing the full Jacobi identity. To this end, we define the Jacobiator J : g × g × g → g J\colon\mathfrak{g} \times\mathfrak{g} \times\mathfrak{g} \to\mathfrak{g} J : g × g × g → g given by the equation
J ( x , y , z ) = [ x , [ y , z ] ] + [ y , [ z , x ] ] + [ z , [ x , y ] ] . (24) J(x,y,z) = [x,[y,z]] + [y,[z,x]] + [z,[x,y]]. \tag*{(24)} J ( x , y , z ) = [ x , [ y , z ]] + [ y , [ z , x ]] + [ z , [ x , y ]] . (24)
This is actually a g \mathfrak{g} g -valued 3 3 3 -form, and for g \mathfrak{g} g to be a Lie algebra it needs to be identically zero. Equivariance under s o ( V ) ⊕ b \mathfrak{so}(V) \oplus\mathfrak{b} so ( V ) ⊕ b says that J ( x , y , z ) = 0 J(x,y,z) = 0 J ( x , y , z ) = 0 whenever one of the arguments lies in s o ( V ) \mathfrak{so}(V) so ( V ) or b \mathfrak{b} b . Hence we only need to compute J ( x , y , z ) J(x,y,z) J ( x , y , z ) in the case that x , y , z ∈ V ⊗ W x,y,z \in V \otimes W x , y , z ∈ V ⊗ W .
We calculate the nested bracket for all v i ∈ V v_i \in V v i ∈ V and w i ∈ W w_i \in W w i ∈ W :
[ [ v 1 ⊗ w 1 , v 2 ⊗ w 2 ] , v 3 ⊗ w 3 ] = α ( w 1 , w 2 ) ( ⟨ v 2 , v 3 ⟩ v 1 ⊗ w 3 − ⟨ v 1 , v 3 ⟩ v 2 ⊗ w 3 ) + α ~ ( w 1 , w 2 ) ⋆ ( v 1 ∧ v 2 ∧ v 3 ) ⊗ w 3 + ⟨ v 1 , v 2 ⟩ v 3 ⊗ ρ ( φ ( w 1 ∧ w 2 ) ) w 3 . (25) \begin{aligned}
[[v_1 \otimes w_1,v_2 \otimes w_2],v_3 \otimes w_3]
={}&\alpha(w_1,w_2)\left(\langle v_2,v_3\rangle v_1 \otimes w_3-\langle v_1,v_3\rangle v_2 \otimes w_3\right)\\
&+\widetilde{\alpha}(w_1,w_2)\star(v_1 \wedge v_2 \wedge v_3)\otimes w_3
+\langle v_1,v_2\rangle v_3 \otimes\rho(\varphi(w_1 \wedge w_2))w_3. \tag*{(25)}
\end{aligned} [[ v 1 ⊗ w 1 , v 2 ⊗ w 2 ] , v 3 ⊗ w 3 ] = α ( w 1 , w 2 ) ( ⟨ v 2 , v 3 ⟩ v 1 ⊗ w 3 − ⟨ v 1 , v 3 ⟩ v 2 ⊗ w 3 ) + α ( w 1 , w 2 ) ⋆ ( v 1 ∧ v 2 ∧ v 3 ) ⊗ w 3 + ⟨ v 1 , v 2 ⟩ v 3 ⊗ ρ ( φ ( w 1 ∧ w 2 )) w 3 . (25)
The Jacobi identity says that
[ [ v 1 ⊗ w 1 , v 2 ⊗ w 2 ] , v 3 ⊗ w 3 ] + cyclic = 0. (26) [[v_1 \otimes w_1,v_2 \otimes w_2],v_3 \otimes w_3] + \text{cyclic} = 0. \tag*{(26)} [[ v 1 ⊗ w 1 , v 2 ⊗ w 2 ] , v 3 ⊗ w 3 ] + cyclic = 0. (26)
This has to hold for all v 1 , v 2 , v 3 ∈ V v_1,v_2,v_3 \in V v 1 , v 2 , v 3 ∈ V , hence in particular if we take them to be mutually orthogonal. In that case, only the α ~ \widetilde{\alpha} α terms contribute (only in the case that d = 4 d = 4 d = 4 ) and the Jacobi identity becomes
α ~ ( w 1 , w 2 ) w 3 + cyclic = 0. (27) \widetilde{\alpha}(w_1,w_2)w_3 + \text{cyclic} = 0. \tag*{(27)} α ( w 1 , w 2 ) w 3 + cyclic = 0. (27)
Let ( e 1 , e 2 ) (e_1,e_2) ( e 1 , e 2 ) be a basis for W W W . Then taking w 1 = w 2 = w 3 = e i w_1 = w_2 = w_3 = e_i w 1 = w 2 = w 3 = e i , we find that α ~ ( e 1 , e 1 ) = α ~ ( e 2 , e 2 ) = 0 \widetilde{\alpha}(e_1,e_1) = \widetilde{\alpha}(e_2,e_2) = 0 α ( e 1 , e 1 ) = α ( e 2 , e 2 ) = 0 . In addition, if we let w 1 = w 2 = e 1 w_1 = w_2 = e_1 w 1 = w 2 = e 1 and w 3 = e 2 w_3 = e_2 w 3 = e 2 we see that α ~ ( e 1 , e 2 ) = 0 \widetilde{\alpha}(e_1,e_2) = 0 α ( e 1 , e 2 ) = 0 and thus α ~ = 0 \widetilde{\alpha} = 0 α = 0 , so the case d = 4 d = 4 d = 4 reduces to the generic case d > 3 d > 3 d > 3 .
From now on we will take
[ v 1 ⊗ w 1 , v 2 ⊗ w 2 ] = α ( w 1 , w 2 ) v 1 ∧ v 2 + ⟨ v 1 , v 2 ⟩ φ ( w 1 ∧ w 2 ) , (28) [v_1 \otimes w_1,v_2 \otimes w_2] = \alpha(w_1,w_2)v_1 \wedge v_2 + \langle v_1,v_2\rangle\varphi(w_1 \wedge w_2), \tag*{(28)} [ v 1 ⊗ w 1 , v 2 ⊗ w 2 ] = α ( w 1 , w 2 ) v 1 ∧ v 2 + ⟨ v 1 , v 2 ⟩ φ ( w 1 ∧ w 2 ) , (28)
for d > 3 d > 3 d > 3 . The Jacobi identity is now
[ [ v 1 ⊗ w 1 , v 2 ⊗ w 2 ] , v 3 ⊗ w 3 ] = α ( w 1 , w 2 ) ( ⟨ v 2 , v 3 ⟩ v 1 ⊗ w 3 − ⟨ v 1 , v 3 ⟩ v 2 ⊗ w 3 ) + ⟨ v 1 , v 2 ⟩ v 3 ⊗ ρ ( φ ( w 1 ∧ w 2 ) ) w 3 , (29) \begin{aligned}
[[v_1 \otimes w_1,v_2 \otimes w_2],v_3 \otimes w_3]
={}&\alpha(w_1,w_2)\left(\langle v_2,v_3\rangle v_1 \otimes w_3-\langle v_1,v_3\rangle v_2 \otimes w_3\right)\\
&+\langle v_1,v_2\rangle v_3 \otimes\rho(\varphi(w_1 \wedge w_2))w_3, \tag*{(29)}
\end{aligned} [[ v 1 ⊗ w 1 , v 2 ⊗ w 2 ] , v 3 ⊗ w 3 ] = α ( w 1 , w 2 ) ( ⟨ v 2 , v 3 ⟩ v 1 ⊗ w 3 − ⟨ v 1 , v 3 ⟩ v 2 ⊗ w 3 ) + ⟨ v 1 , v 2 ⟩ v 3 ⊗ ρ ( φ ( w 1 ∧ w 2 )) w 3 , (29)
which, after rearranging, becomes
⟨ v 1 , v 2 ⟩ v 3 ⊗ ( ρ ( φ ( w 1 ∧ w 2 ) ) w 3 + α ( w 1 , w 3 ) w 2 − α ( w 2 , w 3 ) w 1 ) + cyclic = 0. (30) \langle v_1,v_2\rangle v_3 \otimes\left(\rho(\varphi(w_1 \wedge w_2))w_3+\alpha(w_1,w_3)w_2-\alpha(w_2,w_3)w_1\right)+\text{cyclic}=0. \tag*{(30)} ⟨ v 1 , v 2 ⟩ v 3 ⊗ ( ρ ( φ ( w 1 ∧ w 2 )) w 3 + α ( w 1 , w 3 ) w 2 − α ( w 2 , w 3 ) w 1 ) + cyclic = 0. (30)
In particular this has to hold when v i v_i v i are such that ⟨ v 1 , v 2 ⟩ ≠ 0 \langle v_1,v_2\rangle\ne0 ⟨ v 1 , v 2 ⟩ = 0 and v 3 ≠ 0 v_3 \ne0 v 3 = 0 , but ⟨ v 3 , v 1 ⟩ = ⟨ v 3 , v 2 ⟩ = 0 \langle v_3,v_1\rangle=\langle v_3,v_2\rangle=0 ⟨ v 3 , v 1 ⟩ = ⟨ v 3 , v 2 ⟩ = 0 . In that case, only the first term survives, giving the following relation:
ρ ( φ ( w 1 ∧ w 2 ) ) w 3 = α ( w 2 , w 3 ) w 1 − α ( w 1 , w 3 ) w 2 (31) \rho\bigl(\varphi(w_1\wedge w_2)\bigr)w_3=\alpha(w_2,w_3)w_1-\alpha(w_1,w_3)w_2 \tag*{(31)} ρ ( φ ( w 1 ∧ w 2 ) ) w 3 = α ( w 2 , w 3 ) w 1 − α ( w 1 , w 3 ) w 2 (31)
for all w i ∈ W w_i\in W w i ∈ W . Conversely if equation (31) is satisfied, then the Jacobi identity is satisfied.
In summary, we have proved that the Jacobiator is identically zero precisely when φ ∈ Hom b ( ⋀ 2 W , b ) \varphi\in\operatorname{Hom}_{\mathfrak b}(\bigwedge^2W,\mathfrak b) φ ∈ Hom b ( ⋀ 2 W , b ) and α ∈ ( S 2 W ∗ ) b \alpha\in(S^2W^*)^{\mathfrak b} α ∈ ( S 2 W ∗ ) b satisfy equation (31) .
It turns out that the relation (31) completely determines α \alpha α from ρ \rho ρ and φ \varphi φ . Indeed, because W W W is two-dimensional we have an isomorphism ϕ : S 2 W ∗ → Hom ( ⋀ 2 W , s l ( W ) ) \phi:S^2W^*\to\operatorname{Hom}(\bigwedge^2W,\mathfrak{sl}(W)) ϕ : S 2 W ∗ → Hom ( ⋀ 2 W , sl ( W )) of g l ( W ) \mathfrak{gl}(W) gl ( W ) -modules, sending α ↦ ϕ α \alpha\mapsto\phi_\alpha α ↦ ϕ α , where
ϕ α ( w 1 ∧ w 2 ) w 3 = α ( w 2 , w 3 ) w 1 − α ( w 1 , w 3 ) w 2 . (32) \phi_\alpha(w_1\wedge w_2)w_3=\alpha(w_2,w_3)w_1-\alpha(w_1,w_3)w_2. \tag*{(32)} ϕ α ( w 1 ∧ w 2 ) w 3 = α ( w 2 , w 3 ) w 1 − α ( w 1 , w 3 ) w 2 . (32)
In particular, it is also an isomorphism of b \mathfrak b b -modules, so it restricts to a bijective correspondence between ( S 2 W ∗ ) b (S^2W^*)^{\mathfrak b} ( S 2 W ∗ ) b and Hom b ( ⋀ 2 W , s l ( W ) ) \operatorname{Hom}_{\mathfrak b}(\bigwedge^2W,\mathfrak{sl}(W)) Hom b ( ⋀ 2 W , sl ( W )) . As a consequence, if φ : ⋀ 2 W → b \varphi:\bigwedge^2W\to\mathfrak b φ : ⋀ 2 W → b is b \mathfrak b b -equivariant, the composition ρ ∘ φ \rho\circ\varphi ρ ∘ φ is in Hom b ( ⋀ 2 W , s l ( W ) ) \operatorname{Hom}_{\mathfrak b}(\bigwedge^2W,\mathfrak{sl}(W)) Hom b ( ⋀ 2 W , sl ( W )) , so (32) yields a unique α ∈ ( S 2 W ∗ ) b \alpha\in(S^2W^*)^{\mathfrak b} α ∈ ( S 2 W ∗ ) b such that (31) is satisfied.
Remark 2.3. Let us look at the expression of the isomorphism (32) in coordinates. Suppose that { e 1 , e 2 } \{e_1,e_2\} { e 1 , e 2 } is a basis of W W W , and let α ∈ S 2 W ∗ \alpha\in S^2W^* α ∈ S 2 W ∗ have coordinates α i j = α ( e i , e j ) \alpha_{ij}=\alpha(e_i,e_j) α ij = α ( e i , e j ) . Then the matrix of the endomorphism ϕ α ( e 1 ∧ e 2 ) : W → W \phi_\alpha(e_1\wedge e_2):W\to W ϕ α ( e 1 ∧ e 2 ) : W → W is readily given by
[ ϕ α ( e 1 ∧ e 2 ) ] = ( α 12 α 22 − α 11 − α 12 ) . (33) [\phi_\alpha(e_1\wedge e_2)]=
\begin{pmatrix}
\alpha_{12} & \alpha_{22}\\
-\alpha_{11} & -\alpha_{12}
\end{pmatrix}. \tag*{(33)} [ ϕ α ( e 1 ∧ e 2 )] = ( α 12 − α 11 α 22 − α 12 ) . (33)
As a consequence, given a linear map ϕ : ⋀ 2 W → s l ( W ) \phi:\bigwedge^2W\to\mathfrak{sl}(W) ϕ : ⋀ 2 W → sl ( W ) , if [ ϕ j i ] [\phi^i_j] [ ϕ j i ] is the matrix of ϕ ( e 1 ∧ e 2 ) \phi(e_1\wedge e_2) ϕ ( e 1 ∧ e 2 ) with respect to our basis, then ϕ = ϕ α \phi=\phi_\alpha ϕ = ϕ α for the bilinear form α \alpha α with coefficients
( α i j ) = ( − ϕ 1 2 ϕ 1 1 ϕ 1 1 ϕ 2 1 ) . (34) (\alpha_{ij})=
\begin{pmatrix}
-\phi^2_1 & \phi^1_1\\
\phi^1_1 & \phi^1_2
\end{pmatrix}. \tag*{(34)} ( α ij ) = ( − ϕ 1 2 ϕ 1 1 ϕ 1 1 ϕ 2 1 ) . (34)
This means that, given ρ : b → g l ( W ) \rho:\mathfrak b\to\mathfrak{gl}(W) ρ : b → gl ( W ) and φ ∈ Hom b ( ⋀ 2 W , b ) \varphi\in\operatorname{Hom}_{\mathfrak b}(\bigwedge^2W,\mathfrak b) φ ∈ Hom b ( ⋀ 2 W , b ) , we have ρ ∘ φ : ⋀ 2 W → s l ( W ) \rho\circ\varphi:\bigwedge^2W\to\mathfrak{sl}(W) ρ ∘ φ : ⋀ 2 W → sl ( W ) and the unique symmetric form α ∈ ( S 2 W ∗ ) b \alpha\in(S^2W^*)^{\mathfrak b} α ∈ ( S 2 W ∗ ) b satisfying (31) is given in coordinates by
( α i j ) = ( − ρ 1 2 ρ 1 1 ρ 1 1 ρ 2 1 ) , (35) (\alpha_{ij})=
\begin{pmatrix}
-\rho^2_1 & \rho^1_1\\
\rho^1_1 & \rho^1_2
\end{pmatrix}, \tag*{(35)} ( α ij ) = ( − ρ 1 2 ρ 1 1 ρ 1 1 ρ 2 1 ) , (35)
where [ ρ j i ] [\rho^i_j] [ ρ j i ] is the matrix of ρ ( φ ( e 1 ∧ e 2 ) ) \rho(\varphi(e_1\wedge e_2)) ρ ( φ ( e 1 ∧ e 2 )) with respect to the basis { e 1 , e 2 } \{e_1,e_2\} { e 1 , e 2 } .
Gathering our calculations, we have shown that the algebra structure on g \mathfrak g g is determined by a Bianchi algebra b \mathfrak b b , a Lie algebra representation ρ : b → g l ( W ) \rho:\mathfrak b\to\mathfrak{gl}(W) ρ : b → gl ( W ) and a b \mathfrak b b -equivariant map φ ∈ Hom b ( ⋀ 2 W , b ) \varphi\in\operatorname{Hom}_{\mathfrak b}(\bigwedge^2W,\mathfrak b) φ ∈ Hom b ( ⋀ 2 W , b ) . Conversely, if we start with a triple ( b , ρ , φ ) (\mathfrak b,\rho,\varphi) ( b , ρ , φ ) satisfying the aforementioned conditions, it is clear that the bilinear operation on g \mathfrak g g defined by (2) induces a ( 3 , 2 ) (3,2) ( 3 , 2 ) -KLA structure on g \mathfrak g g . This finishes the proof of Theorem A.
As a consequence of the expression (2) , we also obtain that ( 3 , 2 ) (3,2) ( 3 , 2 ) -KLAs with d > 3 d>3 d > 3 are naturally Z 2 \mathbb Z_2 Z 2 -graded:
Corollary 2.4. Any ( 3 , 2 ) (3,2) ( 3 , 2 ) -KLA g = s o ( V ) ⊕ ( V ⊗ W ) ⊕ b \mathfrak g=\mathfrak{so}(V)\oplus(V\otimes W)\oplus\mathfrak b g = so ( V ) ⊕ ( V ⊗ W ) ⊕ b with dim V = d > 3 \dim V=d>3 dim V = d > 3 has a Z 2 \mathbb Z_2 Z 2 -gradation given by
g 0 ˉ = s o ( V ) ⊕ b , g 1 ˉ = V ⊗ W . (36) \mathfrak g_{\bar0}=\mathfrak{so}(V)\oplus\mathfrak b,\qquad
\mathfrak g_{\bar1}=V\otimes W. \tag*{(36)} g 0 ˉ = so ( V ) ⊕ b , g 1 ˉ = V ⊗ W . (36)
Algebras with d=3
In this section we prove Theorem B. The main difference when d = 3 d=3 d = 3 is that now ⋀ 2 V ≅ V \bigwedge^2V\cong V ⋀ 2 V ≅ V as s o ( V ) \mathfrak{so}(V) so ( V ) -modules.
Let g = s o ( V ) ⊕ ( V ⊗ W ) ⊕ b \mathfrak g=\mathfrak{so}(V)\oplus(V\otimes W)\oplus\mathfrak b g = so ( V ) ⊕ ( V ⊗ W ) ⊕ b be a ( 3 , 2 ) (3,2) ( 3 , 2 ) -KLA with three-dimensional spatial isotropy. As a representation of s o ( V ) \mathfrak{so}(V) so ( V ) , we see that g \mathfrak g g contains two isotypical components: the component s o ( V ) ⊕ ( V ⊗ W ) \mathfrak{so}(V)\oplus(V\otimes W) so ( V ) ⊕ ( V ⊗ W ) corresponding to the standard representation and the component b \mathfrak b b corresponding to the trivial one.
Note that Proposition 2.1 still holds in this case. Indeed, since b \mathfrak b b is a trivial s o ( V ) \mathfrak{so}(V) so ( V ) -module, so is ⋀ 2 b \bigwedge^2\mathfrak b ⋀ 2 b and hence, by s o ( V ) \mathfrak{so}(V) so ( V ) -equivariance, the only possible nonzero bracket is ⋀ 2 b → b \bigwedge^2\mathfrak b\to\mathfrak b ⋀ 2 b → b , making b \mathfrak{b} b into a Lie subalgebra of g \mathfrak{g} g . Since s o ( V ) ≅ V \mathfrak{so}(V) \cong V so ( V ) ≅ V as s o ( V ) \mathfrak{so}(V) so ( V ) -modules, the bracket between B ∈ b B \in\mathfrak{b} B ∈ b and v ⊗ w ∈ V ⊗ W v \otimes w \in V \otimes W v ⊗ w ∈ V ⊗ W can now have a component along s o ( V ) \mathfrak{so}(V) so ( V ) :
[ B , v ⊗ w ] = v ⊗ ρ ( B ) w + λ B ( w ) ε ( v ) , (37) [B,v \otimes w] = v \otimes\rho(B)w + \lambda_B(w)\varepsilon(v), \tag*{(37)} [ B , v ⊗ w ] = v ⊗ ρ ( B ) w + λ B ( w ) ε ( v ) , (37)
for some ρ : b → g l ( W ) \rho: \mathfrak{b} \to\mathfrak{gl}(W) ρ : b → gl ( W ) and λ : b → W ∗ \lambda: \mathfrak{b} \to W^* λ : b → W ∗ , sending B ↦ λ B B \mapsto\lambda_B B ↦ λ B , and where ε ( v ) ∈ s o ( V ) \varepsilon(v) \in\mathfrak{so}(V) ε ( v ) ∈ so ( V ) is defined by ε ( v ) u = v × u \varepsilon(v)u = v \times u ε ( v ) u = v × u . Note that ε ( u × v ) = − u ∧ v \varepsilon(u \times v) = -u \wedge v ε ( u × v ) = − u ∧ v .
The ( b , b , V ⊗ W ) (\mathfrak{b},\mathfrak{b},V \otimes W) ( b , b , V ⊗ W ) Jacobi identity is tantamount to imposing b \mathfrak{b} b -equivariance of this bracket. Let B , C ∈ b B,C \in\mathfrak{b} B , C ∈ b and v ⊗ w ∈ V ⊗ W v \otimes w \in V \otimes W v ⊗ w ∈ V ⊗ W . Then the Jacobi identity reads
[ B , [ C , v ⊗ w ] ] − [ C , [ B , v ⊗ w ] ] = [ [ B , C ] , v ⊗ w ] (38) [B,[C,v \otimes w]] - [C,[B,v \otimes w]] = [[B,C],v \otimes w] \tag*{(38)} [ B , [ C , v ⊗ w ]] − [ C , [ B , v ⊗ w ]] = [[ B , C ] , v ⊗ w ] (38)
and this has two components:
v ⊗ ( ρ ( B ) ρ ( C ) − ρ ( C ) ρ ( B ) − ρ ( [ B , C ] ) ) w = 0 , (39) v \otimes\left(\rho(B)\rho(C) - \rho(C)\rho(B) - \rho([B,C])\right)w = 0, \tag*{(39)} v ⊗ ( ρ ( B ) ρ ( C ) − ρ ( C ) ρ ( B ) − ρ ([ B , C ]) ) w = 0 , (39)
which says that ρ : b → g l ( W ) \rho: \mathfrak{b} \to\mathfrak{gl}(W) ρ : b → gl ( W ) is a representation;
( λ B ( ρ ( C ) w ) − λ C ( ρ ( B ) w ) − λ [ B , C ] ( w ) ) ε ( v ) = 0. (40) \left(\lambda_B(\rho(C)w) - \lambda_C(\rho(B)w) - \lambda_{[B,C]}(w)\right)\varepsilon(v) = 0. \tag*{(40)} ( λ B ( ρ ( C ) w ) − λ C ( ρ ( B ) w ) − λ [ B , C ] ( w ) ) ε ( v ) = 0. (40)
Proposition 2.5. Equation (40) says that λ ∈ C 1 ( b ; W ∗ ) = Hom ( b , W ∗ ) \lambda\in C^1(\mathfrak{b};W^*) = \operatorname{Hom}(\mathfrak{b},W^*) λ ∈ C 1 ( b ; W ∗ ) = Hom ( b , W ∗ ) is a Chevalley–Eilenberg cocycle and hence defines a class [ λ ] ∈ H 1 ( b ; W ∗ ) [\lambda] \in H^1(\mathfrak{b};W^*) [ λ ] ∈ H 1 ( b ; W ∗ ) .
Proof. Let C p ( b ; W ∗ ) = Hom ( Λ p b , W ∗ ) C^p(\mathfrak{b};W^*) = \operatorname{Hom}(\Lambda^p\mathfrak{b},W^*) C p ( b ; W ∗ ) = Hom ( Λ p b , W ∗ ) and let ∂ : C p ( b ; W ∗ ) → C p + 1 ( b ; W ∗ ) \partial: C^p(\mathfrak{b};W^*) \to C^{p+1}(\mathfrak{b};W^*) ∂ : C p ( b ; W ∗ ) → C p + 1 ( b ; W ∗ ) denote the Chevalley–Eilenberg differential. We will only need the expressions for p = 0 , 1 p = 0,1 p = 0 , 1 . If θ ∈ W ∗ \theta\in W^* θ ∈ W ∗ , then ∂ θ ∈ C 1 ( b ; W ∗ ) \partial\theta\in C^1(\mathfrak{b};W^*) ∂ θ ∈ C 1 ( b ; W ∗ ) is given by
( ∂ θ ) ( B ) = ρ ∗ ( B ) θ : = − θ ∘ ρ ( B ) (41) (\partial\theta)(B) = \rho^*(B)\theta:= -\theta\circ\rho(B) \tag*{(41)} ( ∂ θ ) ( B ) = ρ ∗ ( B ) θ := − θ ∘ ρ ( B ) (41)
and if λ ∈ C 1 ( b , W ∗ ) \lambda\in C^1(\mathfrak{b},W^*) λ ∈ C 1 ( b , W ∗ ) then ∂ λ ∈ C 2 ( b ; W ∗ ) \partial\lambda\in C^2(\mathfrak{b};W^*) ∂ λ ∈ C 2 ( b ; W ∗ ) is given by
∂ λ ( B , C ) = ρ ∗ ( B ) λ C − ρ ∗ ( C ) λ B − λ [ B , C ] = − λ C ∘ ρ ( B ) + λ B ∘ ρ ( C ) − λ [ B , C ] . (42) \begin{aligned}
\partial\lambda(B,C) &= \rho^*(B)\lambda_C - \rho^*(C)\lambda_B - \lambda_{[B,C]} \\
&= -\lambda_C \circ\rho(B) + \lambda_B \circ\rho(C) - \lambda_{[B,C]}. \tag*{(42)}
\end{aligned} ∂ λ ( B , C ) = ρ ∗ ( B ) λ C − ρ ∗ ( C ) λ B − λ [ B , C ] = − λ C ∘ ρ ( B ) + λ B ∘ ρ ( C ) − λ [ B , C ] . (42)
Applying this to w ∈ W w \in W w ∈ W and setting it equal to zero, we find precisely equation (40) . Therefore that equation becomes ∂ λ = 0 \partial\lambda= 0 ∂ λ = 0 so that it defines a class [ λ ] ∈ H 1 ( b ; W ∗ ) [\lambda] \in H^1(\mathfrak{b};W^*) [ λ ] ∈ H 1 ( b ; W ∗ ) . □
It remains to consider the bracket of two elements in V ⊗ W V \otimes W V ⊗ W , which gives a linear map
Λ 2 ( V ⊗ W ) = ( Λ 2 V ⊗ S 2 W ) ⊕ ( S 2 V ⊗ Λ 2 W ) ⊕ ( R T r ⊗ Λ 2 W ) → s o ( V ) ⊕ ( V ⊗ W ) ⊕ b . (43) \Lambda^2(V \otimes W) = (\Lambda^2V \otimes S^2W) \oplus(S^2V \otimes\Lambda^2W) \oplus(\mathbb{R}_{\mathrm{Tr}} \otimes\Lambda^2W) \to\mathfrak{so}(V) \oplus(V \otimes W) \oplus\mathfrak{b}. \tag*{(43)} Λ 2 ( V ⊗ W ) = ( Λ 2 V ⊗ S 2 W ) ⊕ ( S 2 V ⊗ Λ 2 W ) ⊕ ( R Tr ⊗ Λ 2 W ) → so ( V ) ⊕ ( V ⊗ W ) ⊕ b . (43)
Equivariance under s o ( V ) \mathfrak{so}(V) so ( V ) now says that the only possible nonzero components of this linear map are
Λ 2 V ⊗ S 2 W → s o ( V ) ⊕ ( V ⊗ W ) and R T r ⊗ Λ 2 W → b . (44) \Lambda^2V \otimes S^2W \to\mathfrak{so}(V) \oplus(V \otimes W) \quad\text{and}\quad\mathbb{R}_{\mathrm{Tr}} \otimes\Lambda^2W \to\mathfrak{b}. \tag*{(44)} Λ 2 V ⊗ S 2 W → so ( V ) ⊕ ( V ⊗ W ) and R Tr ⊗ Λ 2 W → b . (44)
The first linear map itself breaks up into two components. The first component is
Λ 2 V ⊗ S 2 W → s o ( V ) , (45) \Lambda^2V \otimes S^2W \to\mathfrak{so}(V), \tag*{(45)} Λ 2 V ⊗ S 2 W → so ( V ) , (45)
which given the isomorphism Λ 2 V ≅ s o ( V ) \Lambda^2V \cong\mathfrak{so}(V) Λ 2 V ≅ so ( V ) in the previous section, is characterised by a symmetric bilinear form α : W × W → R \alpha: W \times W \to\mathbb{R} α : W × W → R . The second component is new:
Λ 2 V ⊗ S 2 W → V ⊗ W . (46) \Lambda^2V \otimes S^2W \to V \otimes W. \tag*{(46)} Λ 2 V ⊗ S 2 W → V ⊗ W . (46)
The isomorphism Λ 2 V → V \Lambda^2V \to V Λ 2 V → V is essentially the vector cross product v 1 ∧ v 2 ↦ v 1 × v 2 v_1 \wedge v_2 \mapsto v_1 \times v_2 v 1 ∧ v 2 ↦ v 1 × v 2 and hence this component is characterised by a W W W -valued symmetric bilinear form σ : W × W → W \sigma: W \times W \to W σ : W × W → W . The second linear map in equation (44) is as in the generic case and is characterised by a b \mathfrak{b} b -valued 2-form φ : Λ 2 W → b \varphi: \Lambda^2W \to\mathfrak{b} φ : Λ 2 W → b .
In summary, the bracket is given by
[ v 1 ⊗ w 1 , v 2 ⊗ w 2 ] = α ( w 1 , w 2 ) v 1 ∧ v 2 + ⟨ v 1 , v 2 ⟩ φ ( w 1 ∧ w 2 ) + ( v 1 × v 2 ) ⊗ σ ( w 1 , w 2 ) , (47) [v_1 \otimes w_1,v_2 \otimes w_2] = \alpha(w_1,w_2)v_1 \wedge v_2 + \langle v_1,v_2\rangle\varphi(w_1 \wedge w_2) + (v_1 \times v_2) \otimes\sigma(w_1,w_2), \tag*{(47)} [ v 1 ⊗ w 1 , v 2 ⊗ w 2 ] = α ( w 1 , w 2 ) v 1 ∧ v 2 + ⟨ v 1 , v 2 ⟩ φ ( w 1 ∧ w 2 ) + ( v 1 × v 2 ) ⊗ σ ( w 1 , w 2 ) , (47)
for all v i ∈ V v_i \in V v i ∈ V and w i ∈ W w_i \in W w i ∈ W . The Jacobi identity with B ∈ b B \in\mathfrak{b} B ∈ b says that the brackets are b \mathfrak{b} b -equivariant. Let B ∈ b B \in\mathfrak{b} B ∈ b and consider
[ B , [ v 1 ⊗ w 1 , v 2 ⊗ w 2 ] ] = ⟨ v 1 , v 2 ⟩ [ B , φ ( w 1 ∧ w 2 ) ] + ( v 1 × v 2 ) ⊗ ρ ( B ) σ ( w 1 , w 2 ) + λ B ( σ ( w 1 , w 2 ) ) ε ( v 1 × v 2 ) . (48) [B,[v_1 \otimes w_1,v_2 \otimes w_2]]=\langle v_1,v_2\rangle[B,\varphi(w_1\wedge w_2)]
+(v_1\times v_2)\otimes\rho(B)\sigma(w_1,w_2)+\lambda_B(\sigma(w_1,w_2))\varepsilon(v_1\times v_2). \tag*{(48)} [ B , [ v 1 ⊗ w 1 , v 2 ⊗ w 2 ]] = ⟨ v 1 , v 2 ⟩ [ B , φ ( w 1 ∧ w 2 )] + ( v 1 × v 2 ) ⊗ ρ ( B ) σ ( w 1 , w 2 ) + λ B ( σ ( w 1 , w 2 )) ε ( v 1 × v 2 ) . (48)
The Jacobi identity says that
[ B , [ v 1 ⊗ w 1 , v 2 ⊗ w 2 ] ] = [ [ B , v 1 ⊗ w 1 ] , v 2 ⊗ w 2 ] + [ v 1 ⊗ w 1 , [ B , v 2 ⊗ w 2 ] ] , (49) [B,[v_1\otimes w_1,v_2\otimes w_2]]=[[B,v_1\otimes w_1],v_2\otimes w_2]+[v_1\otimes w_1,[B,v_2\otimes w_2]], \tag*{(49)} [ B , [ v 1 ⊗ w 1 , v 2 ⊗ w 2 ]] = [[ B , v 1 ⊗ w 1 ] , v 2 ⊗ w 2 ] + [ v 1 ⊗ w 1 , [ B , v 2 ⊗ w 2 ]] , (49)
and this equation has three components according to g = s o ( V ) ⊕ b ⊕ ( V ⊗ W ) \mathfrak{g}=\mathfrak{so}(V)\oplus\mathfrak{b}\oplus(V\otimes W) g = so ( V ) ⊕ b ⊕ ( V ⊗ W ) . The s o ( V ) \mathfrak{so}(V) so ( V ) -component yields
( α ( ρ ( B ) w 1 , w 2 ) + α ( w 1 , ρ ( B ) w 2 ) ) v 1 ∧ v 2 − λ B ( σ ( w 1 , w 2 ) ) ε ( v 1 × v 2 ) = 0. (50) \left(\alpha(\rho(B)w_1,w_2)+\alpha(w_1,\rho(B)w_2)\right)v_1\wedge v_2-\lambda_B(\sigma(w_1,w_2))\varepsilon(v_1\times v_2)=0. \tag*{(50)} ( α ( ρ ( B ) w 1 , w 2 ) + α ( w 1 , ρ ( B ) w 2 ) ) v 1 ∧ v 2 − λ B ( σ ( w 1 , w 2 )) ε ( v 1 × v 2 ) = 0. (50)
Using that ε ( v 1 × v 2 ) = − v 1 ∧ v 2 \varepsilon(v_1\times v_2)=-v_1\wedge v_2 ε ( v 1 × v 2 ) = − v 1 ∧ v 2 , we arrive at
α ( ρ ( B ) w 1 , w 2 ) + α ( w 1 , ρ ( B ) w 2 ) + λ B ( σ ( w 1 , w 2 ) ) = 0 , (51) \alpha(\rho(B)w_1,w_2)+\alpha(w_1,\rho(B)w_2)+\lambda_B(\sigma(w_1,w_2))=0, \tag*{(51)} α ( ρ ( B ) w 1 , w 2 ) + α ( w 1 , ρ ( B ) w 2 ) + λ B ( σ ( w 1 , w 2 )) = 0 , (51)
which measures the lack of b \mathfrak{b} b -equivariance of α \alpha α :
( B ⋅ α ) ( w 1 , w 2 ) = λ B ( σ ( w 1 , w 2 ) ) . (52) (B\cdot\alpha)(w_1,w_2)=\lambda_B(\sigma(w_1,w_2)). \tag*{(52)} ( B ⋅ α ) ( w 1 , w 2 ) = λ B ( σ ( w 1 , w 2 )) . (52)
The b \mathfrak{b} b -component simply says that φ : Λ 2 W → b \varphi:\Lambda^2W\to\mathfrak{b} φ : Λ 2 W → b is b \mathfrak{b} b -equivariant:
φ ( ρ ( B ) w 1 ∧ w 2 ) + φ ( w 1 ∧ ρ ( B ) w 2 ) = [ B , φ ( w 1 ∧ w 2 ) ] . (53) \varphi(\rho(B)w_1\wedge w_2)+\varphi(w_1\wedge\rho(B)w_2)=[B,\varphi(w_1\wedge w_2)]. \tag*{(53)} φ ( ρ ( B ) w 1 ∧ w 2 ) + φ ( w 1 ∧ ρ ( B ) w 2 ) = [ B , φ ( w 1 ∧ w 2 )] . (53)
Finally, the V ⊗ W V\otimes W V ⊗ W -component says that
σ ( ρ ( B ) w 1 , w 2 ) + λ B ( w 1 ) w 2 + σ ( w 1 , ρ ( B ) w 2 ) + λ B ( w 2 ) w 1 − ρ ( B ) σ ( w 1 , w 2 ) = 0 , (54) \sigma(\rho(B)w_1,w_2)+\lambda_B(w_1)w_2+\sigma(w_1,\rho(B)w_2)+\lambda_B(w_2)w_1-\rho(B)\sigma(w_1,w_2)=0, \tag*{(54)} σ ( ρ ( B ) w 1 , w 2 ) + λ B ( w 1 ) w 2 + σ ( w 1 , ρ ( B ) w 2 ) + λ B ( w 2 ) w 1 − ρ ( B ) σ ( w 1 , w 2 ) = 0 , (54)
which says that λ \lambda λ also measures the failure of σ : S 2 W → W \sigma:S^2W\to W σ : S 2 W → W being b \mathfrak{b} b -equivariant:
( B ⋅ σ ) ( w 1 , w 2 ) = λ B ( w 1 ) w 2 + λ B ( w 2 ) w 1 . (55) (B\cdot\sigma)(w_1,w_2)=\lambda_B(w_1)w_2+\lambda_B(w_2)w_1. \tag*{(55)} ( B ⋅ σ ) ( w 1 , w 2 ) = λ B ( w 1 ) w 2 + λ B ( w 2 ) w 1 . (55)
This has an important consequence:
Proposition 2.6. The cohomology class [ λ ] ∈ H 1 ( b ; W ∗ ) [\lambda]\in H^1(\mathfrak{b};W^*) [ λ ] ∈ H 1 ( b ; W ∗ ) is zero; that is, λ = ∂ μ \lambda=\partial\mu λ = ∂ μ for some μ ∈ W ∗ \mu\in W^* μ ∈ W ∗ .
Proof. The bilinear form σ : W × W → W \sigma:W\times W\to W σ : W × W → W is equivalent, by currying, to a linear map σ ^ : W → End ( W ) \widehat{\sigma}:W\to\operatorname{End}(W) σ : W → End ( W ) sending w ↦ σ ^ w w\mapsto\widehat{\sigma}_w w ↦ σ w , where σ ^ w ( w ′ ) = σ ( w , w ′ ) \widehat{\sigma}_w(w')=\sigma(w,w') σ w ( w ′ ) = σ ( w , w ′ ) . This allows us to abstract w 2 w_2 w 2 from equation (54) in order to obtain the following equation in End ( W ) \operatorname{End}(W) End ( W ) :
ρ ( B ) ∘ σ ^ w 1 − σ ^ w 1 ∘ ρ ( B ) − σ ^ ρ ( B ) w 1 = λ B ( w 1 ) id W + w 1 ⊗ λ B . (56) \rho(B)\circ\widehat{\sigma}_{w_1}-\widehat{\sigma}_{w_1}\circ\rho(B)-\widehat{\sigma}_{\rho(B)w_1}=\lambda_B(w_1)\operatorname{id}_W+w_1\otimes\lambda_B. \tag*{(56)} ρ ( B ) ∘ σ w 1 − σ w 1 ∘ ρ ( B ) − σ ρ ( B ) w 1 = λ B ( w 1 ) id W + w 1 ⊗ λ B . (56)
We now take the trace Tr : End ( W ) → R \operatorname{Tr}:\operatorname{End}(W)\to\mathbb{R} Tr : End ( W ) → R and use that Tr ( X Y ) = Tr ( Y X ) \operatorname{Tr}(XY)=\operatorname{Tr}(YX) Tr ( X Y ) = Tr ( Y X ) to arrive at
− Tr σ ^ ρ ( B ) w 1 = 3 λ B ( w 1 ) . (57) -\operatorname{Tr}\widehat{\sigma}_{\rho(B)w_1}=3\lambda_B(w_1). \tag*{(57)} − Tr σ ρ ( B ) w 1 = 3 λ B ( w 1 ) . (57)
Let us define μ ∈ W ∗ \mu\in W^* μ ∈ W ∗ by μ : = 1 3 Tr ∘ σ ^ \mu:=\frac{1}{3}\operatorname{Tr}\circ\widehat{\sigma} μ := 3 1 Tr ∘ σ . In terms of μ \mu μ , and abstracting w 1 w_1 w 1 from the previous equation, we arrive at
λ B = − μ ∘ ρ ( B ) = ρ ∗ ( B ) μ , (58) \lambda_B=-\mu\circ\rho(B)=\rho^*(B)\mu, \tag*{(58)} λ B = − μ ∘ ρ ( B ) = ρ ∗ ( B ) μ , (58)
where ρ ∗ ( B ) \rho^*(B) ρ ∗ ( B ) is the dual representation ρ ∗ : b → g l ( W ∗ ) \rho^*:\mathfrak{b}\to\mathfrak{gl}(W^*) ρ ∗ : b → gl ( W ∗ ) . In other words, λ = ∂ μ \lambda=\partial\mu λ = ∂ μ . □
This means that we may actually set λ = 0 \lambda=0 λ = 0 without changing the isomorphism class of g \mathfrak{g} g .
Proposition 2.7. The Lie algebra g \mathfrak{g} g is isomorphic to one with λ = 0 \lambda=0 λ = 0 .
Proof. Let λ = ∂ μ \lambda=\partial\mu λ = ∂ μ . We define j μ ∈ GL ( g ) j_\mu\in\operatorname{GL}(\mathfrak{g}) j μ ∈ GL ( g ) to be the invertible endomorphism characterised by
j μ ( v ⊗ w + X + B ) = v ⊗ w − μ ( w ) ε ( v ) + X + B , (59) j_\mu(v\otimes w+X+B)=v\otimes w-\mu(w)\varepsilon(v)+X+B, \tag*{(59)} j μ ( v ⊗ w + X + B ) = v ⊗ w − μ ( w ) ε ( v ) + X + B , (59)
for all X ∈ s o ( V ) X\in\mathfrak{so}(V) X ∈ so ( V ) , v ∈ V v\in V v ∈ V , w ∈ W w\in W w ∈ W and B ∈ b B\in\mathfrak{b} B ∈ b . The inverse of j μ j_\mu j μ satisfies
j μ − 1 ( v ⊗ w + X + B ) = v ⊗ w + μ ( w ) ε ( v ) + X + B , (60) j_\mu^{-1}(v\otimes w+X+B)=v\otimes w+\mu(w)\varepsilon(v)+X+B, \tag*{(60)} j μ − 1 ( v ⊗ w + X + B ) = v ⊗ w + μ ( w ) ε ( v ) + X + B , (60)
for all v ∈ V v\in V v ∈ V , w ∈ W w\in W w ∈ W , X ∈ s o ( V ) X\in\mathfrak{so}(V) X ∈ so ( V ) and B ∈ b B\in\mathfrak{b} B ∈ b . Then the transformed Lie bracket [ x , y ] ′ : = j μ − 1 [ j μ ( x ) , j μ ( y ) ] [x,y]' :=j_\mu^{-1}[j_\mu(x),j_\mu(y)] [ x , y ] ′ := j μ − 1 [ j μ ( x ) , j μ ( y )] is given by the (unchanged) brackets involving elements in s o ( V ) \mathfrak{so}(V) so ( V ) and, in addition,
[ B , v ⊗ w ] ′ = v ⊗ ρ ( B ) w , [B,v\otimes w]'=v\otimes\rho(B)w, [ B , v ⊗ w ] ′ = v ⊗ ρ ( B ) w ,
[ v 1 ⊗ w 1 , v 2 ⊗ w 2 ] ′ = α ′ ( w 1 , w 2 ) v 1 ∧ v 2 + ⟨ v 1 , v 2 ⟩ φ ( w 1 ∧ w 2 ) + ( v 1 × v 2 ) ⊗ σ ′ ( w 1 , w 2 ) , (61) [v_1\otimes w_1,v_2\otimes w_2]'=\alpha'(w_1,w_2)v_1\wedge v_2+\langle v_1,v_2\rangle\varphi(w_1\wedge w_2)+(v_1\times v_2)\otimes\sigma'(w_1,w_2), \tag*{(61)} [ v 1 ⊗ w 1 , v 2 ⊗ w 2 ] ′ = α ′ ( w 1 , w 2 ) v 1 ∧ v 2 + ⟨ v 1 , v 2 ⟩ φ ( w 1 ∧ w 2 ) + ( v 1 × v 2 ) ⊗ σ ′ ( w 1 , w 2 ) , (61)
for all v , v i ∈ V v,v_i \in V v , v i ∈ V , w , w i ∈ W w,w_i \in W w , w i ∈ W and B ∈ b B \in\mathfrak{b} B ∈ b , where
α ′ = α − μ ∘ σ + μ ⊗ μ \alpha' = \alpha- \mu\circ\sigma+ \mu\otimes\mu α ′ = α − μ ∘ σ + μ ⊗ μ
σ ′ = σ − μ ⊗ id − id ⊗ μ . (62) \sigma' = \sigma- \mu\otimes\operatorname{id} - \operatorname{id} \otimes\mu. \tag*{(62)} σ ′ = σ − μ ⊗ id − id ⊗ μ . (62)
This proves the assertion. □
It remains to consider the Jacobi identity with three vectors in V ⊗ W V \otimes W V ⊗ W , but now setting λ = 0 \lambda= 0 λ = 0 . The nested bracket has again three components:
[ [ v 1 ⊗ w 1 , v 2 ⊗ w 2 ] , v 3 ⊗ w 3 ] s o ( V ) = α ( σ ( w 1 , w 2 ) , w 3 ) ( v 1 × v 2 ) ∧ v 3 , [ [ v 1 ⊗ w 1 , v 2 ⊗ w 2 ] , v 3 ⊗ w 3 ] b = ⟨ v 1 × v 2 , v 3 ⟩ φ ( σ ( w 1 , w 2 ) ∧ w 3 ) , [ [ v 1 ⊗ w 1 , v 2 ⊗ w 2 ] , v 3 ⊗ w 3 ] V ⊗ W = α ( w 1 , w 2 ) ( ⟨ v 2 , v 3 ⟩ v 1 − ⟨ v 1 , v 3 ⟩ v 2 ) ⊗ w 3 + ⟨ v 1 , v 2 ⟩ v 3 ⊗ ρ ( φ ( w 1 ∧ w 2 ) ) w 3 + ( ( v 1 × v 2 ) × v 3 ) ⊗ σ ( σ ( w 1 , w 2 ) , w 3 ) . (63) \begin{aligned}
[[v_1 \otimes w_1,v_2 \otimes w_2],v_3 \otimes w_3]_{\mathfrak{so}(V)}
&= \alpha(\sigma(w_1,w_2),w_3)(v_1 \times v_2) \wedge v_3,\\
[[v_1 \otimes w_1,v_2 \otimes w_2],v_3 \otimes w_3]_{\mathfrak{b}}
&= \langle v_1 \times v_2,v_3\rangle\varphi(\sigma(w_1,w_2) \wedge w_3),\\
[[v_1 \otimes w_1,v_2 \otimes w_2],v_3 \otimes w_3]_{V\otimes W}
&= \alpha(w_1,w_2)\left(\langle v_2,v_3\rangle v_1-\langle v_1,v_3\rangle v_2\right) \otimes w_3\\
&\quad+ \langle v_1,v_2\rangle v_3 \otimes\rho(\varphi(w_1 \wedge w_2))w_3\\
&\quad+ ((v_1 \times v_2) \times v_3) \otimes\sigma(\sigma(w_1,w_2),w_3). \tag*{(63)}
\end{aligned} [[ v 1 ⊗ w 1 , v 2 ⊗ w 2 ] , v 3 ⊗ w 3 ] so ( V ) [[ v 1 ⊗ w 1 , v 2 ⊗ w 2 ] , v 3 ⊗ w 3 ] b [[ v 1 ⊗ w 1 , v 2 ⊗ w 2 ] , v 3 ⊗ w 3 ] V ⊗ W = α ( σ ( w 1 , w 2 ) , w 3 ) ( v 1 × v 2 ) ∧ v 3 , = ⟨ v 1 × v 2 , v 3 ⟩ φ ( σ ( w 1 , w 2 ) ∧ w 3 ) , = α ( w 1 , w 2 ) ( ⟨ v 2 , v 3 ⟩ v 1 − ⟨ v 1 , v 3 ⟩ v 2 ) ⊗ w 3 + ⟨ v 1 , v 2 ⟩ v 3 ⊗ ρ ( φ ( w 1 ∧ w 2 )) w 3 + (( v 1 × v 2 ) × v 3 ) ⊗ σ ( σ ( w 1 , w 2 ) , w 3 ) . (63)
Each component must vanish separately in the Jacobi identity. The s o ( V ) \mathfrak{so}(V) so ( V ) terms give the equation
α ( σ ( w 1 , w 2 ) , w 3 ) ( v 1 × v 2 ) ∧ v 3 + cyclic = 0 , (64) \alpha(\sigma(w_1,w_2),w_3)(v_1 \times v_2) \wedge v_3 + \text{cyclic} = 0, \tag*{(64)} α ( σ ( w 1 , w 2 ) , w 3 ) ( v 1 × v 2 ) ∧ v 3 + cyclic = 0 , (64)
whereas the b \mathfrak{b} b terms give
⟨ v 1 × v 2 , v 3 ⟩ φ ( σ ( w 1 , w 2 ) ∧ w 3 ) + cyclic = 0 (65) \langle v_1 \times v_2,v_3\rangle\varphi(\sigma(w_1,w_2) \wedge w_3) + \text{cyclic} = 0 \tag*{(65)} ⟨ v 1 × v 2 , v 3 ⟩ φ ( σ ( w 1 , w 2 ) ∧ w 3 ) + cyclic = 0 (65)
and the V ⊗ W V \otimes W V ⊗ W terms give
α ( w 1 , w 2 ) ( ⟨ v 2 , v 3 ⟩ v 1 − ⟨ v 1 , v 3 ⟩ v 2 ) ⊗ w 3 + ⟨ v 1 , v 2 ⟩ v 3 ⊗ ρ ( φ ( w 1 ∧ w 2 ) ) w 3 + ( ( v 1 × v 2 ) × v 3 ) ⊗ σ ( σ ( w 1 , w 2 ) , w 3 ) + cyclic = 0. (66) \begin{aligned}
&\alpha(w_1,w_2)\left(\langle v_2,v_3\rangle v_1-\langle v_1,v_3\rangle v_2\right) \otimes w_3
+\langle v_1,v_2\rangle v_3 \otimes\rho(\varphi(w_1 \wedge w_2))w_3\\
&\quad+ ((v_1 \times v_2) \times v_3) \otimes\sigma(\sigma(w_1,w_2),w_3) + \text{cyclic} = 0. \tag*{(66)}
\end{aligned} α ( w 1 , w 2 ) ( ⟨ v 2 , v 3 ⟩ v 1 − ⟨ v 1 , v 3 ⟩ v 2 ) ⊗ w 3 + ⟨ v 1 , v 2 ⟩ v 3 ⊗ ρ ( φ ( w 1 ∧ w 2 )) w 3 + (( v 1 × v 2 ) × v 3 ) ⊗ σ ( σ ( w 1 , w 2 ) , w 3 ) + cyclic = 0. (66)
Using the fact that u ∧ v = − ε ( u × v ) u \wedge v = -\varepsilon(u \times v) u ∧ v = − ε ( u × v ) and the well-known cross product identity
( v 1 × v 2 ) × v 3 = ⟨ v 1 , v 3 ⟩ v 2 − ⟨ v 2 , v 3 ⟩ v 1 , (67) (v_1 \times v_2) \times v_3 = \langle v_1,v_3\rangle v_2 - \langle v_2,v_3\rangle v_1, \tag*{(67)} ( v 1 × v 2 ) × v 3 = ⟨ v 1 , v 3 ⟩ v 2 − ⟨ v 2 , v 3 ⟩ v 1 , (67)
we may rearrange the terms in equation (64) to give
⟨ v 1 , v 2 ⟩ ( α ( σ ( w 3 , w 1 ) , w 2 ) − α ( σ ( w 3 , w 2 ) , w 1 ) ) ε ( v 3 ) + cyclic = 0. (68) \langle v_1,v_2\rangle\left(\alpha(\sigma(w_3,w_1),w_2)-\alpha(\sigma(w_3,w_2),w_1)\right)\varepsilon(v_3) + \text{cyclic} = 0. \tag*{(68)} ⟨ v 1 , v 2 ⟩ ( α ( σ ( w 3 , w 1 ) , w 2 ) − α ( σ ( w 3 , w 2 ) , w 1 ) ) ε ( v 3 ) + cyclic = 0. (68)
This has to hold for every choice of v 1 v_1 v 1 , v 2 v_2 v 2 , v 3 v_3 v 3 . Consequently, if we take v 1 = v 2 v_1 = v_2 v 1 = v 2 to be nonzero and v 3 v_3 v 3 to be a nonzero vector that is orthogonal to v 1 v_1 v 1 and v 2 v_2 v 2 , this component of the Jacobi identity becomes
α ( σ ( w 3 , w 2 ) , w 1 ) = α ( σ ( w 3 , w 1 ) , w 2 ) (69) \alpha(\sigma(w_3,w_2),w_1) = \alpha(\sigma(w_3,w_1),w_2) \tag*{(69)} α ( σ ( w 3 , w 2 ) , w 1 ) = α ( σ ( w 3 , w 1 ) , w 2 ) (69)
for all w i ∈ W w_i \in W w i ∈ W . It is clear that if this equation holds, then so does equation (68) .
The expression ⟨ v 1 × v 2 , v 3 ⟩ \langle v_1 \times v_2,v_3\rangle ⟨ v 1 × v 2 , v 3 ⟩ in equation (65) is cyclically invariant, hence that equation becomes simply
φ ( σ ( w 1 , w 2 ) ∧ w 3 ) + φ ( σ ( w 2 , w 3 ) ∧ w 1 ) + φ ( σ ( w 3 , w 1 ) ∧ w 2 ) = 0. (70) \varphi(\sigma(w_1,w_2) \wedge w_3) + \varphi(\sigma(w_2,w_3) \wedge w_1) + \varphi(\sigma(w_3,w_1) \wedge w_2) = 0. \tag*{(70)} φ ( σ ( w 1 , w 2 ) ∧ w 3 ) + φ ( σ ( w 2 , w 3 ) ∧ w 1 ) + φ ( σ ( w 3 , w 1 ) ∧ w 2 ) = 0. (70)
In equation (66) , the expression ( v 1 × v 2 ) × v 3 (v_1 \times v_2) \times v_3 ( v 1 × v 2 ) × v 3 can be expanded using the cross product identity (67) . Inserting this into equation (66) and rearranging, we may rewrite that equation as
⟨ v 1 , v 2 ⟩ v 3 ⊗ ( ρ ( φ ( w 1 ∧ w 2 ) ) w 3 − α ( w 2 , w 3 ) w 1 + α ( w 1 , w 3 ) w 2 + σ ( σ ( w 2 , w 3 ) , w 1 ) − σ ( σ ( w 1 , w 3 ) , w 2 ) ) + cyclic = 0. (71) \begin{aligned}
\langle v_1,v_2\rangle v_3 \otimes\big(&\rho(\varphi(w_1 \wedge w_2))w_3 - \alpha(w_2,w_3)w_1 + \alpha(w_1,w_3)w_2\\
&+ \sigma(\sigma(w_2,w_3),w_1) - \sigma(\sigma(w_1,w_3),w_2)\big) + \text{cyclic} = 0. \tag*{(71)}
\end{aligned} ⟨ v 1 , v 2 ⟩ v 3 ⊗ ( ρ ( φ ( w 1 ∧ w 2 )) w 3 − α ( w 2 , w 3 ) w 1 + α ( w 1 , w 3 ) w 2 + σ ( σ ( w 2 , w 3 ) , w 1 ) − σ ( σ ( w 1 , w 3 ) , w 2 ) ) + cyclic = 0. (71)
Choosing v i ∈ V v_i \in V v i ∈ V so that ⟨ v 1 , v 2 ⟩ \langle v_1,v_2\rangle ⟨ v 1 , v 2 ⟩ and v 3 v_3 v 3 are nonzero but ⟨ v 1 , v 3 ⟩ = ⟨ v 2 , v 3 ⟩ = 0 \langle v_1,v_3\rangle= \langle v_2,v_3\rangle= 0 ⟨ v 1 , v 3 ⟩ = ⟨ v 2 , v 3 ⟩ = 0 , we obtain the equation
α ( w 2 , w 3 ) w 1 − α ( w 1 , w 3 ) w 2 = ρ ( φ ( w 1 ∧ w 2 ) ) w 3 + σ ( σ ( w 2 , w 3 ) , w 1 ) − σ ( σ ( w 1 , w 3 ) , w 2 ) (72) \alpha(w_2,w_3)w_1 - \alpha(w_1,w_3)w_2 = \rho(\varphi(w_1 \wedge w_2))w_3 + \sigma(\sigma(w_2,w_3),w_1) - \sigma(\sigma(w_1,w_3),w_2) \tag*{(72)} α ( w 2 , w 3 ) w 1 − α ( w 1 , w 3 ) w 2 = ρ ( φ ( w 1 ∧ w 2 )) w 3 + σ ( σ ( w 2 , w 3 ) , w 1 ) − σ ( σ ( w 1 , w 3 ) , w 2 ) (72)
for all w i ∈ W w_i \in W w i ∈ W . Conversely, if this holds, then so does equation (66) . Similarly to the case d > 3 d > 3 d > 3 , the bilinear form α \alpha α can be recovered from ρ \rho ρ , φ \varphi φ and σ \sigma σ . Indeed, suppose that we are given maps φ : Λ 2 W → b \varphi:\Lambda^2W \to\mathfrak{b} φ : Λ 2 W → b and σ : S 2 W → W \sigma:S^2W \to W σ : S 2 W → W such that φ \varphi φ is b \mathfrak{b} b -equivariant, and define a map φ : Λ 2 W → g l ( W ) \varphi:\Lambda^2W \to\mathfrak{gl}(W) φ : Λ 2 W → gl ( W ) via
φ ( w 1 ∧ w 2 ) w 3 = ρ ( φ ( w 1 ∧ w 2 ) ) w 3 + σ ( σ ( w 2 , w 3 ) , w 1 ) − σ ( σ ( w 1 , w 3 ) , w 2 ) , w i ∈ W . (73) \varphi(w_1 \wedge w_2)w_3 = \rho(\varphi(w_1 \wedge w_2))w_3 + \sigma(\sigma(w_2,w_3),w_1) - \sigma(\sigma(w_1,w_3),w_2), \qquad w_i \in W. \tag*{(73)} φ ( w 1 ∧ w 2 ) w 3 = ρ ( φ ( w 1 ∧ w 2 )) w 3 + σ ( σ ( w 2 , w 3 ) , w 1 ) − σ ( σ ( w 1 , w 3 ) , w 2 ) , w i ∈ W . (73)
This map actually takes values in s l ( W ) \mathfrak{sl}(W) sl ( W ) . Indeed, the first summand yields a traceless endomorphism because of b \mathfrak{b} b -equivariance of φ \varphi φ . As for the other two summands, we may recognise them as the commutator [ σ ^ w 1 , σ ^ w 2 ] [\widehat{\sigma}_{w_1},\widehat{\sigma}_{w_2}] [ σ w 1 , σ w 2 ] , where σ ^ w \widehat{\sigma}_w σ w is the endomorphism taking w ′ ↦ σ ( w , w ′ ) w' \mapsto\sigma(w,w') w ′ ↦ σ ( w , w ′ ) for all w ∈ W w \in W w ∈ W . In particular, the trace Tr ( [ σ ^ w 1 , σ ^ w 2 ] ) = 0 \operatorname{Tr}([\widehat{\sigma}_{w_1},\widehat{\sigma}_{w_2}])=0 Tr ([ σ w 1 , σ w 2 ]) = 0 , so we conclude that im φ ⊆ s l ( W ) \operatorname{im}\varphi\subseteq\mathfrak{sl}(W) im φ ⊆ sl ( W ) . Owing to the isomorphism (32) , we can guarantee the existence of a unique α ∈ S 2 W ∗ \alpha\in S^2W^* α ∈ S 2 W ∗ that is related to ρ \rho ρ , φ \varphi φ and σ \sigma σ via (72) . In particular, if σ \sigma σ is also b \mathfrak{b} b -equivariant, then φ \varphi φ is b \mathfrak{b} b -invariant (due to equivariance of σ \sigma σ and φ \varphi φ ), and α ∈ ( S 2 W ∗ ) b \alpha\in(S^2W^*)^{\mathfrak{b}} α ∈ ( S 2 W ∗ ) b .
Remark 2.8. Just as in the generic case, we can compute the coordinates of α \alpha α from the rest of ingredients. Let e 1 , e 2 e_1,e_2 e 1 , e 2 be a basis for W W W and put w 1 = e 1 w_1=e_1 w 1 = e 1 and w 2 = e 2 w_2=e_2 w 2 = e 2 in equation (72) . We define the matrix [ ρ i j ] [\rho^j_i] [ ρ i j ] by
ρ ( φ ( e 1 ∧ e 2 ) ) e i = ρ i j e j . (74) \rho(\varphi(e_1 \wedge e_2))e_i=\rho^j_i e_j. \tag*{(74)} ρ ( φ ( e 1 ∧ e 2 )) e i = ρ i j e j . (74)
In addition, we consider σ ^ i : = σ ( e i , − ) \widehat{\sigma}_i:=\sigma(e_i,-) σ i := σ ( e i , − ) and define coefficients [ σ ^ 1 , σ ^ 2 ] i j [\widehat{\sigma}_1,\widehat{\sigma}_2]^j_i [ σ 1 , σ 2 ] i j by means of the equation
σ ( e 1 , σ ( e 2 , e i ) ) − σ ( e 2 , σ ( e 1 , e i ) ) = [ σ ^ 1 , σ ^ 2 ] e i = e j [ σ ^ 1 , σ ^ 2 ] i j . (75) \sigma(e_1,\sigma(e_2,e_i))-\sigma(e_2,\sigma(e_1,e_i))=[\widehat{\sigma}_1,\widehat{\sigma}_2]e_i=e_j[\widehat{\sigma}_1,\widehat{\sigma}_2]^j_i. \tag*{(75)} σ ( e 1 , σ ( e 2 , e i )) − σ ( e 2 , σ ( e 1 , e i )) = [ σ 1 , σ 2 ] e i = e j [ σ 1 , σ 2 ] i j . (75)
Then, arguing in the same fashion as in the case d > 3 d>3 d > 3 , we obtain
α 11 = − ρ 1 2 − [ σ ^ 1 , σ ^ 2 ] 1 2 , α 12 = ρ 1 1 + [ σ ^ 1 , σ ^ 2 ] 1 1 = − ρ 2 2 − [ σ ^ 1 , σ ^ 2 ] 2 2 , α 22 = ρ 2 1 + [ σ ^ 1 , σ ^ 2 ] 2 1 . (76) \begin{aligned}
\alpha_{11}&=-\rho^2_1-[\widehat{\sigma}_1,\widehat{\sigma}_2]^2_1,\\
\alpha_{12}&=\rho^1_1+[\widehat{\sigma}_1,\widehat{\sigma}_2]^1_1=-\rho^2_2-[\widehat{\sigma}_1,\widehat{\sigma}_2]^2_2,\\
\alpha_{22}&=\rho^1_2+[\widehat{\sigma}_1,\widehat{\sigma}_2]^1_2. \tag*{(76)}
\end{aligned} α 11 α 12 α 22 = − ρ 1 2 − [ σ 1 , σ 2 ] 1 2 , = ρ 1 1 + [ σ 1 , σ 2 ] 1 1 = − ρ 2 2 − [ σ 1 , σ 2 ] 2 2 , = ρ 2 1 + [ σ 1 , σ 2 ] 2 1 . (76)
In conclusion, we have seen that (up to isomorphism that acts trivially on s o ( V ) \mathfrak{so}(V) so ( V ) ) the Lie bracket of a ( 3 , 2 ) (3,2) ( 3 , 2 ) -KLA g \mathfrak{g} g with three-dimensional spatial isotropy is determined by a Bianchi Lie algebra b \mathfrak{b} b , a two-dimensional real representation W W W of b \mathfrak{b} b , a b \mathfrak{b} b -equivariant map φ ∈ Hom b ( ⋀ 2 W , b ) \varphi\in\operatorname{Hom}_{\mathfrak{b}}(\bigwedge^2W,\mathfrak{b}) φ ∈ Hom b ( ⋀ 2 W , b ) and a b \mathfrak{b} b -equivariant symmetric bilinear map σ : W × W → W \sigma:W\times W\to W σ : W × W → W . Moreover, taking into consideration the unique symmetric bilinear map α ∈ S 2 W ∗ \alpha\in S^2W^* α ∈ S 2 W ∗ characterised by (72) , then φ \varphi φ , σ \sigma σ and α \alpha α must satisfy the relations (69) and (70) . Conversely, given a quadruple ( b , W , φ , σ ) (\mathfrak{b},W,\varphi,\sigma) ( b , W , φ , σ ) that satisfies all of these properties, the bilinear operation on g \mathfrak{g} g given by (6) yields a ( 3 , 2 ) (3,2) ( 3 , 2 ) -KLA structure on g \mathfrak{g} g . All in all, we have proved Theorem B.
Relative isomorphisms between (3, 2)-kinematical Lie algebras
In this section, we describe a suitable notion of isomorphism between two ( 3 , 2 ) (3,2) ( 3 , 2 ) -kinematical Lie algebras. Recall that our final objective is the classification of coisotropy-one homogeneous spacetimes up to isomorphisms and coverings. Consequently, for our purposes it is enough to classify these algebras up to isomorphisms that preserve rotations.
A first observation is the following: let g \mathfrak{g} g and g ′ \mathfrak{g}' g ′ be two ( 3 , 2 ) (3,2) ( 3 , 2 ) -KLAs, which may be written as
g = s o ( d ) ⊕ R d ⊕ R d ⊕ R ⊕ R ⊕ R , g ′ = s o ( d ′ ) ⊕ R d ′ ⊕ R d ′ ⊕ R ⊕ R ⊕ R , (77) \mathfrak{g}=\mathfrak{so}(d)\oplus\mathbb{R}^d\oplus\mathbb{R}^d\oplus\mathbb{R}\oplus\mathbb{R}\oplus\mathbb{R},\qquad\mathfrak{g}'=\mathfrak{so}(d')\oplus\mathbb{R}^{d'}\oplus\mathbb{R}^{d'}\oplus\mathbb{R}\oplus\mathbb{R}\oplus\mathbb{R}, \tag*{(77)} g = so ( d ) ⊕ R d ⊕ R d ⊕ R ⊕ R ⊕ R , g ′ = so ( d ′ ) ⊕ R d ′ ⊕ R d ′ ⊕ R ⊕ R ⊕ R , (77)
where we have decomposed g \mathfrak{g} g (respectively, g ′ \mathfrak{g}' g ′ ) as a direct sum of s o ( d ) \mathfrak{so}(d) so ( d ) -modules (respectively, s o ( d ′ ) \mathfrak{so}(d') so ( d ′ ) -modules). Note that, in writing the decompositions in (77) , we are implicitly choosing two embeddings i : s o ( d ) → g i:\mathfrak{so}(d)\to\mathfrak{g} i : so ( d ) → g and j : s o ( d ′ ) → g ′ j:\mathfrak{so}(d')\to\mathfrak{g}' j : so ( d ′ ) → g ′ given by i ( X ) = X i(X)=X i ( X ) = X for all X ∈ s o ( d ) X\in\mathfrak{so}(d) X ∈ so ( d ) and j ( X ) = X j(X)=X j ( X ) = X for all X ∈ s o ( d ′ ) X\in\mathfrak{so}(d') X ∈ so ( d ′ ) . Since
dim g = d ( d − 1 ) 2 + 2 d + 3 (78) \dim\mathfrak{g}=\frac{d(d-1)}{2}+2d+3 \tag*{(78)} dim g = 2 d ( d − 1 ) + 2 d + 3 (78)
and similarly with g ′ \mathfrak{g}' g ′ , it is clear that for g \mathfrak{g} g and g ′ \mathfrak{g}' g ′ to be isomorphic we need d = d ′ d=d' d = d ′ . Moreover, we will say that a map f : g → g ′ f:\mathfrak{g}\to\mathfrak{g}' f : g → g ′ is a relative isomorphism if it is a Lie algebra isomorphism and j = f ∘ i j=f\circ i j = f ∘ i .
Clearly, a relative isomorphism f : g → g ′ f:\mathfrak{g}\to\mathfrak{g}' f : g → g ′ sends the rotational subalgebra of g \mathfrak{g} g to that of g ′ \mathfrak{g}' g ′ . However, the notion of relative isomorphism depends on the choice of embeddings i : s o ( d ) → g i:\mathfrak{so}(d)\to\mathfrak{g} i : so ( d ) → g and j : s o ( d ) → g ′ j:\mathfrak{so}(d)\to\mathfrak{g}' j : so ( d ) → g ′ . In addition, a Lie algebra isomorphism f : g → g ′ f:\mathfrak{g}\to\mathfrak{g}' f : g → g ′ that preserves s o ( d ) \mathfrak{so}(d) so ( d ) may restrict to a nontrivial automorphism of s o ( d ) \mathfrak{so}(d) so ( d ) . Nevertheless, the next proposition shows that the existence of an isomorphism preserving the rotational subalgebras is equivalent to the existence of a relative isomorphism between two ( 3 , 2 ) (3,2) ( 3 , 2 ) -KLAs.
Proposition 3.1. Consider two ( 3 , 2 ) (3,2) ( 3 , 2 ) -kinematical algebras g \mathfrak{g} g , g ′ \mathfrak{g}' g ′ with d d d -dimensional spatial isotropy, where d ≥ 3 d \ge3 d ≥ 3 , and choose decompositions for g \mathfrak{g} g and g ′ \mathfrak{g}' g ′ as in (77) . If there exists a Lie algebra isomorphism f : g → g ′ \mathfrak{f}: \mathfrak{g} \to\mathfrak{g}' f : g → g ′ that sends the rotational subalgebra of g \mathfrak{g} g to the rotational subalgebra of g ′ \mathfrak{g}' g ′ , then there exists a relative isomorphism from g \mathfrak{g} g to g ′ \mathfrak{g}' g ′ .
Proof. For the sake of clarity, we write
g = s o ( V ) ⊕ V ⊕ V ⊕ b , g ′ = s o ( V ) ⊕ V ⊕ V ⊕ b ′ , (79) \mathfrak{g} = \mathfrak{so}(V) \oplus V \oplus V \oplus\mathfrak{b}, \qquad\mathfrak{g}' = \mathfrak{so}(V) \oplus V \oplus V \oplus\mathfrak{b}', \tag*{(79)} g = so ( V ) ⊕ V ⊕ V ⊕ b , g ′ = so ( V ) ⊕ V ⊕ V ⊕ b ′ , (79)
where V = R d V = \mathbb{R}^{d} V = R d and b \mathfrak{b} b , b ′ \mathfrak{b}' b ′ are three-dimensional vector spaces. Under the adjoint representation, the action of s o ( V ) \mathfrak{so}(V) so ( V ) on each copy of V V V is given by the standard representation, whereas b \mathfrak{b} b becomes the three-dimensional trivial representation of s o ( V ) \mathfrak{so}(V) so ( V ) . The situation is analogous for g ′ \mathfrak{g}' g ′ .
Consider a Lie algebra isomorphism f : g → g ′ \mathfrak{f}: \mathfrak{g} \to\mathfrak{g}' f : g → g ′ that satisfies f ( s o ( V ) ) = s o ( V ) \mathfrak{f}(\mathfrak{so}(V)) = \mathfrak{so}(V) f ( so ( V )) = so ( V ) . We define η : s o ( V ) → s o ( V ) \eta: \mathfrak{so}(V) \to\mathfrak{so}(V) η : so ( V ) → so ( V ) as the restriction of f \mathfrak{f} f to s o ( V ) \mathfrak{so}(V) so ( V ) , which is a Lie algebra automorphism. We claim that η = Ad ( g ) \eta= \operatorname{Ad}(g) η = Ad ( g ) for some g ∈ O ( V ) g \in O(V) g ∈ O ( V ) . To see this, we consider two possible situations.
Firstly, suppose that dim V = d ≠ 8 \dim V = d \ne8 dim V = d = 8 . In this case, it is well-known that the automorphism group Aut ( s o ( V ) ) \operatorname{Aut}(\mathfrak{so}(V)) Aut ( so ( V )) coincides with Ad ( O ( V ) ) \operatorname{Ad}(O(V)) Ad ( O ( V )) , so our claim follows immediately.
Now, assume that dim V = d = 8 \dim V = d = 8 dim V = d = 8 . Here we see that the automorphism group is the semidirect product S 3 ⋉ Ad ( S O ( V ) ) \mathfrak{S}_{3} \ltimes\operatorname{Ad}(SO(V)) S 3 ⋉ Ad ( S O ( V )) , where S 3 \mathfrak{S}_{3} S 3 is the symmetric group on three elements. More precisely, S 3 \mathfrak{S}_{3} S 3 is the outer automorphism group of s o ( V ) \mathfrak{so}(V) so ( V ) . In addition, the map η \eta η induces a new s o ( V ) \mathfrak{so}(V) so ( V ) -module structure on V V V that turns it into an irreducible eight-dimensional representation V η V^{\eta} V η . Consequently, V η V^{\eta} V η is equivalent to either the standard representation V V V or to one of the two half-spin representations Δ + \Delta^{+} Δ + , Δ − \Delta^{-} Δ − .
Let us label the vector part of g \mathfrak{g} g as V 1 ⊕ V 2 V_{1} \oplus V_{2} V 1 ⊕ V 2 , where V 1 = V 2 = V V_{1} = V_{2} = V V 1 = V 2 = V are standard representations of s o ( V ) \mathfrak{so}(V) so ( V ) . We define maps κ : V → s o ( V ) \kappa: V \to\mathfrak{so}(V) κ : V → so ( V ) , λ i : V → V i \lambda_{i}: V \to V_{i} λ i : V → V i (with i = 1 , 2 i = 1,2 i = 1 , 2 ), and ζ : V → b ′ \zeta: V \to\mathfrak{b}' ζ : V → b ′ by the equation
f ( v ) = κ ( v ) + λ 1 ( v ) + λ 2 ( v ) + ζ ( v ) , v ∈ V 1 . (80) \mathfrak{f}(v) = \kappa(v) + \lambda_{1}(v) + \lambda_{2}(v) + \zeta(v), \qquad v \in V_{1}. \tag*{(80)} f ( v ) = κ ( v ) + λ 1 ( v ) + λ 2 ( v ) + ζ ( v ) , v ∈ V 1 . (80)
Because f \mathfrak{f} f is a Lie algebra isomorphism we must have [ f ( X ) , f ( v ) ] = f ( X v ) [\mathfrak{f}(X), \mathfrak{f}(v)] = \mathfrak{f}(Xv) [ f ( X ) , f ( v )] = f ( X v ) for every X ∈ s o ( V ) X \in\mathfrak{so}(V) X ∈ so ( V ) and v ∈ V 1 v \in V_{1} v ∈ V 1 , and this equation amounts to
κ ( X v ) = [ η ( X ) , κ ( v ) ] , λ 1 ( X v ) = η ( X ) λ 1 ( v ) , λ 2 ( X v ) = η ( X ) λ 2 ( v ) , ζ ( X v ) = 0. \begin{aligned}
\kappa(Xv) &= [\eta(X), \kappa(v)], &\qquad\lambda_{1}(Xv) &= \eta(X)\lambda_{1}(v), \\
\lambda_{2}(Xv) &= \eta(X)\lambda_{2}(v), &\qquad\zeta(Xv) &= 0.
\end{aligned} κ ( X v ) λ 2 ( X v ) = [ η ( X ) , κ ( v )] , = η ( X ) λ 2 ( v ) , λ 1 ( X v ) ζ ( X v ) = η ( X ) λ 1 ( v ) , = 0.
The last equation above implies that ζ \zeta ζ is the zero map. The first one implies that κ \kappa κ is an s o ( V ) \mathfrak{so}(V) so ( V ) -equivariant map between the standard representation V V V and the representation s o ( V ) η \mathfrak{so}(V)^{\eta} so ( V ) η whose underlying vector space is s o ( V ) \mathfrak{so}(V) so ( V ) and where the action of s o ( V ) \mathfrak{so}(V) so ( V ) on itself is given by the map ad ∘ η \operatorname{ad} \circ\eta ad ∘ η . Because both V V V and s o ( V ) η \mathfrak{so}(V)^{\eta} so ( V ) η are irreducible representations of different dimensions, we immediately obtain κ = 0 \kappa= 0 κ = 0 . Furthermore, since f \mathfrak{f} f is an isomorphism, we have that either λ 1 \lambda_{1} λ 1 or λ 2 \lambda_{2} λ 2 is nonzero, and both turn out to be equivariant maps from V V V to V η V^{\eta} V η , due to the second and third equations above. As V V V and V η V^{\eta} V η are irreducible, we conclude that V ≅ V η V \cong V^{\eta} V ≅ V η . This is possible if and only if η \eta η is an inner automorphism (that is, of the form Ad ( g ) \operatorname{Ad}(g) Ad ( g ) for some g ∈ S O ( V ) g \in SO(V) g ∈ S O ( V ) ) or if the class of η \eta η in Out ( s o ( V ) ) = Aut ( s o ( V ) ) / Ad ( S O ( V ) ) = S 3 \operatorname{Out}(\mathfrak{so}(V)) = \operatorname{Aut}(\mathfrak{so}(V))/\operatorname{Ad}(SO(V)) = \mathfrak{S}_{3} Out ( so ( V )) = Aut ( so ( V )) / Ad ( S O ( V )) = S 3 is the transposition that interchanges the half-spin representations (this is equivalent to η = Ad ( g ) \eta= \operatorname{Ad}(g) η = Ad ( g ) for some g ∈ O ( V ) g \in O(V) g ∈ O ( V ) , det g = − 1 \det g = -1 det g = − 1 ). All in all, we have shown that η \eta η is the adjoint action of an element of O ( V ) O(V) O ( V ) , as desired.
We have deduced that the restriction of f \mathfrak{f} f to s o ( V ) \mathfrak{so}(V) so ( V ) is of the form Ad ( g ) \operatorname{Ad}(g) Ad ( g ) for some g ∈ O ( V ) g \in O(V) g ∈ O ( V ) . We define a linear map s g : g → g s_{g}: \mathfrak{g} \to\mathfrak{g} s g : g → g by declaring that
s g ( X ) = g X g − 1 , s g ( v ) = g v , s g ( B ) = B , (81) s_{g}(X) = gXg^{-1}, \qquad s_{g}(v) = gv, \qquad s_{g}(B) = B, \tag*{(81)} s g ( X ) = g X g − 1 , s g ( v ) = g v , s g ( B ) = B , (81)
for each X ∈ s o ( V ) X \in\mathfrak{so}(V) X ∈ so ( V ) , v ∈ V i v \in V_{i} v ∈ V i and B ∈ b B \in\mathfrak{b} B ∈ b . One checks using Theorems A and B that s g s_{g} s g is a Lie algebra automorphism.3 Thus, the map f ∘ s g − 1 \mathfrak{f} \circ s_{g}^{-1} f ∘ s g − 1 is a relative isomorphism from g \mathfrak{g} g to g ′ \mathfrak{g}' g ′ , as desired. □ \square □
Motivated by this result, we say that two ( 3 , 2 ) (3,2) ( 3 , 2 ) -KLAs g \mathfrak{g} g and g ′ \mathfrak{g}' g ′ (with d ≥ 3 d \ge3 d ≥ 3 ) are relatively isomorphic if there exists a Lie algebra isomorphism f : g → g ′ \mathfrak{f}: \mathfrak{g} \to\mathfrak{g}' f : g → g ′ that sends the rotational subalgebra of g \mathfrak{g} g to the rotational subalgebra of g ′ \mathfrak{g}' g ′ . This notion is equivalent to the existence of a relative isomorphism between g \mathfrak{g} g and g ′ \mathfrak{g}' g ′ . In addition, if r \mathfrak{r} r denotes the rotational subalgebra of g \mathfrak{g} g , we define the relative automorphism group Aut ( g , r ) \operatorname{Aut}(\mathfrak{g},\mathfrak{r}) Aut ( g , r ) of g \mathfrak{g} g as the group of all Lie algebra automorphisms of g \mathfrak{g} g that act as the identity on r \mathfrak{r} r .
Observe that Proposition 3.1 can also be used to describe the normaliser of r ≅ s o ( V ) \mathfrak{r} \cong\mathfrak{so}(V) r ≅ so ( V ) in the full automorphism group Aut ( g ) \operatorname{Aut}(\mathfrak{g}) Aut ( g ) . Indeed, suppose that g = s o ( V ) ⊕ ( V ⊗ W ) ⊕ b \mathfrak{g}=\mathfrak{so}(V)\oplus(V\otimes W)\oplus\mathfrak{b} g = so ( V ) ⊕ ( V ⊗ W ) ⊕ b is a ( 3 , 2 ) (3,2) ( 3 , 2 ) -KLA where dim V = d ≥ 3 \dim V=d\geq3 dim V = d ≥ 3 . Denote by N N N the normaliser of s o ( V ) \mathfrak{so}(V) so ( V ) in Aut ( g ) \operatorname{Aut}(\mathfrak{g}) Aut ( g ) . Note that Aut ( g , r ) \operatorname{Aut}(\mathfrak{g},\mathfrak{r}) Aut ( g , r ) is a normal subgroup of N N N .
If d d d is even, then we can define a Lie group embedding s : O ( V ) → Aut ( g ) s:\mathrm{O}(V)\to\operatorname{Aut}(\mathfrak{g}) s : O ( V ) → Aut ( g ) by letting s g = Ad ( g ) ⊕ ( g ⊗ id W ) ⊕ id b s_g=\operatorname{Ad}(g)\oplus(g\otimes\operatorname{id}_W)\oplus\operatorname{id}_{\mathfrak{b}} s g = Ad ( g ) ⊕ ( g ⊗ id W ) ⊕ id b for every g ∈ O ( V ) g\in\mathrm{O}(V) g ∈ O ( V ) . Proposition 3.1 then shows that N = O ( V ) Aut ( g , r ) N=\mathrm{O}(V)\operatorname{Aut}(\mathfrak{g},\mathfrak{r}) N = O ( V ) Aut ( g , r ) , where the intersection O ( V ) ∩ Aut ( g , r ) = { s id V , s − id V } \mathrm{O}(V)\cap\operatorname{Aut}(\mathfrak{g},\mathfrak{r})=\{s_{\operatorname{id}_V},s_{-\operatorname{id}_V}\} O ( V ) ∩ Aut ( g , r ) = { s id V , s − id V } is finite. This implies that the normaliser of s o ( V ) \mathfrak{so}(V) so ( V ) in Aut ( g ) \operatorname{Aut}(\mathfrak{g}) Aut ( g ) is the almost semidirect product of O ( V ) \mathrm{O}(V) O ( V ) and Aut ( g , r ) \operatorname{Aut}(\mathfrak{g},\mathfrak{r}) Aut ( g , r ) .
Now, assume d d d is odd. The restriction of s s s to S O ( V ) \mathrm{SO}(V) SO ( V ) is also a Lie group embedding (including when d = 3 d=3 d = 3 , where s : O ( V ) → Aut ( g ) s:\mathrm{O}(V)\to\operatorname{Aut}(\mathfrak{g}) s : O ( V ) → Aut ( g ) may not be a homomorphism). In this case, the proof of Proposition 3.1 yields that N = S O ( V ) Aut ( g , r ) N=\mathrm{SO}(V)\operatorname{Aut}(\mathfrak{g},\mathfrak{r}) N = SO ( V ) Aut ( g , r ) , where the intersection S O ( V ) ∩ Aut ( g , r ) = { s id V } \mathrm{SO}(V)\cap\operatorname{Aut}(\mathfrak{g},\mathfrak{r})=\{s_{\operatorname{id}_V}\} SO ( V ) ∩ Aut ( g , r ) = { s id V } is trivial. Thus, we obtain N = S O ( V ) ⋉ Aut ( g , r ) N=\mathrm{SO}(V)\ltimes\operatorname{Aut}(\mathfrak{g},\mathfrak{r}) N = SO ( V ) ⋉ Aut ( g , r ) .
All in all, we have proved the following result:
Corollary 3.2. Let g \mathfrak{g} g be a ( 3 , 2 ) (3,2) ( 3 , 2 ) -KLA with d d d -dimensional spatial isotropy, where d ≥ 3 d\geq3 d ≥ 3 , and let N = N Aut ( g ) ( s o ( V ) ) N=N_{\operatorname{Aut}(\mathfrak{g})}(\mathfrak{so}(V)) N = N Aut ( g ) ( so ( V )) be the normaliser of the rotational subalgebra r ≅ s o ( V ) \mathfrak{r}\cong\mathfrak{so}(V) r ≅ so ( V ) . Then the following assertions are true:
(i) If d d d is odd, then N N N splits as the semidirect product S O ( V ) ⋉ Aut ( g , r ) \mathrm{SO}(V)\ltimes\operatorname{Aut}(\mathfrak{g},\mathfrak{r}) SO ( V ) ⋉ Aut ( g , r ) .
(ii) If d d d is even, then N N N splits as the almost semidirect product O ( V ) Aut ( g , r ) \mathrm{O}(V)\operatorname{Aut}(\mathfrak{g},\mathfrak{r}) O ( V ) Aut ( g , r ) , where the intersection O ( V ) ∩ Aut ( g , r ) = { s id V , s − id V } \mathrm{O}(V)\cap\operatorname{Aut}(\mathfrak{g},\mathfrak{r})=\{s_{\operatorname{id}_V},s_{-\operatorname{id}_V}\} O ( V ) ∩ Aut ( g , r ) = { s id V , s − id V } , where the Lie group embedding s : O ( V ) → Aut ( g , r ) s:\mathrm{O}(V)\to\operatorname{Aut}(\mathfrak{g},\mathfrak{r}) s : O ( V ) → Aut ( g , r ) is given by s g = Ad ( g ) ⊕ ( g ⊗ id W ) ⊕ id b s_g=\operatorname{Ad}(g)\oplus(g\otimes\operatorname{id}_W)\oplus\operatorname{id}_{\mathfrak{b}} s g = Ad ( g ) ⊕ ( g ⊗ id W ) ⊕ id b .
For the remainder of this section, we concern ourselves with determining when two ( 3 , 2 ) (3,2) ( 3 , 2 ) -KLAs g \mathfrak{g} g and g ′ \mathfrak{g}' g ′ are relatively isomorphic in terms of their corresponding algebraic objects described in Theorems A and B. Moreover, we will determine the set of all relative isomorphisms between two (relatively isomorphic) ( 3 , 2 ) (3,2) ( 3 , 2 ) -KLAs.
Generic case: d > 3 d>3 d > 3
Consider two ( 3 , 2 ) (3,2) ( 3 , 2 ) -KLA g \mathfrak{g} g and g ′ \mathfrak{g}' g ′ , which we write as
g = s o ( V ) ⊕ ( V ⊗ W ) ⊕ b , g ′ = s o ( V ) ⊕ ( V ⊗ W ′ ) ⊕ b ′ , (82) \mathfrak{g}=\mathfrak{so}(V)\oplus(V\otimes W)\oplus\mathfrak{b},\qquad\mathfrak{g}'=\mathfrak{so}(V)\oplus(V\otimes W')\oplus\mathfrak{b}', \tag*{(82)} g = so ( V ) ⊕ ( V ⊗ W ) ⊕ b , g ′ = so ( V ) ⊕ ( V ⊗ W ′ ) ⊕ b ′ , (82)
where dim V = d > 3 \dim V=d>3 dim V = d > 3 . Then, according to Theorem A the Lie brackets of g \mathfrak{g} g and g ′ \mathfrak{g}' g ′ are determined by triples ( b , ρ , ϕ ) (\mathfrak{b},\rho,\phi) ( b , ρ , ϕ ) and ( b ′ , ρ ′ , ϕ ′ ) (\mathfrak{b}',\rho',\phi') ( b ′ , ρ ′ , ϕ ′ ) , where b \mathfrak{b} b is a Bianchi algebra, ρ : b → g l ( W ) \rho:\mathfrak{b}\to\mathfrak{gl}(W) ρ : b → gl ( W ) is a two-dimensional representation and ϕ : ⋀ 2 W → b \phi:\bigwedge^{2}W\to\mathfrak{b} ϕ : ⋀ 2 W → b is a b \mathfrak{b} b -equivariant map (and likewise for b ′ \mathfrak{b}' b ′ and ϕ ′ \phi' ϕ ′ ).
Suppose a relative isomorphism f : g → g ′ f:\mathfrak{g}\to\mathfrak{g}' f : g → g ′ is given. As f ∣ s o ( V ) f|_{\mathfrak{so}(V)} f ∣ so ( V ) is the identity map, f f f is also an isomorphism of s o ( V ) \mathfrak{so}(V) so ( V ) -modules. In particular, f f f sends the isotypical components of g \mathfrak{g} g to those of g ′ \mathfrak{g}' g ′ . For d > 3 d>3 d > 3 , the isotypical components of g \mathfrak{g} g are s o ( V ) \mathfrak{so}(V) so ( V ) (when d = 4 d=4 d = 4 , s o ( V ) \mathfrak{so}(V) so ( V ) splits into two), V ⊗ W V\otimes W V ⊗ W and b \mathfrak{b} b , and identically for g ′ \mathfrak{g}' g ′ . As a consequence, we have f ( V ⊗ W ) = V ⊗ W ′ f(V\otimes W)=V\otimes W' f ( V ⊗ W ) = V ⊗ W ′ and f ( b ) = b ′ f(\mathfrak{b})=\mathfrak{b}' f ( b ) = b ′ , and the equivariance of f ∣ V ⊗ W f|_{V\otimes W} f ∣ V ⊗ W yields that there exists a map h : W → W ′ h:W\to W' h : W → W ′ such that f ( v ⊗ w ) = v ⊗ h ( w ) f(v\otimes w)=v\otimes h(w) f ( v ⊗ w ) = v ⊗ h ( w ) for all v ⊗ w ∈ V ⊗ W v\otimes w\in V\otimes W v ⊗ w ∈ V ⊗ W . We have thus shown that f f f decomposes as
f = id s o ( V ) ⊕ ( id V ⊗ h ) ⊕ ψ , (83) f=\operatorname{id}_{\mathfrak{so}(V)}\oplus(\operatorname{id}_V\otimes h)\oplus\psi, \tag*{(83)} f = id so ( V ) ⊕ ( id V ⊗ h ) ⊕ ψ , (83)
for a certain linear isomorphism h : W → W ′ h:W\to W' h : W → W ′ and a Lie algebra isomorphism ψ : b → b ′ \psi:\mathfrak{b}\to\mathfrak{b}' ψ : b → b ′ .
Let B ∈ b B\in\mathfrak{b} B ∈ b , v ⊗ w ∈ V ⊗ W v\otimes w\in V\otimes W v ⊗ w ∈ V ⊗ W . The equations
f ( [ B , v ⊗ w ] ) = f ( v ⊗ ρ ( B ) w ) = v ⊗ h ( ρ ( B ) w ) , [ f ( B ) , f ( v ⊗ w ) ] = [ ψ ( B ) , v ⊗ h ( w ) ] = v ⊗ ρ ′ ( ψ ( B ) ) h ( w ) (84) \begin{aligned}
f([B,v\otimes w])&=f(v\otimes\rho(B)w)=v\otimes h(\rho(B)w),\\
[f(B),f(v\otimes w)]&=[\psi(B),v\otimes h(w)]=v\otimes\rho'(\psi(B))h(w) \tag*{(84)}
\end{aligned} f ([ B , v ⊗ w ]) [ f ( B ) , f ( v ⊗ w )] = f ( v ⊗ ρ ( B ) w ) = v ⊗ h ( ρ ( B ) w ) , = [ ψ ( B ) , v ⊗ h ( w )] = v ⊗ ρ ′ ( ψ ( B )) h ( w ) (84)
imply that the maps h ∘ ρ ( B ) h\circ\rho(B) h ∘ ρ ( B ) and ρ ′ ( ψ ( B ) ) ∘ h \rho'(\psi(B))\circ h ρ ′ ( ψ ( B )) ∘ h are equal. For a linear isomorphism g : W → W ′ g:W\to W' g : W → W ′ , let us define a map Ad ( g ) : g l ( W ) → g l ( W ′ ) \operatorname{Ad}(g):\mathfrak{gl}(W)\to\mathfrak{gl}(W') Ad ( g ) : gl ( W ) → gl ( W ′ ) via Ad ( g ) T = g ∘ T ∘ g − 1 \operatorname{Ad}(g)T=g\circ T\circ g^{-1} Ad ( g ) T = g ∘ T ∘ g − 1 . Then we can rewrite the previous condition as ρ ′ ∘ ψ = Ad ( h ) ∘ ρ \rho'\circ\psi=\operatorname{Ad}(h)\circ\rho ρ ′ ∘ ψ = Ad ( h ) ∘ ρ . Furthermore, choose v 1 , v 2 ∈ V v_1,v_2\in V v 1 , v 2 ∈ V and w 1 , w 2 ∈ W w_1,w_2\in W w 1 , w 2 ∈ W . We have
f ( [ v 1 ⊗ w 1 , v 2 ⊗ w 2 ] ) = f ( α ( w 1 , w 2 ) v 1 ∧ v 2 + ⟨ v 1 , v 2 ⟩ ϕ ( w 1 ∧ w 2 ) ) = α ( w 1 , w 2 ) v 1 ∧ v 2 + ⟨ v 1 , v 2 ⟩ ψ ( ϕ ( w 1 ∧ w 2 ) ) , (85) \begin{aligned}
f([v_1\otimes w_1,v_2\otimes w_2])&=f\bigl(\alpha(w_1,w_2)v_1\wedge v_2+\langle v_1,v_2\rangle\phi(w_1\wedge w_2)\bigr)\\
&=\alpha(w_1,w_2)v_1\wedge v_2+\langle v_1,v_2\rangle\psi(\phi(w_1\wedge w_2)), \tag*{(85)}
\end{aligned} f ([ v 1 ⊗ w 1 , v 2 ⊗ w 2 ]) = f ( α ( w 1 , w 2 ) v 1 ∧ v 2 + ⟨ v 1 , v 2 ⟩ ϕ ( w 1 ∧ w 2 ) ) = α ( w 1 , w 2 ) v 1 ∧ v 2 + ⟨ v 1 , v 2 ⟩ ψ ( ϕ ( w 1 ∧ w 2 )) , (85)
whereas
[ f ( v 1 ⊗ w 1 ) , f ( v 2 ⊗ w 2 ) ] = [ v 1 ⊗ h ( w 1 ) , v 2 ⊗ h ( w 2 ) ] = α ′ ( h ( w 1 ) , h ( w 2 ) ) v 1 ∧ v 2 + ⟨ v 1 , v 2 ⟩ φ ′ ( h ( w 1 ) ∧ h ( w 2 ) ) = ( h ∗ α ′ ) ( w 1 , w 2 ) v 1 ∧ v 2 + ⟨ v 1 , v 2 ⟩ ( h ∗ φ ′ ) ( w 1 ∧ w 2 ) . (86) \begin{aligned}
[f(v_1 \otimes w_1),f(v_2 \otimes w_2)] &= [v_1 \otimes h(w_1),v_2 \otimes h(w_2)] \\
&= \alpha'(h(w_1),h(w_2))v_1 \wedge v_2+\langle v_1,v_2\rangle\varphi'(h(w_1)\wedge h(w_2)) \\
&= (h^*\alpha')(w_1,w_2)v_1 \wedge v_2+\langle v_1,v_2\rangle(h^*\varphi')(w_1\wedge w_2). \tag*{(86)}
\end{aligned} [ f ( v 1 ⊗ w 1 ) , f ( v 2 ⊗ w 2 )] = [ v 1 ⊗ h ( w 1 ) , v 2 ⊗ h ( w 2 )] = α ′ ( h ( w 1 ) , h ( w 2 )) v 1 ∧ v 2 + ⟨ v 1 , v 2 ⟩ φ ′ ( h ( w 1 ) ∧ h ( w 2 )) = ( h ∗ α ′ ) ( w 1 , w 2 ) v 1 ∧ v 2 + ⟨ v 1 , v 2 ⟩ ( h ∗ φ ′ ) ( w 1 ∧ w 2 ) . (86)
Therefore, we must have α = h ∗ α ′ \alpha=h^*\alpha' α = h ∗ α ′ and ψ ∘ φ = h ∗ φ ′ \psi\circ\varphi=h^*\varphi' ψ ∘ φ = h ∗ φ ′ . It is not hard to see that the latter equation, together with ρ ′ ∘ ψ = Ad ( h ) ∘ ρ \rho'\circ\psi=\operatorname{Ad}(h)\circ\rho ρ ′ ∘ ψ = Ad ( h ) ∘ ρ , implies the former.
Conversely, suppose h : W → W ′ h: W\to W' h : W → W ′ is a linear isomorphism and ψ : b → b ′ \psi:\mathfrak{b}\to\mathfrak{b}' ψ : b → b ′ is a Lie algebra isomorphism such that ρ ′ ∘ ψ = Ad ( h ) ∘ ρ \rho'\circ\psi=\operatorname{Ad}(h)\circ\rho ρ ′ ∘ ψ = Ad ( h ) ∘ ρ and ψ ∘ φ = h ∗ φ ′ \psi\circ\varphi=h^*\varphi' ψ ∘ φ = h ∗ φ ′ . Then from the equalities above, it is clear that the map f : g → g ′ f:\mathfrak{g}\to\mathfrak{g}' f : g → g ′ defined by f = id s o ( V ) ⊕ ( id V ⊗ h ) ⊕ ψ f=\operatorname{id}_{\mathfrak{so}(V)}\oplus(\operatorname{id}_V\otimes h)\oplus\psi f = id so ( V ) ⊕ ( id V ⊗ h ) ⊕ ψ is a relative isomorphism.
We summarise this discussion in the following result:
Proposition 3.3. Let g = s o ( V ) ⊕ ( V ⊗ W ) ⊕ b \mathfrak{g}=\mathfrak{so}(V)\oplus(V\otimes W)\oplus\mathfrak{b} g = so ( V ) ⊕ ( V ⊗ W ) ⊕ b and g ′ = s o ( V ) ⊕ ( V ⊗ W ′ ) ⊕ b ′ \mathfrak{g}'=\mathfrak{so}(V)\oplus(V\otimes W')\oplus\mathfrak{b}' g ′ = so ( V ) ⊕ ( V ⊗ W ′ ) ⊕ b ′ be two ( 3 , 2 ) (3,2) ( 3 , 2 ) -KLAs for which dim V = d > 3 \dim V=d>3 dim V = d > 3 , and let ( b , ρ , φ ) (\mathfrak{b},\rho,\varphi) ( b , ρ , φ ) and ( b ′ , ρ ′ , φ ′ ) (\mathfrak{b}',\rho',\varphi') ( b ′ , ρ ′ , φ ′ ) be the algebraic data defining the Lie brackets of g \mathfrak{g} g and g ′ \mathfrak{g}' g ′ . Then g \mathfrak{g} g and g ′ \mathfrak{g}' g ′ are relatively isomorphic if and only if there exist
a vector space isomorphism h : W → W ′ h:W\to W' h : W → W ′ ,
and a Lie algebra isomorphism ψ : b → b ′ \psi:\mathfrak{b}\to\mathfrak{b}' ψ : b → b ′ ,
satisfying the following equations:
ρ ′ ∘ ψ = Ad ( h ) ∘ ρ and ψ ∘ φ = h ∗ φ ′ . (87) \rho'\circ\psi=\operatorname{Ad}(h)\circ\rho
\qquad\text{and}\qquad
\psi\circ\varphi=h^*\varphi'. \tag*{(87)} ρ ′ ∘ ψ = Ad ( h ) ∘ ρ and ψ ∘ φ = h ∗ φ ′ . (87) The map
f = id s o ( V ) ⊕ ( id V ⊗ h ) ⊕ ψ (88) f=\operatorname{id}_{\mathfrak{so}(V)}\oplus(\operatorname{id}_V\otimes h)\oplus\psi \tag*{(88)} f = id so ( V ) ⊕ ( id V ⊗ h ) ⊕ ψ (88) is a relative isomorphism from g \mathfrak{g} g to g ′ \mathfrak{g}' g ′ . Furthermore, every relative isomorphism arises in this manner.
Case d=3
We now study the possible isomorphisms between ( 3 , 2 ) (3,2) ( 3 , 2 ) -KLAs for which d = 3 d=3 d = 3 . We consider two ( 3 , 2 ) (3,2) ( 3 , 2 ) -KLAs of the form
g = s o ( V ) ⊕ ( V ⊗ W ) ⊕ b , g ′ = s o ( V ) ⊕ ( V ⊗ W ′ ) ⊕ b ′ . (89) \mathfrak{g}=\mathfrak{so}(V)\oplus(V\otimes W)\oplus\mathfrak{b},\qquad
\mathfrak{g}'=\mathfrak{so}(V)\oplus(V\otimes W')\oplus\mathfrak{b}'. \tag*{(89)} g = so ( V ) ⊕ ( V ⊗ W ) ⊕ b , g ′ = so ( V ) ⊕ ( V ⊗ W ′ ) ⊕ b ′ . (89)
where dim V = d = 3 \dim V=d=3 dim V = d = 3 . Due to Theorem B, we can assume that (up to a relative isomorphism) the Lie brackets of g \mathfrak{g} g and g ′ \mathfrak{g}' g ′ are determined by the 5-tuples ( b , ρ , φ , σ , α ) (\mathfrak{b},\rho,\varphi,\sigma,\alpha) ( b , ρ , φ , σ , α ) and ( b ′ , ρ ′ , φ ′ , σ ′ , α ′ ) (\mathfrak{b}',\rho',\varphi',\sigma',\alpha') ( b ′ , ρ ′ , φ ′ , σ ′ , α ′ ) , where b \mathfrak{b} b is a Bianchi algebra, ρ : b → g l ( W ) \rho:\mathfrak{b}\to\mathfrak{gl}(W) ρ : b → gl ( W ) is a representation, φ ∈ Hom ( ⋀ 2 W , b ) \varphi\in\operatorname{Hom}(\bigwedge^2W,\mathfrak{b}) φ ∈ Hom ( ⋀ 2 W , b ) , α ∈ S 2 W ∗ \alpha\in S^2W^* α ∈ S 2 W ∗ , and σ ∈ Hom ( S 2 W , W ) \sigma\in\operatorname{Hom}(S^2W,W) σ ∈ Hom ( S 2 W , W ) are such that the relations (5) are satisfied (and similarly for b ′ , ρ ′ , φ ′ , σ ′ , α ′ \mathfrak{b}',\rho',\varphi',\sigma',\alpha' b ′ , ρ ′ , φ ′ , σ ′ , α ′ ). We aim to compute all relative isomorphisms from g \mathfrak{g} g to g ′ \mathfrak{g}' g ′ .
Suppose that f : g → g ′ f:\mathfrak{g}\to\mathfrak{g}' f : g → g ′ is a relative isomorphism. Then f f f is also an s o ( V ) \mathfrak{so}(V) so ( V ) -module isomorphism, so it must preserve the isotypical decompositions of g \mathfrak{g} g and g ′ \mathfrak{g}' g ′ . For d = 3 d=3 d = 3 , the isotypical components of g \mathfrak{g} g are s o ( V ) ⊕ ( V ⊗ W ) \mathfrak{so}(V)\oplus(V\otimes W) so ( V ) ⊕ ( V ⊗ W ) and b \mathfrak{b} b , as s o ( V ) ≅ V \mathfrak{so}(V)\cong V so ( V ) ≅ V (and the same holds for g ′ \mathfrak{g}' g ′ ). This implies that f ( b ) = b ′ f(\mathfrak{b})=\mathfrak{b}' f ( b ) = b ′ , while f ( V ⊗ W ) f(V\otimes W) f ( V ⊗ W ) is a subspace of s o ( V ) ⊕ ( V ⊗ W ′ ) \mathfrak{so}(V)\oplus(V\otimes W') so ( V ) ⊕ ( V ⊗ W ′ ) complementary to s o ( V ) \mathfrak{so}(V) so ( V ) . The restriction ψ : b → b ′ \psi:\mathfrak{b}\to\mathfrak{b}' ψ : b → b ′ of f f f to b \mathfrak{b} b is a Lie algebra isomorphism, while the maps v ⊗ w ↦ f ( v ⊗ w ) s o ( V ) v\otimes w\mapsto f(v\otimes w)_{\mathfrak{so}(V)} v ⊗ w ↦ f ( v ⊗ w ) so ( V ) and v ⊗ w ↦ f ( v ⊗ w ) V ⊗ W ′ v\otimes w\mapsto f(v\otimes w)_{V\otimes W'} v ⊗ w ↦ f ( v ⊗ w ) V ⊗ W ′ are both s o ( V ) \mathfrak{so}(V) so ( V ) -equivariant. Since Hom s o ( V ) ( V , V ) ≅ R \operatorname{Hom}_{\mathfrak{so}(V)}(V,V)\cong\mathbb{R} Hom so ( V ) ( V , V ) ≅ R and Hom s o ( V ) ( V , s o ( V ) ) ≅ R \operatorname{Hom}_{\mathfrak{so}(V)}(V,\mathfrak{so}(V))\cong\mathbb{R} Hom so ( V ) ( V , so ( V )) ≅ R is generated by the map ϵ : V → s o ( V ) \epsilon:V\to\mathfrak{so}(V) ϵ : V → so ( V ) , ϵ ( v ) w = v × w \epsilon(v)w=v\times w ϵ ( v ) w = v × w , we see that there exists a covector μ ∈ W ∗ \mu\in W^* μ ∈ W ∗ and a linear isomorphism h : W → W ′ h:W\to W' h : W → W ′ such that
f ( v ⊗ w ) = μ ( w ) ϵ ( v ) + v ⊗ h ( w ) , v ∈ V , w ∈ W . (90) f(v\otimes w)=\mu(w)\epsilon(v)+v\otimes h(w),\qquad v\in V,w\in W. \tag*{(90)} f ( v ⊗ w ) = μ ( w ) ϵ ( v ) + v ⊗ h ( w ) , v ∈ V , w ∈ W . (90)
Consider B ∈ b B\in\mathfrak{b} B ∈ b , v ∈ V v\in V v ∈ V and w ∈ W w\in W w ∈ W . Because f f f is an isomorphism, the elements
f ( [ B , v ⊗ w ] ) = f ( v ⊗ ρ ( B ) w ) = μ ( ρ ( B ) w ) ϵ ( v ) + v ⊗ h ( ρ ( B ) w ) (91) f([B,v\otimes w])=f(v\otimes\rho(B)w)=\mu(\rho(B)w)\epsilon(v)+v\otimes h(\rho(B)w) \tag*{(91)} f ([ B , v ⊗ w ]) = f ( v ⊗ ρ ( B ) w ) = μ ( ρ ( B ) w ) ϵ ( v ) + v ⊗ h ( ρ ( B ) w ) (91)
and
[ f ( B ) , f ( v ⊗ w ) ] = [ ψ ( B ) , μ ( w ) ϵ ( v ) + v ⊗ h ( w ) ] = v ⊗ ρ ′ ( ψ ( B ) ) h ( w ) (92) [f(B),f(v\otimes w)]=[\psi(B),\mu(w)\epsilon(v)+v\otimes h(w)]=v\otimes\rho'(\psi(B))h(w) \tag*{(92)} [ f ( B ) , f ( v ⊗ w )] = [ ψ ( B ) , μ ( w ) ϵ ( v ) + v ⊗ h ( w )] = v ⊗ ρ ′ ( ψ ( B )) h ( w ) (92)
are equal, and because B , v , w B,v,w B , v , w are arbitrary, this is possible if and only if
h ( ρ ( B ) w ) = ρ ′ ( ψ ( B ) ) h ( w ) , μ ( ρ ( B ) w ) = 0 , (93) h(\rho(B)w)=\rho'(\psi(B))h(w),\qquad\mu(\rho(B)w)=0, \tag*{(93)} h ( ρ ( B ) w ) = ρ ′ ( ψ ( B )) h ( w ) , μ ( ρ ( B ) w ) = 0 , (93)
for all choices of B B B , v v v , w w w . The first condition is equivalent to the equation
ρ ′ ∘ ψ = Ad ( h ) ∘ ρ , (94) \rho' \circ\psi= \operatorname{Ad}(h) \circ\rho, \tag*{(94)} ρ ′ ∘ ψ = Ad ( h ) ∘ ρ , (94)
while the second condition can be read as
∂ μ = 0 , (95) \partial\mu= 0, \tag*{(95)} ∂ μ = 0 , (95)
where we recall that ∂ : C ∙ ( b ; W ∗ ) → C ∙ + 1 ( b ; W ∗ ) \partial: C^{\bullet}(\mathfrak{b};W^*) \to C^{\bullet+1}(\mathfrak{b};W^*) ∂ : C ∙ ( b ; W ∗ ) → C ∙+ 1 ( b ; W ∗ ) is the Chevalley-Eilenberg differential. In other words, μ \mu μ is invariant under the dual representation of ρ \rho ρ .
Now, let v 1 , v 2 ∈ V v_1,v_2 \in V v 1 , v 2 ∈ V and w 1 , w 2 ∈ W w_1,w_2 \in W w 1 , w 2 ∈ W . We have
f ( [ v 1 ⊗ w 1 , v 2 ⊗ w 2 ] ) = f ( α ( w 1 , w 2 ) v 1 ∧ v 2 + ( v 1 × v 2 ) ⊗ σ ( w 1 , w 2 ) + ⟨ v 1 , v 2 ⟩ φ ( w 1 ∧ w 2 ) ) = ( α ( w 1 , w 2 ) − μ ( σ ( w 1 , w 2 ) ) ) v 1 ∧ v 2 + ( v 1 × v 2 ) ⊗ h ( σ ( w 1 , w 2 ) ) + ⟨ v 1 , v 2 ⟩ ψ ( φ ( w 1 ∧ w 2 ) ) (96) \begin{aligned}
f([v_1 \otimes w_1,v_2 \otimes w_2]) &= f(\alpha(w_1,w_2)v_1 \wedge v_2 + (v_1 \times v_2) \otimes\sigma(w_1,w_2) + \langle v_1,v_2\rangle\varphi(w_1 \wedge w_2)) \\
&= (\alpha(w_1,w_2)-\mu(\sigma(w_1,w_2)))v_1 \wedge v_2 + (v_1 \times v_2) \otimes h(\sigma(w_1,w_2)) \\
&\quad+ \langle v_1,v_2\rangle\psi(\varphi(w_1 \wedge w_2)) \tag*{(96)}
\end{aligned} f ([ v 1 ⊗ w 1 , v 2 ⊗ w 2 ]) = f ( α ( w 1 , w 2 ) v 1 ∧ v 2 + ( v 1 × v 2 ) ⊗ σ ( w 1 , w 2 ) + ⟨ v 1 , v 2 ⟩ φ ( w 1 ∧ w 2 )) = ( α ( w 1 , w 2 ) − μ ( σ ( w 1 , w 2 ))) v 1 ∧ v 2 + ( v 1 × v 2 ) ⊗ h ( σ ( w 1 , w 2 )) + ⟨ v 1 , v 2 ⟩ ψ ( φ ( w 1 ∧ w 2 )) (96)
while using the equality [ ε ( v 1 ) , ε ( v 2 ) ] = ε ( v 1 × v 2 ) = − v 1 ∧ v 2 [\varepsilon(v_1),\varepsilon(v_2)] = \varepsilon(v_1 \times v_2) = -v_1 \wedge v_2 [ ε ( v 1 ) , ε ( v 2 )] = ε ( v 1 × v 2 ) = − v 1 ∧ v 2 we see that
[ f ( v 1 ⊗ w 1 ) , f ( v 2 ⊗ w 2 ) ] = [ μ ( w 1 ) ε ( v 1 ) + v 1 ⊗ h ( w 1 ) , μ ( w 2 ) ε ( v 2 ) + v 2 ⊗ h ( w 2 ) ] = ( ( h ∗ α ′ ) ( w 1 , w 2 ) − μ ( w 1 ) μ ( w 2 ) ) v 1 ∧ v 2 + ⟨ v 1 , v 2 ⟩ ( h ∗ φ ′ ) ( w 1 ∧ w 2 ) + ( v 1 × v 2 ) ⊗ ( μ ( w 1 ) h ( w 2 ) + μ ( w 2 ) h ( w 1 ) + ( h ∗ σ ′ ) ( w 1 , w 2 ) ) . (97) \begin{aligned}
[f(v_1 \otimes w_1),f(v_2 \otimes w_2)] &= [\mu(w_1)\varepsilon(v_1)+v_1 \otimes h(w_1),\mu(w_2)\varepsilon(v_2)+v_2 \otimes h(w_2)] \\
&= ((h^*\alpha')(w_1,w_2)-\mu(w_1)\mu(w_2))v_1 \wedge v_2 \\
&\quad+ \langle v_1,v_2\rangle(h^*\varphi')(w_1 \wedge w_2) \\
&\quad+ (v_1 \times v_2) \otimes(\mu(w_1)h(w_2)+\mu(w_2)h(w_1)+(h^*\sigma')(w_1,w_2)). \tag*{(97)}
\end{aligned} [ f ( v 1 ⊗ w 1 ) , f ( v 2 ⊗ w 2 )] = [ μ ( w 1 ) ε ( v 1 ) + v 1 ⊗ h ( w 1 ) , μ ( w 2 ) ε ( v 2 ) + v 2 ⊗ h ( w 2 )] = (( h ∗ α ′ ) ( w 1 , w 2 ) − μ ( w 1 ) μ ( w 2 )) v 1 ∧ v 2 + ⟨ v 1 , v 2 ⟩ ( h ∗ φ ′ ) ( w 1 ∧ w 2 ) + ( v 1 × v 2 ) ⊗ ( μ ( w 1 ) h ( w 2 ) + μ ( w 2 ) h ( w 1 ) + ( h ∗ σ ′ ) ( w 1 , w 2 )) . (97)
These two elements are equal for all choices of v i , w i v_i,w_i v i , w i if and only if
h ∘ σ = h ∗ σ ′ + μ ⊗ h + h ⊗ μ , ψ ∘ φ = h ∗ φ ′ . (98) h \circ\sigma= h^*\sigma' + \mu\otimes h + h \otimes\mu,\qquad\psi\circ\varphi= h^*\varphi'. \tag*{(98)} h ∘ σ = h ∗ σ ′ + μ ⊗ h + h ⊗ μ , ψ ∘ φ = h ∗ φ ′ . (98)
and
α = h ∗ α ′ + μ ∘ σ − μ ⊗ μ . (99) \alpha= h^*\alpha' + \mu\circ\sigma- \mu\otimes\mu. \tag*{(99)} α = h ∗ α ′ + μ ∘ σ − μ ⊗ μ . (99)
Conversely, suppose that we have a linear isomorphism h : W → W ′ h: W \to W' h : W → W ′ , a Lie algebra isomorphism ψ : b → b ′ \psi:\mathfrak{b} \to\mathfrak{b}' ψ : b → b ′ and a one-form μ ∈ W ∗ \mu\in W^* μ ∈ W ∗ that satisfy the relations (94) , (95) and (98) . Note that we do not require that (99) is satisfied. Define a map f : g → g ′ f:\mathfrak{g} \to\mathfrak{g}' f : g → g ′ defined by f ∣ s o ( V ) ⊕ b = id s o ( V ) ⊕ ψ f|_{\mathfrak{so}(V)\oplus\mathfrak{b}}=\operatorname{id}_{\mathfrak{so}(V)}\oplus\psi f ∣ so ( V ) ⊕ b = id so ( V ) ⊕ ψ and
f ( v ⊗ w ) = μ ( w ) ε ( v ) + v ⊗ h ( w ) , v ∈ V , w ∈ W , (100) f(v \otimes w)=\mu(w)\varepsilon(v)+v \otimes h(w),\qquad v\in V,w\in W, \tag*{(100)} f ( v ⊗ w ) = μ ( w ) ε ( v ) + v ⊗ h ( w ) , v ∈ V , w ∈ W , (100)
We claim that f f f is a relative isomorphism (which in particular implies (99) ). To see this, consider the Lie bracket [ ⋅ , ⋅ ] ∗ [\cdot,\cdot]_* [ ⋅ , ⋅ ] ∗ on g ′ \mathfrak{g}' g ′ that turns f : g → ( g ′ , [ ⋅ , ⋅ ] ∗ ) f:\mathfrak{g}\to(\mathfrak{g}',[\cdot,\cdot]_*) f : g → ( g ′ , [ ⋅ , ⋅ ] ∗ ) into a Lie algebra isomorphism. This Lie bracket satisfies
[ X , v ⊗ w ′ ] ∗ = f ( [ X , v ⊗ h − 1 ( w ′ ) − μ ( h − 1 ( w ′ ) ) ε ( v ) ] ) = X v ⊗ w ′ , [X,v\otimes w']_* = f([X,v\otimes h^{-1}(w')-\mu(h^{-1}(w'))\varepsilon(v)])=Xv\otimes w', [ X , v ⊗ w ′ ] ∗ = f ([ X , v ⊗ h − 1 ( w ′ ) − μ ( h − 1 ( w ′ )) ε ( v )]) = X v ⊗ w ′ ,
[ X , B ′ ] ∗ = f ( [ X , ψ − 1 ( B ′ ) ] ) = 0 , (101) [X,B']_* = f([X,\psi^{-1}(B')])=0, \tag*{(101)} [ X , B ′ ] ∗ = f ([ X , ψ − 1 ( B ′ )]) = 0 , (101)
for all X ∈ s o ( V ) X\in\mathfrak{so}(V) X ∈ so ( V ) , v ∈ V v\in V v ∈ V , w ′ ∈ W ′ w'\in W' w ′ ∈ W ′ and B ′ ∈ b ′ B'\in\mathfrak{b}' B ′ ∈ b ′ , so ( g ′ , [ ⋅ , ⋅ ] ∗ ) (\mathfrak{g}',[\cdot,\cdot]_*) ( g ′ , [ ⋅ , ⋅ ] ∗ ) is a ( 3 , 2 ) (3,2) ( 3 , 2 ) -KLA. From the definition of f f f and the equations (94) , (95) and (98) we see that the algebraic data associated with [ ⋅ , ⋅ ] ∗ [\cdot,\cdot]_* [ ⋅ , ⋅ ] ∗ is b ∗ = b ′ \mathfrak{b}_*=\mathfrak{b}' b ∗ = b ′ , ρ ∗ = ρ ′ \rho_*=\rho' ρ ∗ = ρ ′ , φ ∗ = φ ′ \varphi_*=\varphi' φ ∗ = φ ′ and σ ∗ = σ ′ \sigma_*=\sigma' σ ∗ = σ ′ , and because α ∗ \alpha_* α ∗ is obtained from the rest of ingredients, we have necessarily α ∗ = α ′ \alpha_*=\alpha' α ∗ = α ′ . This gives that g \mathfrak{g} g and g ′ \mathfrak{g}' g ′ (with the original bracket) are isomorphic, and (99) holds.
We conclude the following:
Proposition 3.4. Let g = s o ( V ) ⊕ ( V ⊗ W ) ⊕ b \mathfrak{g}=\mathfrak{so}(V)\oplus(V\otimes W)\oplus\mathfrak{b} g = so ( V ) ⊕ ( V ⊗ W ) ⊕ b and g ′ = s o ( V ) ⊕ ( V ⊗ W ′ ) ⊕ b ′ \mathfrak{g}'=\mathfrak{so}(V)\oplus(V\otimes W')\oplus\mathfrak{b}' g ′ = so ( V ) ⊕ ( V ⊗ W ′ ) ⊕ b ′ be two ( 3 , 2 ) (3,2) ( 3 , 2 ) -KLAs for which dim V = d = 3 \dim V=d=3 dim V = d = 3 and let ( b , ρ , φ , σ , λ ) (\mathfrak{b},\rho,\varphi,\sigma,\lambda) ( b , ρ , φ , σ , λ ) and ( b ′ , ρ ′ , φ ′ , σ ′ , λ ′ ) (\mathfrak{b}',\rho',\varphi',\sigma',\lambda') ( b ′ , ρ ′ , φ ′ , σ ′ , λ ′ ) be the algebraic data defining the Lie brackets of g \mathfrak{g} g and g ′ \mathfrak{g}' g ′ respectively. Assume furthermore that both λ \lambda λ and λ ′ \lambda' λ ′ vanish. Then g \mathfrak{g} g and g ′ \mathfrak{g}' g ′ are isomorphic relative to s o ( V ) \mathfrak{so}(V) so ( V ) if and only if there exist
a linear isomorphism h : W → W ′ h:W\to W' h : W → W ′ ,
a Lie algebra isomorphism ψ : b → b ′ \psi:\mathfrak{b}\to\mathfrak{b}' ψ : b → b ′ ,
and a covector μ ∈ W ∗ \mu\in W^* μ ∈ W ∗ ,
satisfying the following equations:
ρ ′ ∘ ψ = Ad ( h ) ∘ ρ , ψ ∘ φ = h ∗ ∘ φ ′ , \rho' \circ\psi= \operatorname{Ad}(h) \circ\rho,\qquad\psi\circ\varphi= h^* \circ\varphi', ρ ′ ∘ ψ = Ad ( h ) ∘ ρ , ψ ∘ φ = h ∗ ∘ φ ′ ,
h ∘ σ = h ∗ ∘ σ ′ + μ ⊗ h + h ⊗ μ , ∂ μ = 0. (102) h \circ\sigma= h^* \circ\sigma' + \mu\otimes h + h \otimes\mu,\qquad\partial\mu= 0. \tag*{(102)} h ∘ σ = h ∗ ∘ σ ′ + μ ⊗ h + h ⊗ μ , ∂ μ = 0. (102)
The map f : g → g ′ f:\mathfrak{g}\to\mathfrak{g}' f : g → g ′ defined by
f ( v ⊗ w ) = μ ( w ) ε ( v ) + v ⊗ h ( w ) , f(v\otimes w)=\mu(w)\varepsilon(v)+v\otimes h(w), f ( v ⊗ w ) = μ ( w ) ε ( v ) + v ⊗ h ( w ) ,
f ( B ) = ψ ( B ) (103) f(B)=\psi(B) \tag*{(103)} f ( B ) = ψ ( B ) (103)
for all X ∈ s o ( V ) X\in\mathfrak{so}(V) X ∈ so ( V ) , v ⊗ w ∈ V ⊗ W v\otimes w\in V\otimes W v ⊗ w ∈ V ⊗ W and B ∈ b B\in\mathfrak{b} B ∈ b , is a relative isomorphism from g \mathfrak{g} g to g ′ \mathfrak{g}' g ′ . Furthermore, every relative isomorphism arises in this manner.
Lie subalgebras of g l ( 2 , R ) \mathfrak{gl}(2,\mathbb{R}) gl ( 2 , R )
As we already saw in § 2 , part of the information that describes the general structure of a (3, 2)-KLA is given by a two-dimensional representation of a Bianchi Lie algebra. Because of this, it is necessary to develop a systematic approach to determining all possible representations of this type by understanding their possible kernels and images (that is, the ideals of all Bianchi algebras and the subalgebras of g l ( 2 , R ) \mathfrak{gl}(2,\mathbb{R}) gl ( 2 , R ) ). Thus, the aim of this section is to provide a classification result of all subalgebras of g l ( 2 , R ) \mathfrak{gl}(2,\mathbb{R}) gl ( 2 , R ) up to conjugacy. Although this classification has been done several times in the literature [14 , 15 , 16 ] , in this paper we repeat the calculation to fix notation and for completeness.
The key observation is that g l ( 2 , R ) = s l ( 2 , R ) ⊕ R I \mathfrak{gl}(2,\mathbb{R})=\mathfrak{sl}(2,\mathbb{R})\oplus\mathbb{R}I gl ( 2 , R ) = sl ( 2 , R ) ⊕ R I is actually a direct sum of a simple Lie algebra and the one-dimensional abelian algebra. In general, one can compute the Lie subalgebras of a direct sum of algebras by means of the so-called Goursat lemma. This result was introduced originally in [17 ] in order to compute the subgroups of a product of two groups, but the result and its proof are essentially the same in the category of Lie algebras (see, e.g., [18 Section 3] ). In what follows, we briefly describe the lemma.
Let g = g 1 ⊕ g 2 \mathfrak{g}=\mathfrak{g}_1\oplus\mathfrak{g}_2 g = g 1 ⊕ g 2 be a direct sum of Lie algebras and consider the projections π i : g → g i \pi_i:\mathfrak{g}\to\mathfrak{g}_i π i : g → g i , which are surjective Lie algebra homomorphisms. To each Lie subalgebra h ⊆ g \mathfrak{h}\subseteq\mathfrak{g} h ⊆ g , we associate the following pieces of data:
h i = π i ( h ) \mathfrak{h}_i=\pi_i(\mathfrak{h}) h i = π i ( h ) , which is a Lie subalgebra of g i \mathfrak{g}_i g i for each i ∈ { 1 , 2 } i\in\{1,2\} i ∈ { 1 , 2 } ,
q = h ∩ g 2 \mathfrak{q}=\mathfrak{h}\cap\mathfrak{g}_2 q = h ∩ g 2 , which is an ideal of h 2 \mathfrak{h}_2 h 2 ,
and the (well-defined) surjective Lie algebra homomorphism f : h 1 → h 2 / q f:\mathfrak{h}_1\to\mathfrak{h}_2/\mathfrak{q} f : h 1 → h 2 / q given by letting
f ( X ) = Y + q , where ( X , Y ) ∈ h . (104) f(X)=Y+\mathfrak{q},\qquad\text{where }(X,Y)\in\mathfrak{h}. \tag*{(104)} f ( X ) = Y + q , where ( X , Y ) ∈ h . (104)
Lemma 4.1 (Goursat). Assume the notation from above. The map h ↦ ( h 1 , h 2 , q , f ) \mathfrak{h}\mapsto(\mathfrak{h}_1,\mathfrak{h}_2,\mathfrak{q},f) h ↦ ( h 1 , h 2 , q , f ) establishes a bijective correspondence between the set of all Lie subalgebras of g \mathfrak{g} g and the set of all 4-tuples ( h 1 , h 2 , q , f ) (\mathfrak{h}_1,\mathfrak{h}_2,\mathfrak{q},f) ( h 1 , h 2 , q , f ) such that each h i \mathfrak{h}_i h i is a Lie subalgebra of g i \mathfrak{g}_i g i , q \mathfrak{q} q is an ideal of h 2 \mathfrak{h}_2 h 2 and f : h 1 → h 2 / q f:\mathfrak{h}_1\to\mathfrak{h}_2/\mathfrak{q} f : h 1 → h 2 / q is a surjective homomorphism.
The inverse map is given as follows: for a 4-tuple ( h 1 , h 2 , q , f ) (\mathfrak{h}_1,\mathfrak{h}_2,\mathfrak{q},f) ( h 1 , h 2 , q , f ) satisfying the aforementioned properties, the corresponding subalgebra is defined as
h = { ( X , Y ) ∈ g ∣ X ∈ h 1 , f ( X ) = Y + q } . (105) \mathfrak{h}=\{(X,Y)\in\mathfrak{g}\mid X\in\mathfrak{h}_1,f(X)=Y+\mathfrak{q}\}. \tag*{(105)} h = {( X , Y ) ∈ g ∣ X ∈ h 1 , f ( X ) = Y + q } . (105)
Since we are interested in determining subalgebras of g \mathfrak{g} g up to conjugacy, we need to take into account how the action of an inner automorphism of g \mathfrak{g} g affects the aforementioned algebraic data. In general, suppose that we are given a representation ρ : G → Inn ( g ) \rho:G\to\operatorname{Inn}(\mathfrak{g}) ρ : G → Inn ( g ) , where G G G is a group and Inn ( g ) \operatorname{Inn}(\mathfrak{g}) Inn ( g ) is the group of inner automorphisms of g \mathfrak{g} g . Because g 1 \mathfrak{g}_1 g 1 and g 2 \mathfrak{g}_2 g 2 are ideals of g \mathfrak{g} g , they are invariant under inner automorphisms, so ρ \rho ρ restricts to two subrepresentations ρ i : G → Aut ( g i ) \rho_i:G\to\operatorname{Aut}(\mathfrak{g}_i) ρ i : G → Aut ( g i ) . Let h \mathfrak{h} h be a subalgebra of g \mathfrak{g} g and g ∈ G g\in G g ∈ G . We consider the conjugate subalgebra h ‾ = ρ ( g ) h \overline{\mathfrak{h}}=\rho(g)\mathfrak{h} h = ρ ( g ) h . Then, for their corresponding 4-tuples ( h 1 , h 2 , q , f ) (\mathfrak{h}_1,\mathfrak{h}_2,\mathfrak{q},f) ( h 1 , h 2 , q , f ) and ( h ‾ 1 , h ‾ 2 , q ‾ , f ‾ ) (\overline{\mathfrak{h}}_1,\overline{\mathfrak{h}}_2,\overline{\mathfrak{q}},\overline{f}) ( h 1 , h 2 , q , f ) we have
h ‾ i = ρ i ( g ) h i , q ‾ = ρ 2 ( g ) q , f ‾ = κ ( g ) ∘ f ∘ ρ 1 ( g ) − 1 , (106) \overline{\mathfrak{h}}_i=\rho_i(g)\mathfrak{h}_i,\qquad\overline{\mathfrak{q}}=\rho_2(g)\mathfrak{q},\qquad\overline{f}=\kappa(g)\circ f\circ\rho_1(g)^{-1}, \tag*{(106)} h i = ρ i ( g ) h i , q = ρ 2 ( g ) q , f = κ ( g ) ∘ f ∘ ρ 1 ( g ) − 1 , (106)
where κ ( g ) : h 2 / q → h ‾ 2 / q ‾ \kappa(\mathfrak{g}):\mathfrak{h}_{2}/\mathfrak{q}\to\overline{\mathfrak{h}}_{2}/\overline{\mathfrak{q}} κ ( g ) : h 2 / q → h 2 / q sends Y + q ↦ ρ 2 ( g ) Y + q ‾ Y+\mathfrak{q}\mapsto\rho_{2}(g)Y+\overline{\mathfrak{q}} Y + q ↦ ρ 2 ( g ) Y + q . As a consequence, the Lie subalgebras of g \mathfrak{g} g up to G G G -conjugacy are in a bijective correspondence with the orbits of the action given by (106) .
We now focus on the case at hand. Decompose g = g l ( 2 , R ) = s l ( 2 , R ) ⊕ R I \mathfrak{g}=\mathfrak{gl}(2,\mathbb{R})=\mathfrak{sl}(2,\mathbb{R})\oplus\mathbb{R}I g = gl ( 2 , R ) = sl ( 2 , R ) ⊕ R I . First we need to know the subalgebras of s l ( 2 , R ) \mathfrak{sl}(2,\mathbb{R}) sl ( 2 , R ) up to conjugacy. This can be done directly by hand or by appealing to the structure of maximal solvable subalgebras of real semisimple Lie algebras (see for example [19 ] ). We obtain that apart from the obvious subalgebras 0 0 0 and s l ( 2 , R ) \mathfrak{sl}(2,\mathbb{R}) sl ( 2 , R ) , these subalgebras are up to conjugacy
t 0 ( 2 , R ) = span { ( 1 0 0 − 1 ) , ( 0 1 0 0 ) } , s o ( 2 ) = R ( 0 − 1 1 0 ) , \mathfrak{t}_{0}(2,\mathbb{R})=\operatorname{span}\left\{\begin{pmatrix}1&0\\0&-1\end{pmatrix},\begin{pmatrix}0&1\\0&0\end{pmatrix}\right\},\quad\mathfrak{so}(2)=\mathbb{R}\begin{pmatrix}0&-1\\1&0\end{pmatrix}, t 0 ( 2 , R ) = span { ( 1 0 0 − 1 ) , ( 0 0 1 0 ) } , so ( 2 ) = R ( 0 1 − 1 0 ) ,
a = R ( 1 0 0 − 1 ) , n = R ( 0 1 0 0 ) . (107) \mathfrak{a}=\mathbb{R}\begin{pmatrix}1&0\\0&-1\end{pmatrix},\quad\mathfrak{n}=\mathbb{R}\begin{pmatrix}0&1\\0&0\end{pmatrix}. \tag*{(107)} a = R ( 1 0 0 − 1 ) , n = R ( 0 0 1 0 ) . (107)
On the other hand, given any 4-tuple ( h 1 , h 2 , q , f ) (\mathfrak{h}_{1},\mathfrak{h}_{2},\mathfrak{q},f) ( h 1 , h 2 , q , f ) , the pair ( h 2 , q ) (\mathfrak{h}_{2},\mathfrak{q}) ( h 2 , q ) is either ( 0 , 0 ) (0,0) ( 0 , 0 ) , ( R I , R I ) (\mathbb{R}I,\mathbb{R}I) ( R I , R I ) or ( R I , 0 ) (\mathbb{R}I,0) ( R I , 0 ) . Note that in the first two cases we have h 2 / q = 0 \mathfrak{h}_{2}/\mathfrak{q}=0 h 2 / q = 0 , and thus f f f is necessarily the zero map. If q = h 2 = 0 \mathfrak{q}=\mathfrak{h}_{2}=0 q = h 2 = 0 , then the corresponding subalgebra is h = h 1 \mathfrak{h}=\mathfrak{h}_{1} h = h 1 , whereas if q = h 2 = R I \mathfrak{q}=\mathfrak{h}_{2}=\mathbb{R}I q = h 2 = R I , the corresponding subalgebra is h = h 1 ⊕ R I \mathfrak{h}=\mathfrak{h}_{1}\oplus\mathbb{R}I h = h 1 ⊕ R I . The subalgebras obtained by adding R I \mathbb{R}I R I to a nonzero proper subalgebra of s l ( 2 , R ) \mathfrak{sl}(2,\mathbb{R}) sl ( 2 , R ) are
t ( 2 , R ) = { ( x y 0 z ) ∣ x , y , z ∈ R } , C = span { ( 1 0 0 1 ) , ( 0 − 1 1 0 ) } , \mathfrak{t}(2,\mathbb{R})=\left\{\left.\begin{pmatrix}x&y\\0&z\end{pmatrix}\right|x,y,z\in\mathbb{R}\right\},\quad\mathbb{C}=\operatorname{span}\left\{\begin{pmatrix}1&0\\0&1\end{pmatrix},\begin{pmatrix}0&-1\\1&0\end{pmatrix}\right\}, t ( 2 , R ) = { ( x 0 y z ) x , y , z ∈ R } , C = span { ( 1 0 0 1 ) , ( 0 1 − 1 0 ) } ,
diag ( 2 , R ) = span { ( 1 0 0 0 ) , ( 0 0 0 1 ) } , n ⊕ R I = span { ( 1 0 0 1 ) , ( 0 1 0 0 ) } . (108) \operatorname{diag}(2,\mathbb{R})=\operatorname{span}\left\{\begin{pmatrix}1&0\\0&0\end{pmatrix},\begin{pmatrix}0&0\\0&1\end{pmatrix}\right\},\quad\mathfrak{n}\oplus\mathbb{R}I=\operatorname{span}\left\{\begin{pmatrix}1&0\\0&1\end{pmatrix},\begin{pmatrix}0&1\\0&0\end{pmatrix}\right\}. \tag*{(108)} diag ( 2 , R ) = span { ( 1 0 0 0 ) , ( 0 0 0 1 ) } , n ⊕ R I = span { ( 1 0 0 1 ) , ( 0 0 1 0 ) } . (108)
We now consider the case that h 2 = R I \mathfrak{h}_{2}=\mathbb{R}I h 2 = R I and q = 0 \mathfrak{q}=0 q = 0 . Because we need the existence of a surjective homomorphism h 1 → h 2 / q = R I \mathfrak{h}_{1}\to\mathfrak{h}_{2}/\mathfrak{q}=\mathbb{R}I h 1 → h 2 / q = R I , h 1 \mathfrak{h}_{1} h 1 is either t 0 ( 2 , R ) \mathfrak{t}_{0}(2,\mathbb{R}) t 0 ( 2 , R ) or any of the one-dimensional subalgebras.
For the case h 1 = t 0 ( 2 , R ) \mathfrak{h}_{1}=\mathfrak{t}_{0}(2,\mathbb{R}) h 1 = t 0 ( 2 , R ) , a surjective homomorphism f : t 0 ( 2 , R ) → R I f:\mathfrak{t}_{0}(2,\mathbb{R})\to\mathbb{R}I f : t 0 ( 2 , R ) → R I has to vanish in the ideal n ⊆ t 0 ( 2 , R ) \mathfrak{n}\subseteq\mathfrak{t}_{0}(2,\mathbb{R}) n ⊆ t 0 ( 2 , R ) , and we have
f ( ( 1 0 0 − 1 ) ) = y I , y ∈ R ∖ { 0 } . (109) f\left(\begin{pmatrix}1&0\\0&-1\end{pmatrix}\right)=yI,\quad y\in\mathbb{R}\setminus\{0\}. \tag*{(109)} f ( ( 1 0 0 − 1 ) ) = y I , y ∈ R ∖ { 0 } . (109)
The normaliser of t 0 ( 2 , R ) \mathfrak{t}_{0}(2,\mathbb{R}) t 0 ( 2 , R ) in GL ( 2 , R ) \operatorname{GL}(2,\mathbb{R}) GL ( 2 , R ) is the subgroup of all nonsingular triangular matrices, and it acts trivially on the space of surjective homomorphisms t 0 ( 2 , R ) → R I \mathfrak{t}_{0}(2,\mathbb{R})\to\mathbb{R}I t 0 ( 2 , R ) → R I , so different values of y y y yield nonconjugate subalgebras of the form
span { ( y + 1 0 0 y − 1 ) , ( 0 1 0 0 ) } = span { ( cos θ 0 0 sin θ ) , ( 0 1 0 0 ) } = s θ , (110) \operatorname{span}\left\{\begin{pmatrix}y+1&0\\0&y-1\end{pmatrix},\begin{pmatrix}0&1\\0&0\end{pmatrix}\right\}
=\operatorname{span}\left\{\begin{pmatrix}\cos\theta&0\\0&\sin\theta\end{pmatrix},\begin{pmatrix}0&1\\0&0\end{pmatrix}\right\}=\mathfrak{s}_{\theta}, \tag*{(110)} span { ( y + 1 0 0 y − 1 ) , ( 0 0 1 0 ) } = span { ( cos θ 0 0 sin θ ) , ( 0 0 1 0 ) } = s θ , (110)
where ( cos θ , sin θ ) = − 1 2 ( y 2 + 1 ) ( y + 1 , y − 1 ) (\cos\theta,\sin\theta)=\frac{-1}{\sqrt{2(y^{2}+1)}}(y+1,y-1) ( cos θ , sin θ ) = 2 ( y 2 + 1 ) − 1 ( y + 1 , y − 1 ) . This establishes a bijective correspondence between y ∈ R ∖ { 0 } y\in\mathbb{R}\setminus\{0\} y ∈ R ∖ { 0 } and θ ∈ ( π 4 , 5 π 4 ) ∖ { 3 π 4 } \theta\in\left(\frac{\pi}{4},\frac{5\pi}{4}\right)\setminus\left\{\frac{3\pi}{4}\right\} θ ∈ ( 4 π , 4 5 π ) ∖ { 4 3 π } , and because θ \theta θ and θ + π \theta+\pi θ + π yield the same subalgebra we can directly suppose that θ ∈ [ 0 , π ) ∖ { π 4 , 3 π 4 } \theta\in[0,\pi)\setminus\left\{\frac{\pi}{4},\frac{3\pi}{4}\right\} θ ∈ [ 0 , π ) ∖ { 4 π , 4 3 π } . Note that the case θ = π 4 \theta=\frac{\pi}{4} θ = 4 π gives h = n ⊕ R I \mathfrak{h}=\mathfrak{n}\oplus\mathbb{R}I h = n ⊕ R I and the case θ = 3 π 4 \theta=\frac{3\pi}{4} θ = 4 3 π gives h = t 0 ( 2 , R ) \mathfrak{h}=\mathfrak{t}_{0}(2,\mathbb{R}) h = t 0 ( 2 , R ) .
Suppose that h 1 = s o ( 2 ) \mathfrak{h}_{1}=\mathfrak{so}(2) h 1 = so ( 2 ) . The map f f f satisfies
f ( ( 0 − 1 1 0 ) ) = y I , y ∈ R ∖ { 0 } . (111) f\left(\begin{pmatrix}0&-1\\1&0\end{pmatrix}\right)=yI,\quad y\in\mathbb{R}\setminus\{0\}. \tag*{(111)} f ( ( 0 1 − 1 0 ) ) = y I , y ∈ R ∖ { 0 } . (111)
The stabiliser of s o ( 2 ) \mathfrak{so}(2) so ( 2 ) in GL ( 2 , R ) \operatorname{GL}(2,\mathbb{R}) GL ( 2 , R ) is
CO ( 2 ) ⋊ Z 2 = { ( a − b b a ) ∣ a 2 + b 2 ≠ 0 } ⋊ ⟨ ( 1 0 0 − 1 ) ⟩ , (112) \operatorname{CO}(2)\rtimes\mathbb{Z}_{2}=\left\{\left.\begin{pmatrix}a&-b\\b&a\end{pmatrix}\right|a^{2}+b^{2}\ne0\right\}\rtimes\left\langle\begin{pmatrix}1&0\\0&-1\end{pmatrix}\right\rangle, \tag*{(112)} CO ( 2 ) ⋊ Z 2 = { ( a b − b a ) a 2 + b 2 = 0 } ⋊ ⟨ ( 1 0 0 − 1 ) ⟩ , (112)
where CO ( 2 ) \operatorname{CO}(2) CO ( 2 ) leaves f f f unchanged and the outer Z 2 \mathbb{Z}_{2} Z 2 allows us to change the sign of f f f . Thus, a complete set of nonconjugate subalgebras is obtained by letting y > 0 y>0 y > 0 , and these are of the form
R ( y − 1 1 y ) . (113) \mathbb{R}\begin{pmatrix}y&-1\\1&y\end{pmatrix}. \tag*{(113)} R ( y 1 − 1 y ) . (113)
Note that the algebra above in the limit case y = 0 y=0 y = 0 is precisely s o ( 2 ) \mathfrak{so}(2) so ( 2 ) .
Now, suppose h 1 = a \mathfrak{h}_1=\mathfrak{a} h 1 = a . A surjective map f : a → R I f:\mathfrak{a}\to\mathbb{R}I f : a → R I is of the form
f ( ( 1 0 0 − 1 ) ) = y I , y ∈ R ∖ { 0 } . (114) f\left(\begin{pmatrix}1&0\\0&-1\end{pmatrix}\right)=yI,\quad y\in\mathbb{R}\setminus\{0\}. \tag*{(114)} f ( ( 1 0 0 − 1 ) ) = y I , y ∈ R ∖ { 0 } . (114)
The stabiliser of a \mathfrak{a} a is the semidirect product
Diag ( 2 , R ) ⋊ Z 2 = { ( a 0 0 b ) ∣ a b ≠ 0 } ⋊ ⟨ ( 0 1 1 0 ) ⟩ , (115) \operatorname{Diag}(2,\mathbb{R})\rtimes\mathbb{Z}_2=\left\{\left.\begin{pmatrix}a&0\\0&b\end{pmatrix}\right|ab\ne0\right\}\rtimes\left\langle\begin{pmatrix}0&1\\1&0\end{pmatrix}\right\rangle, \tag*{(115)} Diag ( 2 , R ) ⋊ Z 2 = { ( a 0 0 b ) ab = 0 } ⋊ ⟨ ( 0 1 1 0 ) ⟩ , (115)
where only the outer Z 2 \mathbb{Z}_2 Z 2 acts nontrivially on f f f by changing its sign. We conclude that a complete family of nonconjugate subalgebras is obtained by letting y < 0 y<0 y < 0 , giving us
R ( y + 1 0 0 y − 1 ) = R ( x 0 0 1 ) , x = y + 1 y − 1 ∈ ( − 1 , 1 ) . (116) \mathbb{R}\begin{pmatrix}y+1&0\\0&y-1\end{pmatrix}=\mathbb{R}\begin{pmatrix}x&0\\0&1\end{pmatrix},\quad x=\frac{y+1}{y-1}\in(-1,1). \tag*{(116)} R ( y + 1 0 0 y − 1 ) = R ( x 0 0 1 ) , x = y − 1 y + 1 ∈ ( − 1 , 1 ) . (116)
Different values of x x x give rise to nonconjugate subalgebras. Observe that the case x = − 1 x=-1 x = − 1 corresponds to a \mathfrak{a} a whereas the case x = 1 x=1 x = 1 gives R I \mathbb{R}I R I .
Finally, suppose that h 1 = n \mathfrak{h}_1=\mathfrak{n} h 1 = n . Then the map f f f is such that
f ( ( 0 1 0 0 ) ) = y I , y ≠ 0. (117) f\left(\begin{pmatrix}0&1\\0&0\end{pmatrix}\right)=yI,\quad y\ne0. \tag*{(117)} f ( ( 0 0 1 0 ) ) = y I , y = 0. (117)
The normaliser of n \mathfrak{n} n is T ( 2 , R ) T(2,\mathbb{R}) T ( 2 , R ) and its action allows us to rescale f f f freely, which means that we can simply set y = 1 y=1 y = 1 and obtain the subalgebra
R ( 1 1 0 1 ) . (118) \mathbb{R}\begin{pmatrix}1&1\\0&1\end{pmatrix}. \tag*{(118)} R ( 1 0 1 1 ) . (118)
We can now collect our findings in the following result.
Theorem 4.2. Any nonzero proper subalgebra of g l ( 2 , R ) \mathfrak{gl}(2,\mathbb{R}) gl ( 2 , R ) is conjugate to exactly one of the ones given in Table 2 .
Due to the structure theorems in § 2 , it is important to determine which subalgebras of g l ( 2 , R ) \mathfrak{gl}(2,\mathbb{R}) gl ( 2 , R ) admit invariant a symmetric bilinear form α ∈ S 2 ( R 2 ) ∗ \alpha\in S^2(\mathbb{R}^2)^* α ∈ S 2 ( R 2 ) ∗ and an invariant R 2 \mathbb{R}^2 R 2 -valued symmetric bilinear form σ ∈ R 2 ⊗ S 2 ( R 2 ) ∗ \sigma\in\mathbb{R}^2\otimes S^2(\mathbb{R}^2)^* σ ∈ R 2 ⊗ S 2 ( R 2 ) ∗ . From the determination of the relative isomorphisms in § 3 , it is moreover also important to determine which subalgebras of g l ( 2 , R ) \mathfrak{gl}(2,\mathbb{R}) gl ( 2 , R ) leave a nonzero covector in ( R 2 ) ∗ (\mathbb{R}^2)^* ( R 2 ) ∗ invariant.
This latter condition is easy to see by inspection of the conjugacy classes of subalgebras of g l ( 2 , R ) \mathfrak{gl}(2,\mathbb{R}) gl ( 2 , R ) in Table 2 . The result is tabulated in Table 3 .
Table 3. Lie subalgebras of g l ( 2 , R ) \mathfrak{gl}(2,\mathbb{R}) gl ( 2 , R ) that leave a linear form invariant.
Up to a change of basis and scaling, there are only three nontrivial symmetric bilinear forms on R 2 \mathbb{R}^2 R 2 , which are
e 1 ⊗ e 1 + e 2 ⊗ e 2 , e 1 ⊗ e 2 + e 2 ⊗ e 1 , e 2 ⊗ e 2 , (119) e^1\otimes e^1+e^2\otimes e^2,\quad e^1\otimes e^2+e^2\otimes e^1,\quad e^2\otimes e^2, \tag*{(119)} e 1 ⊗ e 1 + e 2 ⊗ e 2 , e 1 ⊗ e 2 + e 2 ⊗ e 1 , e 2 ⊗ e 2 , (119)
where e 1 , e 2 e_1,e_2 e 1 , e 2 is a basis for R 2 \mathbb{R}^2 R 2 and e 1 , e 2 e^1,e^2 e 1 , e 2 is the corresponding dual basis. The corresponding stabiliser subalgebras are
s o ( 2 ) = R ( 0 − 1 1 0 ) , s o ( 1 , 1 ) = R ( 1 0 0 − 1 ) , s 0 = span { ( 1 0 0 0 ) , ( 0 1 0 0 ) } . (120) \mathfrak{so}(2)=\mathbb{R}\begin{pmatrix}0&-1\\1&0\end{pmatrix},\quad\mathfrak{so}(1,1)=\mathbb{R}\begin{pmatrix}1&0\\0&-1\end{pmatrix},\quad\mathfrak{s}_0=\operatorname{span}\left\{\begin{pmatrix}1&0\\0&0\end{pmatrix},\begin{pmatrix}0&1\\0&0\end{pmatrix}\right\}. \tag*{(120)} so ( 2 ) = R ( 0 1 − 1 0 ) , so ( 1 , 1 ) = R ( 1 0 0 − 1 ) , s 0 = span { ( 1 0 0 0 ) , ( 0 0 1 0 ) } . (120)
Therefore, we can also list the Lie subalgebras of g l ( 2 , R ) \mathfrak{gl}(2,\mathbb{R}) gl ( 2 , R ) that admit an invariant quadratic form in Table 4 .
Table 4. Lie subalgebras of g l ( 2 , R ) \mathfrak{gl}(2,\mathbb{R}) gl ( 2 , R ) that leave a quadratic form invariant.
The determination of which Lie subalgebras admit an invariant σ : R 2 × R 2 → R 2 \sigma:\mathbb{R}^2\times\mathbb{R}^2\to\mathbb{R}^2 σ : R 2 × R 2 → R 2 is a routine linear algebra exercise and we only list the results in Table 5 .
Table 5. Lie subalgebras of g l ( 2 , R ) \mathfrak{gl}(2,\mathbb{R}) gl ( 2 , R ) that leave invariant a nonzero symmetric bilinear σ : R 2 × R 2 → R 2 \sigma:\mathbb{R}^2 \times\mathbb{R}^2 \to\mathbb{R}^2 σ : R 2 × R 2 → R 2 .
This table collects representatives of the conjugacy classes of proper Lie subalgebras of g l ( 2 , R ) \mathfrak{gl}(2,\mathbb{R}) gl ( 2 , R ) . Among the one-dimensional subalgebras, s o ( 1 , 1 ) \mathfrak{so}(1,1) so ( 1 , 1 ) corresponds to the first with x = − 1 x=-1 x = − 1 and s o ( 2 ) \mathfrak{so}(2) so ( 2 ) corresponds to the last with y = 0 y=0 y = 0 .
This table lists the proper subalgebras in Table 2 which preserve a linear form μ ∈ W ∗ \mu\in W^{*} μ ∈ W ∗ invariant, along with the invariant linear forms.
Real two-dimensional representations of Bianchi Lie algebras
As discussed in § 2 , the Lie bracket of a ( 3 , 2 ) (3,2) ( 3 , 2 ) -KLA g \mathfrak{g} g is partially encoded by a Bianchi Lie algebra b \mathfrak{b} b and a two-dimensional real representation ρ : b → g l ( W ) \rho:\mathfrak{b}\to\mathfrak{gl}(W) ρ : b → gl ( W ) . Furthermore, if g ′ \mathfrak{g}' g ′ is another ( 3 , 2 ) (3,2) ( 3 , 2 ) -KLA (with associated representation ρ ′ : b ′ → g l ( W ′ ) \rho':\mathfrak{b}'\to\mathfrak{gl}(W') ρ ′ : b ′ → gl ( W ′ ) ) which differs from g \mathfrak{g} g via a relative isomorphism, due to Propositions 3.3 and 3.4 there exists a Lie algebra isomorphism ψ : b → b ′ \psi:\mathfrak{b}\to\mathfrak{b}' ψ : b → b ′ and a linear isomorphism h : W → W ′ h:W\to W' h : W → W ′ such that ρ ′ ( ψ ( B ) ) = h ρ ( B ) h − 1 \rho'(\psi(B))=h\rho(B)h^{-1} ρ ′ ( ψ ( B )) = h ρ ( B ) h − 1 for all B ∈ b B\in\mathfrak{b} B ∈ b . This motivates the following definition.
Let b \mathfrak{b} b , b ′ \mathfrak{b}' b ′ be two Lie algebras and ρ : b → g l ( W ) \rho:\mathfrak{b}\to\mathfrak{gl}(W) ρ : b → gl ( W ) , ρ ′ : b ′ → g l ( W ′ ) \rho':\mathfrak{b}'\to\mathfrak{gl}(W') ρ ′ : b ′ → gl ( W ′ ) linear representations of b \mathfrak{b} b and b ′ \mathfrak{b}' b ′ respectively. We say that ρ \rho ρ and ρ ′ \rho' ρ ′ are weakly equivalent or weakly isomorphic if there exists a
This table lists the subalgebras in Table 2 which preserve a quadratic form along with the invariant quadratic forms. In the last line, we have had to change the form of the invariant quadratic form so that the subalgebra agrees with one in Table 2 instead of merely being conjugate to one.
linear isomorphism h : W → W ′ h: W \to W' h : W → W ′ and a Lie algebra isomorphism ψ : b → b ′ \psi: \mathfrak{b} \to\mathfrak{b}' ψ : b → b ′ satisfying
ρ ′ ∘ ψ = Ad ( h ) ∘ ρ . (121) \rho' \circ\psi= \operatorname{Ad}(h) \circ\rho. \tag*{(121)} ρ ′ ∘ ψ = Ad ( h ) ∘ ρ . (121)
Recall here that Ad ( h ) : g l ( W ) → g l ( W ′ ) \operatorname{Ad}(h):\mathfrak{gl}(W) \to\mathfrak{gl}(W') Ad ( h ) : gl ( W ) → gl ( W ′ ) is defined by Ad ( h ) T = h ∘ T ∘ h − 1 \operatorname{Ad}(h)T = h \circ T \circ h^{-1} Ad ( h ) T = h ∘ T ∘ h − 1 . Thus, for the classification of ( 3 , 2 ) (3,2) ( 3 , 2 ) -KLAs it suffices to know the weak equivalence classes of two-dimensional representations of Bianchi Lie algebras. That will be the purpose of this section.
Choosing a basis for W W W , the image im ρ \operatorname{im}\rho im ρ is a Lie subalgebra of g l ( 2 , R ) \mathfrak{gl}(2,\mathbb{R}) gl ( 2 , R ) and the kernel ker ρ \operatorname{ker}\rho ker ρ is an ideal of b \mathfrak{b} b . For a Bianchi Lie algebra b \mathfrak{b} b we let Aut ( b ) \operatorname{Aut}(\mathfrak{b}) Aut ( b ) denote its Lie group of automorphisms. These are listed along with the classification of Bianchi Lie algebras in Appendix § 8 .
Having made these choices, we arrive at a rigidified notion of weak equivalence. Indeed, having fixed a representative of each isomorphism class of Bianchi Lie algebras: namely, the Lie algebras which are listed in Table 16 , ψ \psi ψ now becomes an automorphism of a Bianchi Lie algebra b \mathfrak{b} b in that table. Having chosen bases for W W W and W ′ W' W ′ and in that way identifying both g l ( W ) \mathfrak{gl}(W) gl ( W ) and g l ( W ′ ) \mathfrak{gl}(W') gl ( W ′ ) with g l ( 2 , R ) \mathfrak{gl}(2,\mathbb{R}) gl ( 2 , R ) , now h h h becomes an invertible linear transformation of R 2 \mathbb{R}^2 R 2 . In summary, we now have that two representations ρ : b → g l ( 2 , R ) \rho:\mathfrak{b}\to\mathfrak{gl}(2,\mathbb{R}) ρ : b → gl ( 2 , R ) and ρ ′ : b → g l ( 2 , R ) \rho':\mathfrak{b}\to\mathfrak{gl}(2,\mathbb{R}) ρ ′ : b → gl ( 2 , R ) are weakly equivalent if there exist ψ ∈ Aut ( b ) \psi\in\operatorname{Aut}(\mathfrak{b}) ψ ∈ Aut ( b ) and h ∈ GL ( 2 , R ) h\in\operatorname{GL}(2,\mathbb{R}) h ∈ GL ( 2 , R ) , so that ρ ′ ∘ ψ = Ad ( h ) ∘ ρ \rho'\circ\psi=\operatorname{Ad}(h)\circ\rho ρ ′ ∘ ψ = Ad ( h ) ∘ ρ .
In this section we will list all of the two-dimensional representations ρ : b → g l ( 2 , R ) \rho:\mathfrak{b}\to\mathfrak{gl}(2,\mathbb{R}) ρ : b → gl ( 2 , R ) up to weak equivalence and for each such representation we will determine the possible invariant α ∈ S 2 W ∗ \alpha\in S^2W^* α ∈ S 2 W ∗ , σ : S 2 W → W \sigma:S^2W\to W σ : S 2 W → W and φ : Λ 2 W → b \varphi:\Lambda^2W\to\mathfrak{b} φ : Λ 2 W → b , as well as record the calculation of the b \mathfrak{b} b -invariant vectors in W ∗ W^* W ∗ . We will also compute the subgroup Aut ( ρ ) ⊆ GL ( W ) × Aut ( b ) \operatorname{Aut}(\rho)\subseteq\operatorname{GL}(W)\times\operatorname{Aut}(\mathfrak{b}) Aut ( ρ ) ⊆ GL ( W ) × Aut ( b ) , which we call the group of weak automorphisms of $\rho, that stabilises ρ \rho ρ . More precisely, we define
Aut ( ρ ) = { ( h , ψ ) ∈ GL ( W ) × Aut ( b ) : ρ ∘ ψ = Ad ( h ) ∘ ρ } . (122) \operatorname{Aut}(\rho)=\{(h,\psi)\in\operatorname{GL}(W)\times\operatorname{Aut}(\mathfrak{b}):\rho\circ\psi=\operatorname{Ad}(h)\circ\rho\}. \tag*{(122)} Aut ( ρ ) = {( h , ψ ) ∈ GL ( W ) × Aut ( b ) : ρ ∘ ψ = Ad ( h ) ∘ ρ } . (122)
Bianchi I
This is the abelian three-dimensional Lie algebra and hence Aut ( b ) = GL ( b ) \operatorname{Aut}(\mathfrak{b})=\operatorname{GL}(\mathfrak{b}) Aut ( b ) = GL ( b ) , which acts transitively on one- and two-dimensional vector subspaces of b \mathfrak{b} b . The image ρ ( b ) ⊆ g l ( 2 , R ) \rho(\mathfrak{b})\subseteq\mathfrak{gl}(2,\mathbb{R}) ρ ( b ) ⊆ gl ( 2 , R ) must be an abelian Lie algebra and they can be read off from Table 2 : diag ( 2 , R ) \operatorname{diag}(2,\mathbb{R}) diag ( 2 , R ) , s π / 4 \mathfrak{s}_{\pi/4} s π /4 , C ≅ R ⊕ s o ( 2 ) \mathbb{C}\cong\mathbb{R}\oplus\mathfrak{so}(2) C ≅ R ⊕ so ( 2 ) , any one-dimensional subalgebra and the zero subalgebra.
5.1.1. I.1: im ρ = diag ( 2 , R ) \operatorname{im}\rho=\operatorname{diag}(2,\mathbb{R}) im ρ = diag ( 2 , R ) . We may choose a basis { B 1 , B 2 , B 3 } \{B_1,B_2,B_3\} { B 1 , B 2 , B 3 } for b \mathfrak{b} b such that ρ ( B 3 ) = 0 \rho(B_3)=0 ρ ( B 3 ) = 0 , whereas
ρ ( B 1 ) = ( 1 0 0 0 ) and ρ ( B 2 ) = ( 0 0 0 1 ) . (123) \rho(B_1)=\begin{pmatrix}1&0\\0&0\end{pmatrix}\quad\text{and}\quad\rho(B_2)=\begin{pmatrix}0&0\\0&1\end{pmatrix}. \tag*{(123)} ρ ( B 1 ) = ( 1 0 0 0 ) and ρ ( B 2 ) = ( 0 0 0 1 ) . (123)
For this representation, we have α \alpha α and σ \sigma σ are zero, by inspection of Table 4 and Table 5 . Similarly, because Λ 2 W \Lambda^2W Λ 2 W is a nontrivial representation and b \mathfrak{b} b is the trivial representation, there cannot be any nonzero equivariant map Λ 2 W → b \Lambda^2W\to\mathfrak{b} Λ 2 W → b , so φ = 0 \varphi=0 φ = 0 . Finally, there are no nonzero b \mathfrak{b} b -invariants in W ∗ W^* W ∗ . The group of weak automorphisms of ρ \rho ρ is
Aut ( ρ ) = { ( ( h 1 0 0 h 2 ) , ( 1 0 0 0 1 0 a 31 a 32 a 33 ) ) ∣ h 1 h 2 a 33 ≠ 0 } \operatorname{Aut}(\rho)=\left\{\left(\begin{pmatrix}h_1&0\\0&h_2\end{pmatrix},\begin{pmatrix}1&0&0\\0&1&0\\a_{31}&a_{32}&a_{33}\end{pmatrix}\right)\mathrel{\Big|}h_1h_2a_{33}\ne0\right\} Aut ( ρ ) = ⎩ ⎨ ⎧ ( h 1 0 0 h 2 ) , 1 0 a 31 0 1 a 32 0 0 a 33 h 1 h 2 a 33 = 0 ⎭ ⎬ ⎫
∪ { ( ( 0 h 2 h 1 0 ) , ( 0 1 0 1 0 0 a 31 a 32 a 33 ) ) ∣ h 1 h 2 a 33 ≠ 0 } . (124) \cup\left\{\left(\begin{pmatrix}0&h_2\\h_1&0\end{pmatrix},\begin{pmatrix}0&1&0\\1&0&0\\a_{31}&a_{32}&a_{33}\end{pmatrix}\right)\mathrel{\Big|}h_1h_2a_{33}\ne0\right\}. \tag*{(124)} ∪ ⎩ ⎨ ⎧ ( 0 h 1 h 2 0 ) , 0 1 a 31 1 0 a 32 0 0 a 33 h 1 h 2 a 33 = 0 ⎭ ⎬ ⎫ . (124)
5.1.2. I.2: im ρ = s π / 4 \operatorname{im}\rho=\mathfrak{s}_{\pi/4} im ρ = s π /4 . We may choose a basis { B 1 , B 2 , B 3 } \{B_1,B_2,B_3\} { B 1 , B 2 , B 3 } for b \mathfrak{b} b such that ρ ( B 3 ) = 0 \rho(B_3)=0 ρ ( B 3 ) = 0 , whereas
ρ ( B 1 ) = ( 1 0 0 1 ) and ρ ( B 2 ) = ( 0 1 0 0 ) . (125) \rho(B_1)=\begin{pmatrix}1&0\\0&1\end{pmatrix}\quad\text{and}\quad\rho(B_2)=\begin{pmatrix}0&1\\0&0\end{pmatrix}. \tag*{(125)} ρ ( B 1 ) = ( 1 0 0 1 ) and ρ ( B 2 ) = ( 0 0 1 0 ) . (125)
The situation here is just like the previous case: α \alpha α , σ \sigma σ and ( W ∗ ) b (W^*)^{\mathfrak{b}} ( W ∗ ) b are all zero. Finally, since Λ 2 W \Lambda^2W Λ 2 W is a nontrivial representation, φ \varphi φ is also zero. We also have
Aut ( ρ ) = { ( ( a 22 h 1 h 2 0 h 1 ) , ( 1 0 0 0 a 22 0 a 31 a 32 a 33 ) ) ∣ h 1 a 22 a 33 ≠ 0 } . (126) \operatorname{Aut}(\rho)=\left\{\left(\begin{pmatrix}a_{22}h_1&h_2\\0&h_1\end{pmatrix},\begin{pmatrix}1&0&0\\0&a_{22}&0\\a_{31}&a_{32}&a_{33}\end{pmatrix}\right)\mathrel{\Big|}h_1a_{22}a_{33}\ne0\right\}. \tag*{(126)} Aut ( ρ ) = ⎩ ⎨ ⎧ ( a 22 h 1 0 h 2 h 1 ) , 1 0 a 31 0 a 22 a 32 0 0 a 33 h 1 a 22 a 33 = 0 ⎭ ⎬ ⎫ . (126)
5.1.3. I.3: im ρ = C \operatorname{im}\rho=\mathbb{C} im ρ = C . We may choose a basis { B 1 , B 2 , B 3 } \{B_1,B_2,B_3\} { B 1 , B 2 , B 3 } for b \mathfrak{b} b such that ρ ( B 3 ) = 0 \rho(B_3)=0 ρ ( B 3 ) = 0 , whereas
ρ ( B 1 ) = ( 1 0 0 1 ) and ρ ( B 2 ) = ( 0 − 1 1 0 ) . (127) \rho(B_1)=\begin{pmatrix}1&0\\0&1\end{pmatrix}\quad\text{and}\quad\rho(B_2)=\begin{pmatrix}0&-1\\1&0\end{pmatrix}. \tag*{(127)} ρ ( B 1 ) = ( 1 0 0 1 ) and ρ ( B 2 ) = ( 0 1 − 1 0 ) . (127)
We have again that φ \varphi φ vanishes identically. From the tables, it follows that so do α \alpha α , σ \sigma σ and ( W ∗ ) b (W^*)^{\mathfrak{b}} ( W ∗ ) b . The group of weak automorphisms of ρ \rho ρ is
Aut ( ρ ) = { ( ( h 1 h 2 − ε h 2 ε h 1 ) , ( 1 0 0 0 ε 0 a 31 a 32 a 33 ) ) ∣ a 33 ( h 1 2 + h 2 2 ) ≠ 0 , ε = ± 1 } . (128) \operatorname{Aut}(\rho)=\left\{\left(\begin{pmatrix}h_1&h_2\\-\varepsilon h_2&\varepsilon h_1\end{pmatrix},\begin{pmatrix}1&0&0\\0&\varepsilon&0\\a_{31}&a_{32}&a_{33}\end{pmatrix}\right)\mathrel{\Big|}a_{33}(h_1^2+h_2^2)\ne0,\ \varepsilon=\pm1\right\}. \tag*{(128)} Aut ( ρ ) = ⎩ ⎨ ⎧ ( h 1 − ε h 2 h 2 ε h 1 ) , 1 0 a 31 0 ε a 32 0 0 a 33 a 33 ( h 1 2 + h 2 2 ) = 0 , ε = ± 1 ⎭ ⎬ ⎫ . (128)
5.1.4. I.4: im ρ = R ( x 0 0 1 ) \operatorname{im}\rho=\mathbb{R}\begin{pmatrix}x&0\\0&1\end{pmatrix} im ρ = R ( x 0 0 1 ) with ∣ x ∣ ≤ 1 |x|\leq1 ∣ x ∣ ≤ 1 . We may choose a basis { B 1 , B 2 , B 3 } \{\mathrm{B}_1,\mathrm{B}_2,\mathrm{B}_3\} { B 1 , B 2 , B 3 } for b \mathfrak{b} b such that ρ ( B 2 ) = ρ ( B 3 ) = 0 \rho(\mathrm{B}_2)=\rho(\mathrm{B}_3)=0 ρ ( B 2 ) = ρ ( B 3 ) = 0 and
ρ ( B 1 ) = ( x 0 0 1 ) , (129) \rho(\mathrm{B}_1)=\begin{pmatrix}x&0\\0&1\end{pmatrix}, \tag*{(129)} ρ ( B 1 ) = ( x 0 0 1 ) , (129)
with ∣ x ∣ ≤ 1 |x|\leq1 ∣ x ∣ ≤ 1 . One sees that different values of x x x give rise to different weak equivalence classes of representations. Here all α , σ , φ , ( W ∗ ) b \alpha,\sigma,\varphi,(\mathrm{W}^{*})^{\mathfrak{b}} α , σ , φ , ( W ∗ ) b are zero except at the following values of x x x :
x = − 1 x=-1 x = − 1 , which corresponds to s o ( 1 , 1 ) \mathfrak{so}(1,1) so ( 1 , 1 ) . Here σ = 0 \sigma=0 σ = 0 , but α ∈ R ( e 1 ⊗ e 2 + e 2 ⊗ e 1 ) \alpha\in\mathbb{R}(\mathrm{e}^{1}\otimes\mathrm{e}^{2}+\mathrm{e}^{2}\otimes\mathrm{e}^{1}) α ∈ R ( e 1 ⊗ e 2 + e 2 ⊗ e 1 ) . Furthermore, φ ( e 1 ∧ e 2 ) \varphi(\mathrm{e}_{1}\wedge\mathrm{e}_{2}) φ ( e 1 ∧ e 2 ) can be arbitrary.
x = 1 2 x=\frac{1}{2} x = 2 1 . Here σ ∈ R ( e 2 ⊗ e 1 ⊗ e 1 ) \sigma\in\mathbb{R}(\mathrm{e}_{2}\otimes\mathrm{e}^{1}\otimes\mathrm{e}^{1}) σ ∈ R ( e 2 ⊗ e 1 ⊗ e 1 ) , but α , φ , ( W ∗ ) b \alpha,\varphi,(\mathrm{W}^{*})^{\mathfrak{b}} α , φ , ( W ∗ ) b are zero.
x = 0 x=0 x = 0 . Here σ ∈ R ( e 1 ⊗ ( e 1 ⊗ e 1 ) ) ⊕ R ( e 2 ⊗ ( e 1 ⊗ e 2 + e 2 ⊗ e 1 ) ) \sigma\in\mathbb{R}(\mathrm{e}_{1}\otimes(\mathrm{e}^{1}\otimes\mathrm{e}^{1}))\oplus\mathbb{R}(\mathrm{e}_{2}\otimes(\mathrm{e}^{1}\otimes\mathrm{e}^{2}+\mathrm{e}^{2}\otimes\mathrm{e}^{1})) σ ∈ R ( e 1 ⊗ ( e 1 ⊗ e 1 )) ⊕ R ( e 2 ⊗ ( e 1 ⊗ e 2 + e 2 ⊗ e 1 )) , and ( W ∗ ) b = R e 1 (\mathrm{W}^{*})^{\mathfrak{b}}=\mathbb{R}\mathrm{e}^{1} ( W ∗ ) b = R e 1 , α ∈ R ( e 1 ⊗ e 1 ) \alpha\in\mathbb{R}(\mathrm{e}^{1}\otimes\mathrm{e}^{1}) α ∈ R ( e 1 ⊗ e 1 ) , but φ \varphi φ is still zero.
The stabiliser Aut ( ρ ) \operatorname{Aut}(\rho) Aut ( ρ ) of ρ \rho ρ depends on x x x . Indeed, we have:
Aut ( ρ ) = { ( h , ( 1 0 u A ) ) ∣ h , A ∈ GL ( 2 , R ) , u ∈ R 2 } . (130) \operatorname{Aut}(\rho)=\left\{\left(\mathbf{h},\begin{pmatrix}1&0\\\mathbf{u}&A\end{pmatrix}\right)\mid\mathbf{h},A\in\operatorname{GL}(2,\mathbb{R}),\ \mathbf{u}\in\mathbb{R}^{2}\right\}. \tag*{(130)} Aut ( ρ ) = { ( h , ( 1 u 0 A ) ) ∣ h , A ∈ GL ( 2 , R ) , u ∈ R 2 } . (130)
Aut ( ρ ) = { ( ( h 1 0 0 h 2 ) , ( 1 0 u A ) ) ∣ u ∈ R 2 , h 1 h 2 ( det A ) ≠ 0 } (131) \operatorname{Aut}(\rho)=\left\{\left(\begin{pmatrix}h_{1}&0\\0&h_{2}\end{pmatrix},\begin{pmatrix}1&0\\\mathbf{u}&A\end{pmatrix}\right)\mid\mathbf{u}\in\mathbb{R}^{2},h_{1}h_{2}(\det A)\neq0\right\} \tag*{(131)} Aut ( ρ ) = { ( ( h 1 0 0 h 2 ) , ( 1 u 0 A ) ) ∣ u ∈ R 2 , h 1 h 2 ( det A ) = 0 } (131)
∪ { ( ( 0 h 2 h 1 0 ) , ( − 1 0 u A ) ) ∣ u ∈ R 2 , h 1 h 2 ( det A ) ≠ 0 } . \cup\left\{\left(\begin{pmatrix}0&h_{2}\\h_{1}&0\end{pmatrix},\begin{pmatrix}-1&0\\\mathbf{u}&A\end{pmatrix}\right)\mid\mathbf{u}\in\mathbb{R}^{2},h_{1}h_{2}(\det A)\neq0\right\}. ∪ { ( ( 0 h 1 h 2 0 ) , ( − 1 u 0 A ) ) ∣ u ∈ R 2 , h 1 h 2 ( det A ) = 0 } .
Aut ( ρ ) = { ( ( h 1 0 0 h 2 ) , ( 1 0 u A ) ) ∣ u ∈ R 2 , h 1 h 2 ( det A ) ≠ 0 } . (132) \operatorname{Aut}(\rho)=\left\{\left(\begin{pmatrix}h_{1}&0\\0&h_{2}\end{pmatrix},\begin{pmatrix}1&0\\\mathbf{u}&A\end{pmatrix}\right)\mid\mathbf{u}\in\mathbb{R}^{2},h_{1}h_{2}(\det A)\neq0\right\}. \tag*{(132)} Aut ( ρ ) = { ( ( h 1 0 0 h 2 ) , ( 1 u 0 A ) ) ∣ u ∈ R 2 , h 1 h 2 ( det A ) = 0 } . (132)
5.1.5. I.5: im ρ = R ( 1 1 0 1 ) \operatorname{im}\rho=\mathbb{R}\begin{pmatrix}1&1\\0&1\end{pmatrix} im ρ = R ( 1 0 1 1 ) . We may choose a basis { B 1 , B 2 , B 3 } \{\mathrm{B}_1,\mathrm{B}_2,\mathrm{B}_3\} { B 1 , B 2 , B 3 } for b \mathfrak{b} b such that ρ ( B 2 ) = ρ ( B 3 ) = 0 \rho(\mathrm{B}_2)=\rho(\mathrm{B}_3)=0 ρ ( B 2 ) = ρ ( B 3 ) = 0 and
ρ ( B 1 ) = ( 1 1 0 1 ) . (133) \rho(\mathrm{B}_1)=\begin{pmatrix}1&1\\0&1\end{pmatrix}. \tag*{(133)} ρ ( B 1 ) = ( 1 0 1 1 ) . (133)
Here all α , σ \alpha,\sigma α , σ and ( W ∗ ) b (\mathrm{W}^{*})^{\mathfrak{b}} ( W ∗ ) b are zero from the tables and φ \varphi φ is readily seen to be zero. The group of weak automorphisms of ρ \rho ρ is
Aut ( ρ ) = { ( ( h 1 h 2 0 h 1 ) , ( 1 0 u A ) ) ∣ h 1 ( det A ) ≠ 0 } . (134) \operatorname{Aut}(\rho)=\left\{\left(\begin{pmatrix}h_{1}&h_{2}\\0&h_{1}\end{pmatrix},\begin{pmatrix}1&0\\\mathbf{u}&A\end{pmatrix}\right)\mid h_{1}(\det A)\neq0\right\}. \tag*{(134)} Aut ( ρ ) = { ( ( h 1 0 h 2 h 1 ) , ( 1 u 0 A ) ) ∣ h 1 ( det A ) = 0 } . (134)
5.1.6. I.6: im ρ = R ( 0 1 0 0 ) \operatorname{im}\rho=\mathbb{R}\begin{pmatrix}0&1\\0&0\end{pmatrix} im ρ = R ( 0 0 1 0 ) . We may choose a basis { B 1 , B 2 , B 3 } \{\mathrm{B}_1,\mathrm{B}_2,\mathrm{B}_3\} { B 1 , B 2 , B 3 } for b \mathfrak{b} b such that ρ ( B 2 ) = ρ ( B 3 ) = 0 \rho(\mathrm{B}_2)=\rho(\mathrm{B}_3)=0 ρ ( B 2 ) = ρ ( B 3 ) = 0 and
ρ ( B 1 ) = ( 0 1 0 0 ) . (135) \rho(\mathrm{B}_1)=\begin{pmatrix}0&1\\0&0\end{pmatrix}. \tag*{(135)} ρ ( B 1 ) = ( 0 0 1 0 ) . (135)
Here α ∈ R ( e 2 ⊗ e 2 ) \alpha\in\mathbb{R}(\mathrm{e}^{2}\otimes\mathrm{e}^{2}) α ∈ R ( e 2 ⊗ e 2 ) and
σ ∈ R ( e 1 ⊗ e 2 ⊗ e 1 ) ⊕ R ( e 1 ⊗ ( e 1 ⊗ e 2 + e 2 ⊗ e 1 ) + 2 e 2 ⊗ e 2 ⊗ e 2 ) . (136) \sigma\in\mathbb{R}(\mathrm{e}_{1}\otimes\mathrm{e}^{2}\otimes\mathrm{e}^{1})\oplus\mathbb{R}\left(\mathrm{e}_{1}\otimes(\mathrm{e}^{1}\otimes\mathrm{e}^{2}+\mathrm{e}^{2}\otimes\mathrm{e}^{1})+2\mathrm{e}_{2}\otimes\mathrm{e}^{2}\otimes\mathrm{e}^{2}\right). \tag*{(136)} σ ∈ R ( e 1 ⊗ e 2 ⊗ e 1 ) ⊕ R ( e 1 ⊗ ( e 1 ⊗ e 2 + e 2 ⊗ e 1 ) + 2 e 2 ⊗ e 2 ⊗ e 2 ) . (136)
Also, φ \varphi φ is unconstrained. From the tables, ( W ∗ ) b = R e 2 (\mathrm{W}^{*})^{\mathfrak{b}}=\mathbb{R}\mathrm{e}^{2} ( W ∗ ) b = R e 2 . One sees that the weak automorphism group of ρ \rho ρ is
Aut ( ρ ) = { ( ( a h 1 h 2 0 h 1 ) , ( a 0 u B ) ) ∣ a h 1 ( det B ) ≠ 0 } . (137) \operatorname{Aut}(\rho)=\left\{\left(\begin{pmatrix}ah_{1}&h_{2}\\0&h_{1}\end{pmatrix},\begin{pmatrix}a&0\\\mathbf{u}&B\end{pmatrix}\right)\mid ah_{1}(\det B)\neq0\right\}. \tag*{(137)} Aut ( ρ ) = { ( ( a h 1 0 h 2 h 1 ) , ( a u 0 B ) ) ∣ a h 1 ( det B ) = 0 } . (137)
I.7: im ρ = R \operatorname{im}\rho=\mathbb{R} im ρ = R
with y ≥ 0 y\geq0 y ≥ 0 . We may choose a basis { B 1 , B 2 , B 3 } \{B_1,B_2,B_3\} { B 1 , B 2 , B 3 } for b \mathfrak{b} b such that ρ ( B 2 ) = ρ ( B 3 ) = 0 \rho(B_2)=\rho(B_3)=0 ρ ( B 2 ) = ρ ( B 3 ) = 0 and
ρ ( B 1 ) = ( y − 1 1 y ) . (138) \rho(B_1)=\begin{pmatrix} y & -1 \\ 1 & y \end{pmatrix}. \tag*{(138)} ρ ( B 1 ) = ( y 1 − 1 y ) . (138)
Different values of y y y give rise to nonconjugate subalgebras, and thus to representations which are not weakly equivalent. Here σ = 0 \sigma=0 σ = 0 always and so are α \alpha α and φ \varphi φ unless y = 0 y=0 y = 0 , which corresponds to s o ( 2 ) \mathfrak{so}(2) so ( 2 ) . In that case, α ∈ R ( e 1 ⊗ e 1 + e 2 ⊗ e 2 ) \alpha\in\mathbb{R}(e^1\otimes e^1+e^2\otimes e^2) α ∈ R ( e 1 ⊗ e 1 + e 2 ⊗ e 2 ) and similarly, φ ( e 1 ∧ e 2 ) \varphi(e_1\wedge e_2) φ ( e 1 ∧ e 2 ) can be nonzero. From the tables, we see that ( W ∗ ) b = 0 (W^*)^{\mathfrak b}=0 ( W ∗ ) b = 0 . If y = 0 y=0 y = 0 , the group of weak automorphisms of ρ \rho ρ is
Aut ( ρ ) = { ( ( h 1 h 2 − ε h 2 ε h 1 ) , ( ε 0 0 A ) ) ∣ ( h 1 2 + h 2 2 ) ( det A ) ≠ 0 , ε = ± 1 } . (139) \operatorname{Aut}(\rho)=\left\{\left.\left(\begin{pmatrix} h_1 & h_2 \\ -\varepsilon h_2 & \varepsilon h_1 \end{pmatrix},\begin{pmatrix} \varepsilon& 0 \\ 0 & A \end{pmatrix}\right)\right|\left(h_1^2+h_2^2\right)(\det A)\neq0,\ \varepsilon=\pm1\right\}. \tag*{(139)} Aut ( ρ ) = { ( ( h 1 − ε h 2 h 2 ε h 1 ) , ( ε 0 0 A ) ) ( h 1 2 + h 2 2 ) ( det A ) = 0 , ε = ± 1 } . (139)
If y ≠ 0 y\neq0 y = 0 , then we must take ε = 1 \varepsilon=1 ε = 1 in the above formula.
I.8: im ρ = 0 \operatorname{im}\rho=0 im ρ = 0
Here both the representation W W W and the adjoint representation b \mathfrak b b are trivial and hence α \alpha α , σ \sigma σ and φ \varphi φ are unconstrained. Clearly, ( W ∗ ) b = W ∗ (W^*)^{\mathfrak b}=W^* ( W ∗ ) b = W ∗ . Trivially, we have
Aut ( ρ ) = GL ( W ) × Aut ( b ) . (140) \operatorname{Aut}(\rho)=\operatorname{GL}(W)\times\operatorname{Aut}(\mathfrak b). \tag*{(140)} Aut ( ρ ) = GL ( W ) × Aut ( b ) . (140)
Summary
We summarise the results of this section in Table 6 .
Table 6. Two-dimensional real representations of Bianchi I.
Using the basis { B 1 , B 2 , B 3 } \{B_1,B_2,B_3\} { B 1 , B 2 , B 3 } in Table 6 for the Bianchi I Lie algebra b \mathfrak b b , each row is a representation ρ : b → g l ( 2 , R ) \rho:\mathfrak b\to\mathfrak{gl}(2,\mathbb{R}) ρ : b → gl ( 2 , R ) . The representation has some parameters which in the absence of any “Remarks” take any possible real values. We also indicate for each representation whether there are any invariant α ∈ S 2 ( R 2 ) ∗ \alpha\in S^2(\mathbb{R}^2)^* α ∈ S 2 ( R 2 ) ∗ , σ ∈ R 2 ⊗ S 2 ( R 2 ) ∗ \sigma\in\mathbb{R}^2\otimes S^2(\mathbb{R}^2)^* σ ∈ R 2 ⊗ S 2 ( R 2 ) ∗ and φ ∈ b ⊗ Λ 2 ( R 2 ) ∗ \varphi\in\mathfrak b\otimes\Lambda^2(\mathbb{R}^2)^* φ ∈ b ⊗ Λ 2 ( R 2 ) ∗ . A ✓ indicates existence of a nonzero such invariant for any (allowed) value of the parameters, whereas a blank cell indicates its absence. Any other expression indicates the values of any parameter where a nonzero invariant exists. The last column is the b \mathfrak b b -invariant subspace of W ∗ W^* W ∗ : it is assumed to be zero unless otherwise noted.
Bianchi II
This is the Heisenberg Lie algebra with brackets [ B 2 , B 3 ] = B 1 [B_2,B_3]=B_1 [ B 2 , B 3 ] = B 1 relative to a choice of basis { B 1 , B 2 , B 3 } \{B_1,B_2,B_3\} { B 1 , B 2 , B 3 } . The automorphism group is given by
Aut ( b ) = { ( ( det A a T 0 A ) ) ∣ A ∈ GL ( 2 , R ) , a ∈ R 2 } . (141) \operatorname{Aut}(\mathfrak b)=\left\{\left(\begin{pmatrix}\det A & \mathbf a^{\mathsf T}\\ 0 & A\end{pmatrix}\right)\mathrel{\big|} A\in\operatorname{GL}(2,\mathbb{R}),\ \mathbf a\in\mathbb{R}^{2}\right\}. \tag*{(141)} Aut ( b ) = { ( ( det A 0 a T A ) ) A ∈ GL ( 2 , R ) , a ∈ R 2 } . (141)
The proper ideals are the first derived ideal [ b , b ] = R B 1 [\mathfrak b,\mathfrak b]=\mathbb{R}B_1 [ b , b ] = R B 1 and the span of B 1 B_1 B 1 together with any nonzero vector in the ( B 2 , B 3 ) (B_2,B_3) ( B 2 , B 3 ) -plane. Since ρ ( B 1 ) \rho(B_1) ρ ( B 1 ) acts transitively on such nonzero vectors, we are free to only consider the ideal spanned by { B 1 , B 2 } \{B_1,B_2\} { B 1 , B 2 } .
It follows from Table 2 that there are no nilpotent nonabelian Lie subalgebras of g l ( 2 , R ) \mathfrak{gl}(2,\mathbb{R}) gl ( 2 , R ) , hence ker ρ ≠ 0 \ker\rho\ne0 ker ρ = 0 . We discuss in turn the cases ker ρ = b \ker\rho=\mathfrak b ker ρ = b , ker ρ = R B 1 \ker\rho=\mathbb{R}B_1 ker ρ = R B 1 and ker ρ = span { B 1 , B 2 } \ker\rho=\operatorname{span}\{B_1,B_2\} ker ρ = span { B 1 , B 2 } . For ker ρ = R B 1 \ker\rho=\mathbb{R}B_1 ker ρ = R B 1 , because b / R B 1 \mathfrak b/\mathbb{R}B_1 b / R B 1 is abelian, im ρ \operatorname{im}\rho im ρ can be any two-dimensional abelian subalgebra of g l ( 2 , R ) \mathfrak{gl}(2,\mathbb{R}) gl ( 2 , R ) , so it is conjugate to one of diag ( 2 , R ) \operatorname{diag}(2,\mathbb{R}) diag ( 2 , R ) , s π / 4 \mathfrak{s}_{\pi/4} s π /4 and C \mathbb{C} C .
II.1: ker ρ = R B 1 \ker\rho=\mathbb{R}B_1 ker ρ = R B 1 and im ρ = diag ( 2 , R ) \operatorname{im}\rho=\operatorname{diag}(2,\mathbb{R}) im ρ = diag ( 2 , R )
We can choose bases for W W W and b \mathfrak b b such that ρ ( B 1 ) = 0 \rho(B_1)=0 ρ ( B 1 ) = 0 , whereas
ρ ( B 2 ) = ( 1 0 0 0 ) and ρ ( B 3 ) = ( 0 0 0 1 ) . (142) \rho(B_2)=\begin{pmatrix}1&0\\0&0\end{pmatrix}\quad\text{and}\quad\rho(B_3)=\begin{pmatrix}0&0\\0&1\end{pmatrix}. \tag*{(142)} ρ ( B 2 ) = ( 1 0 0 0 ) and ρ ( B 3 ) = ( 0 0 0 1 ) . (142)
From the tables in Section 4, it follows that α = 0 \alpha=0 α = 0 , σ = 0 \sigma=0 σ = 0 and ( W ∗ ) b = 0 (W^*)^{\mathfrak b}=0 ( W ∗ ) b = 0 . By direct computation, one sees that φ = 0 \varphi=0 φ = 0 . The group of weak automorphisms of ρ \rho ρ is
Aut ( ρ ) = { ( ( h 1 0 0 h 2 ) , ( 1 a 1 a 2 0 1 0 0 0 1 ) ) ∣ h 1 h 2 ≠ 0 } ∪ { ( ( 0 h 2 h 1 0 ) , ( − 1 a 1 a 2 0 0 1 0 1 0 ) ) ∣ h 1 h 2 ≠ 0 } . (143) \operatorname{Aut}(\rho)=\left\{\left(\begin{pmatrix}h_1&0\\0&h_2\end{pmatrix},\begin{pmatrix}1&a_1&a_2\\0&1&0\\0&0&1\end{pmatrix}\right)\mathrel{\big|}h_1h_2\ne0\right\}
\cup
\left\{\left(\begin{pmatrix}0&h_2\\h_1&0\end{pmatrix},\begin{pmatrix}-1&a_1&a_2\\0&0&1\\0&1&0\end{pmatrix}\right)\mathrel{\big|}h_1h_2\ne0\right\}. \tag*{(143)} Aut ( ρ ) = ⎩ ⎨ ⎧ ( h 1 0 0 h 2 ) , 1 0 0 a 1 1 0 a 2 0 1 h 1 h 2 = 0 ⎭ ⎬ ⎫ ∪ ⎩ ⎨ ⎧ ( 0 h 1 h 2 0 ) , − 1 0 0 a 1 0 1 a 2 1 0 h 1 h 2 = 0 ⎭ ⎬ ⎫ . (143)
II.2: ker ρ = R B 1 \ker\rho=\mathbb{R}B_1 ker ρ = R B 1 and im ρ = s π / 4 \operatorname{im}\rho=\mathfrak{s}_{\pi/4} im ρ = s π /4
We can choose bases for W W W and b \mathfrak b b such that ρ ( B 1 ) = 0 \rho(B_1)=0 ρ ( B 1 ) = 0 , whereas
ρ ( B 2 ) = ( 1 0 0 1 ) and ρ ( B 3 ) = ( 0 1 0 0 ) . (144) \rho(B_2)=\begin{pmatrix}1&0\\0&1\end{pmatrix}\quad\text{and}\quad\rho(B_3)=\begin{pmatrix}0&1\\0&0\end{pmatrix}. \tag*{(144)} ρ ( B 2 ) = ( 1 0 0 1 ) and ρ ( B 3 ) = ( 0 0 1 0 ) . (144)
From the tables in Section 4, it follows that α = 0 \alpha=0 α = 0 , σ = 0 \sigma=0 σ = 0 and ( W ∗ ) b = 0 (W^*)^{\mathfrak b}=0 ( W ∗ ) b = 0 . It is also readily seen that φ = 0 \varphi=0 φ = 0 . We also have
Aut ( ρ ) = { ( ( d h 1 h 2 0 h 1 ) , ( d a 1 a 2 0 1 0 0 0 d ) ) ∣ d h 1 ≠ 0 } . (145) \operatorname{Aut}(\rho)=\left\{\left(\begin{pmatrix}dh_1&h_2\\0&h_1\end{pmatrix},\begin{pmatrix}d&a_1&a_2\\0&1&0\\0&0&d\end{pmatrix}\right)\mathrel{\big|}dh_1\ne0\right\}. \tag*{(145)} Aut ( ρ ) = ⎩ ⎨ ⎧ ( d h 1 0 h 2 h 1 ) , d 0 0 a 1 1 0 a 2 0 d d h 1 = 0 ⎭ ⎬ ⎫ . (145)
II.3: ker ρ = R B 1 \ker\rho=\mathbb{R}B_1 ker ρ = R B 1 and im ρ = C \operatorname{im}\rho=\mathbb{C} im ρ = C
We can choose bases for W W W and b \mathfrak b b such that ρ ( B 1 ) = 0 \rho(B_1)=0 ρ ( B 1 ) = 0 , whereas
ρ ( B 2 ) = ( 1 0 0 1 ) and ρ ( B 3 ) = ( 0 − 1 1 0 ) . (146) \rho(B_2)=\begin{pmatrix}1&0\\0&1\end{pmatrix}\quad\text{and}\quad\rho(B_3)=\begin{pmatrix}0&-1\\1&0\end{pmatrix}. \tag*{(146)} ρ ( B 2 ) = ( 1 0 0 1 ) and ρ ( B 3 ) = ( 0 1 − 1 0 ) . (146)
This is very similar to the previous case, since ρ ( B 2 ) \rho(B_2) ρ ( B 2 ) takes the same form. All of α \alpha α , σ \sigma σ , φ \varphi φ and ( W ∗ ) b (W^*)^{\mathfrak b} ( W ∗ ) b are zero. We also see that
Aut ( ρ ) = { ( ( h 1 h 2 − ε h 2 ε h 1 ) , ( ε a 1 a 2 0 1 0 0 0 ε ) ) ∣ h 1 2 + h 2 2 ≠ 0 , ε = ± 1 } . (147) \operatorname{Aut}(\rho)=\left\{\left(\begin{pmatrix}h_1&h_2\\-\varepsilon h_2&\varepsilon h_1\end{pmatrix},\begin{pmatrix}\varepsilon&a_1&a_2\\0&1&0\\0&0&\varepsilon\end{pmatrix}\right)\mathrel{\big|}h_1^2+h_2^2\ne0,\ \varepsilon=\pm1\right\}. \tag*{(147)} Aut ( ρ ) = ⎩ ⎨ ⎧ ( h 1 − ε h 2 h 2 ε h 1 ) , ε 0 0 a 1 1 0 a 2 0 ε h 1 2 + h 2 2 = 0 , ε = ± 1 ⎭ ⎬ ⎫ . (147)
5.2.4. II.4: ker ρ = span { B 1 , B 2 } \ker\rho= \operatorname{span}\{B_1,B_2\} ker ρ = span { B 1 , B 2 } and im ρ = R ( x 0 0 1 ) \operatorname{im}\rho= \mathbb{R}\begin{pmatrix} x & 0 \\ 0 & 1 \end{pmatrix} im ρ = R ( x 0 0 1 ) with ∣ x ∣ ≤ 1 |x| \le1 ∣ x ∣ ≤ 1 . We can choose bases for W W W and b \mathfrak{b} b such that ρ ( B 1 ) = ρ ( B 2 ) = 0 \rho(B_1)=\rho(B_2)=0 ρ ( B 1 ) = ρ ( B 2 ) = 0 and
ρ ( B 3 ) = ( x 0 0 1 ) , (148) \rho(B_3)=\begin{pmatrix} x & 0 \\ 0 & 1 \end{pmatrix}, \tag*{(148)} ρ ( B 3 ) = ( x 0 0 1 ) , (148)
with ∣ x ∣ ≤ 1 |x| \le1 ∣ x ∣ ≤ 1 . Different values of x give rise to different weak isoclasses of representations. All of α \alpha α , σ \sigma σ , φ \varphi φ , ( W ∗ ) b (W^*)^{\mathfrak{b}} ( W ∗ ) b are zero except for the following values of x:
x = 0 x=0 x = 0 . Here α ∈ R ( e 1 ⊗ e 1 ) \alpha\in\mathbb{R}(e^1\otimes e^1) α ∈ R ( e 1 ⊗ e 1 ) and σ ∈ span { e 1 ⊗ e 1 ⊗ e 1 , e 2 ⊗ ( e 1 ⊗ e 2 + e 2 ⊗ e 1 ) } \sigma\in\operatorname{span}\{e_1\otimes e^1\otimes e^1,e_2\otimes(e^1\otimes e^2+e^2\otimes e^1)\} σ ∈ span { e 1 ⊗ e 1 ⊗ e 1 , e 2 ⊗ ( e 1 ⊗ e 2 + e 2 ⊗ e 1 )} . Also φ \varphi φ is zero. Finally, ( W ∗ ) b = R e 1 (W^*)^{\mathfrak{b}}=\mathbb{R}e^1 ( W ∗ ) b = R e 1 .
x = 1 2 x=\frac{1}{2} x = 2 1 . Here σ ∈ R ( e 2 ⊗ e 1 ⊗ e 1 ) \sigma\in\mathbb{R}(e_2\otimes e^1\otimes e^1) σ ∈ R ( e 2 ⊗ e 1 ⊗ e 1 ) and all other are zero.
x = − 1 x=-1 x = − 1 , which is s o ( 1 , 1 ) \mathfrak{so}(1,1) so ( 1 , 1 ) . Here σ = 0 \sigma=0 σ = 0 and ( W ∗ ) b = 0 (W^*)^{\mathfrak{b}}=0 ( W ∗ ) b = 0 , but α ∈ R ( e 1 ⊗ e 2 + e 2 ⊗ e 1 ) \alpha\in\mathbb{R}(e^1\otimes e^2+e^2\otimes e^1) α ∈ R ( e 1 ⊗ e 2 + e 2 ⊗ e 1 ) and φ ( e 1 ∧ e 2 ) ∈ R B 1 \varphi(e_1\wedge e_2)\in\mathbb{R}B_1 φ ( e 1 ∧ e 2 ) ∈ R B 1 .
As for the group of weak automorphisms, we have
Aut ( ρ ) = { ( ( a b 1 b 2 0 a c 0 0 1 ) ) | a ( det h ) ≠ 0 } . (149) \operatorname{Aut}(\rho)=\left\{\left(\begin{pmatrix} a & b_1 & b_2 \\ 0 & a & c \\ 0 & 0 & 1 \end{pmatrix}\right)\ \middle|\ a(\det h)\ne0\right\}. \tag*{(149)} Aut ( ρ ) = ⎩ ⎨ ⎧ a 0 0 b 1 a 0 b 2 c 1 a ( det h ) = 0 ⎭ ⎬ ⎫ . (149)
Aut ( ρ ) = { ( ( h 1 0 0 h 2 ) , ( a b 1 b 2 0 a c 0 0 1 ) ) | a h 1 h 2 ≠ 0 } ∪ { ( ( 0 h 2 h 1 0 ) , ( − a b 1 b 2 0 a c 0 0 − 1 ) ) | a h 1 h 2 ≠ 0 } . (150) \operatorname{Aut}(\rho)=\left\{\left(\begin{pmatrix} h_1 & 0 \\ 0 & h_2 \end{pmatrix},\begin{pmatrix} a & b_1 & b_2 \\ 0 & a & c \\ 0 & 0 & 1 \end{pmatrix}\right)\ \middle|\ ah_1h_2\ne0\right\}
\cup
\left\{\left(\begin{pmatrix} 0 & h_2 \\ h_1 & 0 \end{pmatrix},\begin{pmatrix} -a & b_1 & b_2 \\ 0 & a & c \\ 0 & 0 & -1 \end{pmatrix}\right)\ \middle|\ ah_1h_2\ne0\right\}. \tag*{(150)} Aut ( ρ ) = ⎩ ⎨ ⎧ ( h 1 0 0 h 2 ) , a 0 0 b 1 a 0 b 2 c 1 a h 1 h 2 = 0 ⎭ ⎬ ⎫ ∪ ⎩ ⎨ ⎧ ( 0 h 1 h 2 0 ) , − a 0 0 b 1 a 0 b 2 c − 1 a h 1 h 2 = 0 ⎭ ⎬ ⎫ . (150)
Aut ( ρ ) = { ( ( h 1 0 0 h 2 ) , ( a b 1 b 2 0 a c 0 0 1 ) ) | a h 1 h 2 ≠ 0 } . (151) \operatorname{Aut}(\rho)=\left\{\left(\begin{pmatrix} h_1 & 0 \\ 0 & h_2 \end{pmatrix},\begin{pmatrix} a & b_1 & b_2 \\ 0 & a & c \\ 0 & 0 & 1 \end{pmatrix}\right)\ \middle|\ ah_1h_2\ne0\right\}. \tag*{(151)} Aut ( ρ ) = ⎩ ⎨ ⎧ ( h 1 0 0 h 2 ) , a 0 0 b 1 a 0 b 2 c 1 a h 1 h 2 = 0 ⎭ ⎬ ⎫ . (151)
5.2.5. II.5: ker ρ = span { B 1 , B 2 } \ker\rho=\operatorname{span}\{B_1,B_2\} ker ρ = span { B 1 , B 2 } and im ρ = R ( 1 1 0 1 ) \operatorname{im}\rho=\mathbb{R}\begin{pmatrix} 1 & 1 \\ 0 & 1 \end{pmatrix} im ρ = R ( 1 0 1 1 ) . We can choose bases for W W W and b \mathfrak{b} b such that ρ ( B 1 ) = ρ ( B 2 ) = 0 \rho(B_1)=\rho(B_2)=0 ρ ( B 1 ) = ρ ( B 2 ) = 0 and
ρ ( B 3 ) = ( 1 1 0 1 ) . (152) \rho(B_3)=\begin{pmatrix} 1 & 1 \\ 0 & 1 \end{pmatrix}. \tag*{(152)} ρ ( B 3 ) = ( 1 0 1 1 ) . (152)
From the tables, α \alpha α , σ \sigma σ and ( W ∗ ) b (W^*)^{\mathfrak{b}} ( W ∗ ) b are all zero. Moreover, φ \varphi φ vanishes as well. The stabiliser subgroup of ρ \rho ρ is
Aut ( ρ ) = { ( ( h 1 h 2 0 h 1 ) , ( a b 1 b 2 0 a c 0 0 1 ) ) | a h 1 ≠ 0 } . (153) \operatorname{Aut}(\rho)=\left\{\left(\begin{pmatrix} h_1 & h_2 \\ 0 & h_1 \end{pmatrix},\begin{pmatrix} a & b_1 & b_2 \\ 0 & a & c \\ 0 & 0 & 1 \end{pmatrix}\right)\ \middle|\ ah_1\ne0\right\}. \tag*{(153)} Aut ( ρ ) = ⎩ ⎨ ⎧ ( h 1 0 h 2 h 1 ) , a 0 0 b 1 a 0 b 2 c 1 a h 1 = 0 ⎭ ⎬ ⎫ . (153)
5.2.6. II.6: ker ρ = span { B 1 , B 2 } \ker\rho=\operatorname{span}\{B_1,B_2\} ker ρ = span { B 1 , B 2 } and im ρ = R ( 0 1 0 0 ) \operatorname{im}\rho=\mathbb{R}\begin{pmatrix} 0 & 1 \\ 0 & 0 \end{pmatrix} im ρ = R ( 0 0 1 0 ) . We can choose bases for W W W and b \mathfrak{b} b such that ρ ( B 1 ) = ρ ( B 2 ) = 0 \rho(B_1)=\rho(B_2)=0 ρ ( B 1 ) = ρ ( B 2 ) = 0 and
ρ ( B 3 ) = ( 0 1 0 0 ) . (154) \rho(B_3)=\begin{pmatrix} 0 & 1 \\ 0 & 0 \end{pmatrix}. \tag*{(154)} ρ ( B 3 ) = ( 0 0 1 0 ) . (154)
From the tables, α ∈ R ( e 2 ⊗ e 2 ) \alpha\in\mathbb{R}(e^{2}\otimes e^{2}) α ∈ R ( e 2 ⊗ e 2 ) , σ ∈ span { e 1 ⊗ e 2 ⊗ e 2 , e 1 ⊗ ( e 1 ⊗ e 2 + e 2 ⊗ e 1 ) + 2 e 2 ⊗ e 2 ⊗ e 2 } \sigma\in\operatorname{span}\{e^{1}\otimes e^{2}\otimes e^{2},e^{1}\otimes(e^{1}\otimes e^{2}+e^{2}\otimes e^{1})+2e^{2}\otimes e^{2}\otimes e^{2}\} σ ∈ span { e 1 ⊗ e 2 ⊗ e 2 , e 1 ⊗ ( e 1 ⊗ e 2 + e 2 ⊗ e 1 ) + 2 e 2 ⊗ e 2 ⊗ e 2 } and ( W ∗ ) b = R e 2 (W^{*})^{\mathfrak b}=\mathbb{R}e^{2} ( W ∗ ) b = R e 2 . It follows that φ ( e 1 ∧ e 2 ) ∈ R B 1 \varphi(e_{1}\wedge e_{2})\in\mathbb{R}B_{1} φ ( e 1 ∧ e 2 ) ∈ R B 1 . We also have
Aut ( ρ ) = { ( ( d h 1 h 2 0 h 1 ) , ( a d b 1 b 2 0 a c 0 0 d ) ) | a d h 1 ≠ 0 } . (155) \operatorname{Aut}(\rho)=\left\{\left(\begin{pmatrix} dh_{1} & h_{2} \\ 0 & h_{1} \end{pmatrix},\begin{pmatrix} ad & b_{1} & b_{2} \\ 0 & a & c \\ 0 & 0 & d \end{pmatrix}\right)\ \middle|\ adh_{1}\ne0\right\}. \tag*{(155)} Aut ( ρ ) = ⎩ ⎨ ⎧ ( d h 1 0 h 2 h 1 ) , a d 0 0 b 1 a 0 b 2 c d a d h 1 = 0 ⎭ ⎬ ⎫ . (155)
5.2.7. II.7: ker ρ = span { B 1 , B 2 } \ker\rho=\operatorname{span}\{B_{1},B_{2}\} ker ρ = span { B 1 , B 2 } and im ρ = R ( y − 1 1 y ) \operatorname{im}\rho=\mathbb{R}\begin{pmatrix} y & -1 \\ 1 & y \end{pmatrix} im ρ = R ( y 1 − 1 y ) with y ≥ 0 y\geq0 y ≥ 0 . Here we can choose bases for W W W and b \mathfrak b b such that ρ ( B 1 ) = ρ ( B 2 ) = 0 \rho(B_{1})=\rho(B_{2})=0 ρ ( B 1 ) = ρ ( B 2 ) = 0 and
ρ ( B 3 ) = ( y − 1 1 y ) (156) \rho(B_{3})=\begin{pmatrix} y & -1 \\ 1 & y \end{pmatrix} \tag*{(156)} ρ ( B 3 ) = ( y 1 − 1 y ) (156)
for some y ≥ 0 y\geq0 y ≥ 0 . Furthermore, different values of y y y yield different weak isoclasses of representations. Here σ = 0 \sigma=0 σ = 0 always and so are α , φ \alpha,\varphi α , φ unless y = 0 y=0 y = 0 , when α ∈ R ( e 1 ⊗ e 1 + e 2 ⊗ e 2 ) \alpha\in\mathbb{R}(e^{1}\otimes e^{1}+e^{2}\otimes e^{2}) α ∈ R ( e 1 ⊗ e 1 + e 2 ⊗ e 2 ) , and φ ( e 1 ∧ e 2 ) ∈ R B 1 \varphi(e_{1}\wedge e_{2})\in\mathbb{R}B_{1} φ ( e 1 ∧ e 2 ) ∈ R B 1 . From the tables we read off that ( W ∗ ) b = 0 (W^{*})^{\mathfrak b}=0 ( W ∗ ) b = 0 . As for the group of weak automorphisms, we see that if y = 0 y=0 y = 0 , it satisfies
Aut ( ρ ) = { ( ( h 1 h 2 − ϵ h 2 ϵ h 1 ) , ( ϵ a b 1 b 2 0 a c 0 0 ϵ ) ) | a ( h 1 2 + h 2 2 ) ≠ 0 , ϵ = ± 1 } , (157) \operatorname{Aut}(\rho)=\left\{\left(\begin{pmatrix} h_{1} & h_{2} \\ -\epsilon h_{2} & \epsilon h_{1} \end{pmatrix},\begin{pmatrix} \epsilon a & b_{1} & b_{2} \\ 0 & a & c \\ 0 & 0 & \epsilon\end{pmatrix}\right)\ \middle|\ a(h_{1}^{2}+h_{2}^{2})\ne0,\epsilon=\pm1\right\}, \tag*{(157)} Aut ( ρ ) = ⎩ ⎨ ⎧ ( h 1 − ϵ h 2 h 2 ϵ h 1 ) , ϵ a 0 0 b 1 a 0 b 2 c ϵ a ( h 1 2 + h 2 2 ) = 0 , ϵ = ± 1 ⎭ ⎬ ⎫ , (157)
while for y ≠ 0 y\ne0 y = 0 we have
Aut ( ρ ) = { ( ( h 1 h 2 − h 2 h 1 ) , ( a b 1 b 2 0 a c 0 0 1 ) ) | a ( h 1 2 + h 2 2 ) ≠ 0 } . (158) \operatorname{Aut}(\rho)=\left\{\left(\begin{pmatrix} h_{1} & h_{2} \\ -h_{2} & h_{1} \end{pmatrix},\begin{pmatrix} a & b_{1} & b_{2} \\ 0 & a & c \\ 0 & 0 & 1 \end{pmatrix}\right)\ \middle|\ a(h_{1}^{2}+h_{2}^{2})\ne0\right\}. \tag*{(158)} Aut ( ρ ) = ⎩ ⎨ ⎧ ( h 1 − h 2 h 2 h 1 ) , a 0 0 b 1 a 0 b 2 c 1 a ( h 1 2 + h 2 2 ) = 0 ⎭ ⎬ ⎫ . (158)
5.2.8. II.8: ker ρ = b \ker\rho=\mathfrak b ker ρ = b . Here α , σ \alpha,\sigma α , σ are not constrained at all, whereas im φ ∈ R B 1 \operatorname{im}\varphi\in\mathbb{R}B_{1} im φ ∈ R B 1 and all of W ∗ W^{*} W ∗ is invariant. We trivially have
Aut ( ρ ) = GL ( W ) × Aut ( b ) . (159) \operatorname{Aut}(\rho)=\operatorname{GL}(W)\times\operatorname{Aut}(\mathfrak b). \tag*{(159)} Aut ( ρ ) = GL ( W ) × Aut ( b ) . (159)
We will analyse this case more carefully when classifying the corresponding ( 3 , 2 ) (3,2) ( 3 , 2 ) -KLAs.
5.2.9. Summary. We summarise the results of this section in Table 7 , with the same notation as that explained in Table 6 .
Table 7. Two-dimensional real representations of Bianchi II.
Bianchi III
This is the unique nonabelian decomposable Bianchi Lie algebra with B 1 B_{1} B 1 central and [ B 2 , B 3 ] = 2 B 2 [B_{2},B_{3}]=2B_{2} [ B 2 , B 3 ] = 2 B 2 . It is the special case of Bianchi V I c \mathrm{VI}_{c} VI c with c = 1 c=1 c = 1 , but it is convenient to treat it separately and then simply assume that c ≠ 1 c\ne1 c = 1 when we treat V I c \mathrm{VI}_{c} VI c in § 5.10 . The automorphism group is given by
Aut ( b ) = { ( a 0 u 0 b v 0 0 1 ) | a b ≠ 0 } . (160) \operatorname{Aut}(\mathfrak b)=\left\{\begin{pmatrix} a & 0 & u \\ 0 & b & v \\ 0 & 0 & 1 \end{pmatrix}\ \middle|\ ab\ne0\right\}. \tag*{(160)} Aut ( b ) = ⎩ ⎨ ⎧ a 0 0 0 b 0 u v 1 ab = 0 ⎭ ⎬ ⎫ . (160)
The proper ideals are R B 1 \mathbb{R}B_{1} R B 1 , R B 2 \mathbb{R}B_{2} R B 2 and span { B 2 , sin θ B 1 + cos θ B 3 } \operatorname{span}\{B_{2},\sin\theta B_{1}+\cos\theta B_{3}\} span { B 2 , sin θ B 1 + cos θ B 3 } for θ ∈ [ 0 , π ) \theta\in[0,\pi) θ ∈ [ 0 , π ) . Up to the action of the automorphisms, there are two cases for the two-dimensional ideal: if θ ≠ π 2 \theta\ne\frac{\pi}{2} θ = 2 π , we may shift B 3 ↦ B 3 − tan θ B 1 B_{3}\mapsto B_{3}-\tan\theta B_{1} B 3 ↦ B 3 − tan θ B 1 to arrive at the ideal span { B 2 , B 3 } \operatorname{span}\{B_{2},B_{3}\} span { B 2 , B 3 } ; whereas if θ = π 2 \theta=\frac{\pi}{2} θ = 2 π , then we just have the ideal span { B 1 , B 2 } \operatorname{span}\{B_{1},B_{2}\} span { B 1 , B 2 } .
The Lie algebra b \mathfrak b b is actually isomorphic to t ( 2 , R ) \mathfrak t(2,\mathbb{R}) t ( 2 , R ) . For instance, an isomorphism ι : b → t ( 2 , R ) \iota:\mathfrak b\to\mathfrak t(2,\mathbb{R}) ι : b → t ( 2 , R ) is given by
ι ( B 1 ) = ( 1 0 0 1 ) , ι ( B 2 ) = ( 0 1 0 0 ) and ι ( B 3 ) = ( − 1 0 0 1 ) . (161) \iota(B_{1})=\begin{pmatrix}1&0\\0&1\end{pmatrix},\qquad
\iota(B_{2})=\begin{pmatrix}0&1\\0&0\end{pmatrix}
\qquad\text{and}\qquad
\iota(B_{3})=\begin{pmatrix}-1&0\\0&1\end{pmatrix}. \tag*{(161)} ι ( B 1 ) = ( 1 0 0 1 ) , ι ( B 2 ) = ( 0 0 1 0 ) and ι ( B 3 ) = ( − 1 0 0 1 ) . (161)
This means that the possible kernels for representations ρ : b → g l ( W ) \rho:\mathfrak b\to\mathfrak{gl}(W) ρ : b → gl ( W ) are 0 0 0 , R B 1 \mathbb{R}B_{1} R B 1 , R B 2 \mathbb{R}B_{2} R B 2 , span { B 1 , B 2 } \operatorname{span}\{B_{1},B_{2}\} span { B 1 , B 2 } , span { B 2 , B 3 } \operatorname{span}\{B_{2},B_{3}\} span { B 2 , B 3 } and b \mathfrak b b . Note that in the case ker ρ = R B 2 \ker\rho=\mathbb{R}B_{2} ker ρ = R B 2 , the quotient b / R B 2 \mathfrak b/\mathbb{R}B_{2} b / R B 2 is abelian, so the image of ρ \rho ρ is conjugate to either s π / 4 \mathfrak{s}_{\pi/4} s π /4 , diag ( 2 , R ) \operatorname{diag}(2,\mathbb{R}) diag ( 2 , R ) or C \mathbb{C} C .
It follows from the classification of Lie subalgebras of g l ( 2 , R ) \mathfrak{gl}(2,\mathbb{R}) gl ( 2 , R ) in Table 2 , that the only other Bianchi Lie algebra besides Bianchi III which admits a faithful two-dimensional representation is Bianchi VIII, which is isomorphic to s l ( 2 , R ) \mathfrak{sl}(2,\mathbb{R}) sl ( 2 , R ) .
III.1: ker ρ = 0 \ker\rho=0 ker ρ = 0
In this case, ρ \rho ρ is an isomorphism b → t ( 2 , R ) \mathfrak b\to\mathfrak t(2,\mathbb{R}) b → t ( 2 , R ) . It follows from the tables that α \alpha α , σ \sigma σ and ( W ∗ ) b (W^*)^{\mathfrak b} ( W ∗ ) b are all zero. Up to an automorphism of b \mathfrak b b , we can take ρ = ι \rho=\iota ρ = ι , the isomorphism ι : b → ∼ t ( 2 , R ) \iota:\mathfrak b\xrightarrow{\sim}\mathfrak t(2,\mathbb{R}) ι : b ∼ t ( 2 , R ) in equation (161) . It follows from direct computation that φ = 0 \varphi=0 φ = 0 . The weak automorphisms of ρ \rho ρ are given by
Aut ( ρ ) = { ( ( b t t v 2 0 t ) , ( 1 0 0 0 b v 0 0 1 ) ) ∣ b t ≠ 0 } . (162) \operatorname{Aut}(\rho)=\left\{\left(\begin{pmatrix}bt&\frac{tv}{2}\\0&t\end{pmatrix},\begin{pmatrix}1&0&0\\0&b&v\\0&0&1\end{pmatrix}\right)\mathrel{\Big|}bt\ne0\right\}. \tag*{(162)} Aut ( ρ ) = ⎩ ⎨ ⎧ ( b t 0 2 t v t ) , 1 0 0 0 b 0 0 v 1 b t = 0 ⎭ ⎬ ⎫ . (162)
III.2: ker ρ = R B 1 \ker\rho=\mathbb{R}B_1 ker ρ = R B 1
In this case we have (with respect to an appropriate basis of W W W ) im ρ = s θ \operatorname{im}\rho=\mathfrak{s}_\theta im ρ = s θ for θ ≠ π 4 \theta\ne\frac{\pi}{4} θ = 4 π , since b / R B 1 \mathfrak b/\mathbb{R}B_1 b / R B 1 is nonabelian. We have that ρ ( B 1 ) = 0 \rho(B_1)=0 ρ ( B 1 ) = 0 and
ρ ( B 2 ) = ( 0 r 0 0 ) and ρ ( B 3 ) = ( x s 0 y ) , (163) \rho(B_2)=\begin{pmatrix}0&r\\0&0\end{pmatrix}
\qquad\text{and}\qquad
\rho(B_3)=\begin{pmatrix}x&s\\0&y\end{pmatrix}, \tag*{(163)} ρ ( B 2 ) = ( 0 0 r 0 ) and ρ ( B 3 ) = ( x 0 s y ) , (163)
where, in particular, r ≠ 0 r\ne0 r = 0 . Imposing [ ρ ( B 2 ) , ρ ( B 3 ) ] = 2 ρ ( B 2 ) [\rho(B_2),\rho(B_3)]=2\rho(B_2) [ ρ ( B 2 ) , ρ ( B 3 )] = 2 ρ ( B 2 ) says that y = x + 2 y=x+2 y = x + 2 . We can rescale B 2 ↦ 1 r B 2 B_2\mapsto\frac{1}{r}B_2 B 2 ↦ r 1 B 2 to put r = 1 r=1 r = 1 and we may shift B 3 ↦ B 3 − s B 2 B_3\mapsto B_3-sB_2 B 3 ↦ B 3 − s B 2 to set s = 0 s=0 s = 0 . In summary, we may assume
ρ ( B 1 ) = 0 , ρ ( B 2 ) = ( 0 1 0 0 ) and ρ ( B 3 ) = ( x 0 0 x + 2 ) , (164) \rho(B_1)=0,\qquad\rho(B_2)=\begin{pmatrix}0&1\\0&0\end{pmatrix}\qquad\text{and}\qquad\rho(B_3)=\begin{pmatrix}x&0\\0&x+2\end{pmatrix}, \tag*{(164)} ρ ( B 1 ) = 0 , ρ ( B 2 ) = ( 0 0 1 0 ) and ρ ( B 3 ) = ( x 0 0 x + 2 ) , (164)
for any x ∈ R x\in\mathbb{R} x ∈ R (and different values of x x x give different isoclasses).
From the tables, we have that α \alpha α , σ \sigma σ , ( W ∗ ) b (W^*)^{\mathfrak b} ( W ∗ ) b are zero except in the following cases:
x = − 2 x=-2 x = − 2 (θ = 0 \theta=0 θ = 0 ) when α ∈ R ( e 2 ⊗ e 2 ) \alpha\in\mathbb{R}(e^2\otimes e^2) α ∈ R ( e 2 ⊗ e 2 ) , σ ∈ R ( e 1 ⊗ ( e 1 ⊗ e 2 + e 2 ⊗ e 1 ) + 2 e 2 ⊗ e 2 ⊗ e 2 ) \sigma\in\mathbb{R}(e_1\otimes(e^1\otimes e^2+e^2\otimes e^1)+2e_2\otimes e^2\otimes e^2) σ ∈ R ( e 1 ⊗ ( e 1 ⊗ e 2 + e 2 ⊗ e 1 ) + 2 e 2 ⊗ e 2 ⊗ e 2 ) and ( W ∗ ) b = R e 2 (W^*)^{\mathfrak b}=\mathbb{R}e^2 ( W ∗ ) b = R e 2 ;
x = − 4 x=-4 x = − 4 (cot θ = 2 \cot\theta=2 cot θ = 2 ), when σ ∈ R ( e 1 ⊗ e 2 ⊗ e 2 ) \sigma\in\mathbb{R}(e_1\otimes e^2\otimes e^2) σ ∈ R ( e 1 ⊗ e 2 ⊗ e 2 ) .
As for the map φ \varphi φ , we have:
χ = − 2 \chi=-2 χ = − 2 , in which case φ ( e 1 ∧ e 2 ) ∈ R B 2 \varphi(e_1\wedge e_2)\in\mathbb{R}\mathrm{B}_2 φ ( e 1 ∧ e 2 ) ∈ R B 2 ;
or χ = − 1 \chi=-1 χ = − 1 , in which case φ ( e 1 ∧ e 2 ) ∈ R B 1 \varphi(e_1\wedge e_2)\in\mathbb{R}\mathrm{B}_1 φ ( e 1 ∧ e 2 ) ∈ R B 1 .
We have
Aut ( ρ ) = { ( ( b t t v 2 0 t t ) , ( a 0 u 0 b v 0 0 1 ) ) | a b t ≠ 0 } . (165) \operatorname{Aut}(\rho)=\left\{\left(\begin{pmatrix}bt&\frac{tv}{2}\\0&\frac{t}{t}\end{pmatrix},\begin{pmatrix}a&0&u\\0&b&v\\0&0&1\end{pmatrix}\right)\middle|abt\ne0\right\}. \tag*{(165)} Aut ( ρ ) = ⎩ ⎨ ⎧ ( b t 0 2 t v t t ) , a 0 0 0 b 0 u v 1 ab t = 0 ⎭ ⎬ ⎫ . (165)
III.3: ker ρ = R B 2 \ker\rho=\mathbb{R}\mathrm{B}_2 ker ρ = R B 2 and im ρ = diag ( 2 , R ) \operatorname{im}\rho=\operatorname{diag}(2,\mathbb{R}) im ρ = diag ( 2 , R ) .
Here ρ ( B 2 ) = 0 \rho(\mathrm{B}_2)=0 ρ ( B 2 ) = 0 and
ρ ( B 1 ) = ( x 0 0 y ) and ρ ( B 3 ) = ( s 0 0 t ) . (166) \rho(\mathrm{B}_1)=\begin{pmatrix}x&0\\0&y\end{pmatrix}\qquad\text{and}\qquad\rho(\mathrm{B}_3)=\begin{pmatrix}s&0\\0&t\end{pmatrix}. \tag*{(166)} ρ ( B 1 ) = ( x 0 0 y ) and ρ ( B 3 ) = ( s 0 0 t ) . (166)
Without loss of generality we can assume that x ≠ 0 x\ne0 x = 0 , since we can always swap the basis vectors in W W W .
In that case, we may rescale B 1 \mathrm{B}_1 B 1 so that x = 1 x=1 x = 1 and we may shift B 3 \mathrm{B}_3 B 3 so that s = 0 s=0 s = 0 , resulting in
ρ ( B 1 ) = ( 1 0 0 y ) , ρ ( B 2 ) = 0 and ρ ( B 3 ) = ( 0 0 0 t ) , (167) \rho(\mathrm{B}_1)=\begin{pmatrix}1&0\\0&y\end{pmatrix},\qquad\rho(\mathrm{B}_2)=0\qquad\text{and}\qquad\rho(\mathrm{B}_3)=\begin{pmatrix}0&0\\0&t\end{pmatrix}, \tag*{(167)} ρ ( B 1 ) = ( 1 0 0 y ) , ρ ( B 2 ) = 0 and ρ ( B 3 ) = ( 0 0 0 t ) , (167)
where t ≠ 0 t\ne0 t = 0 . One sees that two pairs of parameters ( t , y ) , ( t ′ , y ′ ) ∈ ( R ∖ { 0 } ) × R (t,y),(t',y')\in(\mathbb{R}\setminus\{0\})\times\mathbb{R} ( t , y ) , ( t ′ , y ′ ) ∈ ( R ∖ { 0 }) × R yield weakly equivalent representations if and only if ( t , y ) = ( t ′ , y ′ ) (t,y)=(t',y') ( t , y ) = ( t ′ , y ′ ) or y y ′ ≠ 0 yy'\ne0 y y ′ = 0 and ( t ′ , y ′ ) = ( − t y , 1 y ) (t',y')=\left(-\frac{t}{y},\frac{1}{y}\right) ( t ′ , y ′ ) = ( − y t , y 1 ) , so a complete set of isoclasses is obtained by restricting ourselves to the subset
{ ( t , y ) ∈ ( R ∖ { 0 } ) × [ − 1 , 1 ] ∣ y ≠ 1 or t > 0 } . (168) \{(t,y)\in(\mathbb{R}\setminus\{0\})\times[-1,1]\mid y\ne1\text{ or }t>0\}. \tag*{(168)} {( t , y ) ∈ ( R ∖ { 0 }) × [ − 1 , 1 ] ∣ y = 1 or t > 0 } . (168)
From the tables, it follows that α , σ , ( W ∗ ) b \alpha,\sigma,(W^*)^{\mathrm b} α , σ , ( W ∗ ) b are zero. With ρ \rho ρ given by equation (167) , we see that φ \varphi φ always vanishes except when t = − 2 t=-2 t = − 2 and y = − 1 y=-1 y = − 1 , in which case φ ( e 1 ∧ e 2 ) ∈ R B 2 \varphi(e_1\wedge e_2)\in\mathbb{R}\mathrm{B}_2 φ ( e 1 ∧ e 2 ) ∈ R B 2 . As for the weak automorphism group, we have that if y = − 1 y=-1 y = − 1 then
Aut ( ρ ) = { ( ( h 1 0 0 h 2 ) , ( 1 0 0 0 b v 0 0 1 ) ) | b h 1 h 2 ≠ 0 } ∪ { ( ( 0 h 2 h 1 0 ) , ( − 1 0 t 0 b v 0 0 1 ) ) | b h 1 h 2 ≠ 0 } , (169) \operatorname{Aut}(\rho)=\left\{\left(\begin{pmatrix}h_1&0\\0&h_2\end{pmatrix},\begin{pmatrix}1&0&0\\0&b&v\\0&0&1\end{pmatrix}\right)\middle|bh_1h_2\ne0\right\}
\cup\left\{\left(\begin{pmatrix}0&h_2\\h_1&0\end{pmatrix},\begin{pmatrix}-1&0&t\\0&b&v\\0&0&1\end{pmatrix}\right)\middle|bh_1h_2\ne0\right\}, \tag*{(169)} Aut ( ρ ) = ⎩ ⎨ ⎧ ( h 1 0 0 h 2 ) , 1 0 0 0 b 0 0 v 1 b h 1 h 2 = 0 ⎭ ⎬ ⎫ ∪ ⎩ ⎨ ⎧ ( 0 h 1 h 2 0 ) , − 1 0 0 0 b 0 t v 1 b h 1 h 2 = 0 ⎭ ⎬ ⎫ , (169)
whereas for y ≠ − 1 y\ne-1 y = − 1 we get that
Aut ( ρ ) = { ( ( h 1 0 0 h 2 ) , ( 1 0 0 0 b v 0 0 1 ) ) | b h 1 h 2 ≠ 0 } . (170) \operatorname{Aut}(\rho)=\left\{\left(\begin{pmatrix}h_1&0\\0&h_2\end{pmatrix},\begin{pmatrix}1&0&0\\0&b&v\\0&0&1\end{pmatrix}\right)\middle|bh_1h_2\ne0\right\}. \tag*{(170)} Aut ( ρ ) = ⎩ ⎨ ⎧ ( h 1 0 0 h 2 ) , 1 0 0 0 b 0 0 v 1 b h 1 h 2 = 0 ⎭ ⎬ ⎫ . (170)
III.4. III.4/5: ker ρ = R B 2 \ker\rho=\mathbb{R}\mathrm{B}_2 ker ρ = R B 2 and im ρ = s π / 4 \operatorname{im}\rho=\mathfrak{s}_{\pi/4} im ρ = s π /4 .
Here we have
ρ ( B 1 ) = ( y x 0 y ) and ρ ( B 3 ) = ( r s 0 r ) . (171) \rho(\mathrm{B}_1)=\begin{pmatrix}y&x\\0&y\end{pmatrix}\qquad\text{and}\qquad\rho(\mathrm{B}_3)=\begin{pmatrix}r&s\\0&r\end{pmatrix}. \tag*{(171)} ρ ( B 1 ) = ( y 0 x y ) and ρ ( B 3 ) = ( r 0 s r ) . (171)
We have to distinguish two cases depending on whether or not y = 0 y=0 y = 0 .
If y ≠ 0 y\ne0 y = 0 , we may use Aut ( b ) \operatorname{Aut}(\mathfrak b) Aut ( b ) to rescale y = 1 y=1 y = 1 and to set r = 0 r=0 r = 0 , resulting in
ρ ( B 1 ) = ( 1 x 0 1 ) and ρ ( B 3 ) = ( 0 s 0 0 ) . (172) \rho(\mathrm{B}_1)=\begin{pmatrix}1&x\\0&1\end{pmatrix}\qquad\text{and}\qquad\rho(\mathrm{B}_3)=\begin{pmatrix}0&s\\0&0\end{pmatrix}. \tag*{(172)} ρ ( B 1 ) = ( 1 0 x 1 ) and ρ ( B 3 ) = ( 0 0 s 0 ) . (172)
The normaliser of im ρ \operatorname{im}\rho im ρ in GL ( 2 , R ) \operatorname{GL}(2,\mathbb{R}) GL ( 2 , R ) is the group T ( 2 , R ) \mathrm{T}(2,\mathbb{R}) T ( 2 , R ) of invertible upper triangular matrices and we may conjugate by T ( 2 , R ) \mathrm{T}(2,\mathbb{R}) T ( 2 , R ) in order to set s = 1 s=1 s = 1 , resulting in
ρ ( B 1 ) = ( 1 x 0 1 ) and ρ ( B 3 ) = ( 0 1 0 0 ) . (173) \rho(\mathrm{B}_1)=\begin{pmatrix}1&x\\0&1\end{pmatrix}\qquad\text{and}\qquad\rho(\mathrm{B}_3)=\begin{pmatrix}0&1\\0&0\end{pmatrix}. \tag*{(173)} ρ ( B 1 ) = ( 1 0 x 1 ) and ρ ( B 3 ) = ( 0 0 1 0 ) . (173)
Furthermore, different values of x x x give non-equivalent representations. From the tables it follows that α \alpha α , σ \sigma σ and ( W ∗ ) b (W^*)^b ( W ∗ ) b are zero, and φ \varphi φ is also seen to be zero. The group of weak automorphisms is
Aut ( ρ ) = { ( ( h 1 h 2 0 h 1 ) , ( 1 0 0 0 b v 0 0 1 ) ) ∣ b h 1 ≠ 0 } . (174) \operatorname{Aut}(\rho)=\left\{\left(\begin{pmatrix}h_1&h_2\\0&h_1\end{pmatrix},\begin{pmatrix}1&0&0\\0&b&v\\0&0&1\end{pmatrix}\right)\mathrel{\Big|} bh_1\ne0\right\}. \tag*{(174)} Aut ( ρ ) = ⎩ ⎨ ⎧ ( h 1 0 h 2 h 1 ) , 1 0 0 0 b 0 0 v 1 b h 1 = 0 ⎭ ⎬ ⎫ . (174)
If y = 0 y=0 y = 0 , then x ≠ 0 x\ne0 x = 0 and we may use Aut ( b ) \operatorname{Aut}(\mathfrak b) Aut ( b ) to rescale x = 1 x=1 x = 1 and set s = 0 s=0 s = 0 . Relabelling the parameters for uniformity of notation, we find
ρ ( B 1 ) = ( 0 1 0 0 ) and ρ ( B 3 ) = ( t 0 0 t ) , (175) \rho(B_1)=\begin{pmatrix}0&1\\0&0\end{pmatrix}
\qquad\text{and}\qquad
\rho(B_3)=\begin{pmatrix}t&0\\0&t\end{pmatrix}, \tag*{(175)} ρ ( B 1 ) = ( 0 0 1 0 ) and ρ ( B 3 ) = ( t 0 0 t ) , (175)
where t ≠ 0 t\ne0 t = 0 . Different values of t t t correspond to non-isomorphic representations. From the tables, it follows that α \alpha α , σ \sigma σ and ( W ∗ ) b (W^*)^b ( W ∗ ) b are zero. A calculation shows that φ = 0 \varphi=0 φ = 0 unless t = − 1 t=-1 t = − 1 , in which case φ ( e 1 ∧ e 2 ) ∈ R B 2 \varphi(e_1\wedge e_2)\in\mathbb{R}B_2 φ ( e 1 ∧ e 2 ) ∈ R B 2 . One sees that
Aut ( ρ ) = { ( ( a h 1 h 2 0 h 1 ) , ( a 0 0 0 b v 0 0 1 ) ) ∣ a b h 1 ≠ 0 } . (176) \operatorname{Aut}(\rho)=\left\{\left(\begin{pmatrix}ah_1&h_2\\0&h_1\end{pmatrix},\begin{pmatrix}a&0&0\\0&b&v\\0&0&1\end{pmatrix}\right)\mathrel{\Big|} abh_1\ne0\right\}. \tag*{(176)} Aut ( ρ ) = ⎩ ⎨ ⎧ ( a h 1 0 h 2 h 1 ) , a 0 0 0 b 0 0 v 1 ab h 1 = 0 ⎭ ⎬ ⎫ . (176)
III.6/7: ker ρ = R B 2 \ker\rho=\mathbb{R}B_2 ker ρ = R B 2 and im ρ = C \operatorname{im}\rho=\mathbb{C} im ρ = C
Here we have
ρ ( B 1 ) = ( x − y y x ) and ρ ( B 3 ) = ( t − s s t ) . (177) \rho(B_1)=\begin{pmatrix}x&-y\\y&x\end{pmatrix}
\qquad\text{and}\qquad
\rho(B_3)=\begin{pmatrix}t&-s\\s&t\end{pmatrix}. \tag*{(177)} ρ ( B 1 ) = ( x y − y x ) and ρ ( B 3 ) = ( t s − s t ) . (177)
We must again distinguish between two cases, depending on whether or not x = 0 x=0 x = 0 . If x = 0 x=0 x = 0 , then y ≠ 0 y\ne0 y = 0 . We may use Aut ( b ) \operatorname{Aut}(\mathfrak b) Aut ( b ) to set y = 1 y=1 y = 1 and s = 0 s=0 s = 0 , resulting in
ρ ( B 1 ) = ( 0 − 1 1 0 ) and ρ ( B 3 ) = ( t 0 0 t ) , (178) \rho(B_1)=\begin{pmatrix}0&-1\\1&0\end{pmatrix}
\qquad\text{and}\qquad
\rho(B_3)=\begin{pmatrix}t&0\\0&t\end{pmatrix}, \tag*{(178)} ρ ( B 1 ) = ( 0 1 − 1 0 ) and ρ ( B 3 ) = ( t 0 0 t ) , (178)
with t ≠ 0 t\ne0 t = 0 . One sees that each value of t t t corresponds to a different weak isoclass of representations. From the tables, it follows that α \alpha α , σ \sigma σ and ( W ∗ ) b (W^*)^b ( W ∗ ) b are zero. Similarly to the previous case, we see that φ = 0 \varphi=0 φ = 0 unless t = − 1 t=-1 t = − 1 , in which case φ ( e 1 ∧ e 2 ) ∈ R B 2 \varphi(e_1\wedge e_2)\in\mathbb{R}B_2 φ ( e 1 ∧ e 2 ) ∈ R B 2 . The group of weak automorphisms is
Aut ( ρ ) = { ( ( h 1 h 2 − ε h 2 ε h 1 ) , ( ε 0 0 0 b v 0 0 1 ) ) ∣ b ( h 1 2 + h 2 2 ) ≠ 0 , ε = ± 1 } . (179) \operatorname{Aut}(\rho)=\left\{\left(\begin{pmatrix}h_1&h_2\\-\varepsilon h_2&\varepsilon h_1\end{pmatrix},\begin{pmatrix}\varepsilon&0&0\\0&b&v\\0&0&1\end{pmatrix}\right)\mathrel{\Big|} b(h_1^2+h_2^2)\ne0,\ \varepsilon=\pm1\right\}. \tag*{(179)} Aut ( ρ ) = ⎩ ⎨ ⎧ ( h 1 − ε h 2 h 2 ε h 1 ) , ε 0 0 0 b 0 0 v 1 b ( h 1 2 + h 2 2 ) = 0 , ε = ± 1 ⎭ ⎬ ⎫ . (179)
If x ≠ 0 x\ne0 x = 0 , we may use Aut ( b ) \operatorname{Aut}(\mathfrak b) Aut ( b ) to rescale x = 1 x=1 x = 1 and eliminate the diagonal terms of ρ ( B 3 ) \rho(B_3) ρ ( B 3 ) , resulting in
ρ ( B 1 ) = ( 1 − y y 1 ) and ρ ( B 3 ) = ( 0 − t t 0 ) , (180) \rho(B_1)=\begin{pmatrix}1&-y\\y&1\end{pmatrix}
\qquad\text{and}\qquad
\rho(B_3)=\begin{pmatrix}0&-t\\t&0\end{pmatrix}, \tag*{(180)} ρ ( B 1 ) = ( 1 y − y 1 ) and ρ ( B 3 ) = ( 0 t − t 0 ) , (180)
where t ≠ 0 t\ne0 t = 0 and where we have relabelled parameters for uniformity. It turns out that two pairs ( t , y ) , ( t ′ , y ′ ) ∈ ( R ∖ { 0 } ) × R (t,y),(t',y')\in(\mathbb{R}\setminus\{0\})\times\mathbb{R} ( t , y ) , ( t ′ , y ′ ) ∈ ( R ∖ { 0 }) × R are weakly equivalent if and only if ( t ′ , y ′ ) = ± ( t , y ) (t',y')=\pm(t,y) ( t ′ , y ′ ) = ± ( t , y ) , so we obtain a complete set of weak isoclasses by restricting ourselves to t > 0 t>0 t > 0 . From the tables, α \alpha α , σ \sigma σ and ( W ∗ ) b (W^*)^b ( W ∗ ) b are zero. Moreover, a direct computation yields φ = 0 \varphi=0 φ = 0 . The group of weak automorphisms is given by
Aut ( ρ ) = { ( ( h 1 h 2 − h 2 h 1 ) , ( 1 0 0 0 b v 0 0 1 ) ) ∣ b ( h 1 2 + h 2 2 ) ≠ 0 } . (181) \operatorname{Aut}(\rho)=\left\{\left(\begin{pmatrix}h_1&h_2\\-h_2&h_1\end{pmatrix},\begin{pmatrix}1&0&0\\0&b&v\\0&0&1\end{pmatrix}\right)\mathrel{\Big|} b(h_1^2+h_2^2)\ne0\right\}. \tag*{(181)} Aut ( ρ ) = ⎩ ⎨ ⎧ ( h 1 − h 2 h 2 h 1 ) , 1 0 0 0 b 0 0 v 1 b ( h 1 2 + h 2 2 ) = 0 ⎭ ⎬ ⎫ . (181)
III.8: ker ρ = span { B 1 , B 2 } \ker\rho=\operatorname{span}\{B_1,B_2\} ker ρ = span { B 1 , B 2 } and im ρ = R ( x 0 0 1 ) \operatorname{im}\rho=\mathbb{R}\begin{pmatrix}x&0\\0&1\end{pmatrix} im ρ = R ( x 0 0 1 ) with ∣ x ∣ ≤ 1 |x|\leq1 ∣ x ∣ ≤ 1 .
In this case we have ρ ( B 1 ) = ρ ( B 2 ) = 0 \rho(B_1)=\rho(B_2)=0 ρ ( B 1 ) = ρ ( B 2 ) = 0 and
ρ ( B 3 ) = ( t x 0 0 t ) with t ≠ 0. (182) \rho(B_3)=\begin{pmatrix}tx&0\\0&t\end{pmatrix}\quad\text{with }t\neq0. \tag*{(182)} ρ ( B 3 ) = ( t x 0 0 t ) with t = 0. (182)
We see that two pairs ( t , x ) , ( t ′ , x ′ ) ∈ ( R ∖ { 0 } ) × [ − 1 , 1 ] (t,x),(t',x')\in(\mathbb{R}\setminus\{0\})\times[-1,1] ( t , x ) , ( t ′ , x ′ ) ∈ ( R ∖ { 0 }) × [ − 1 , 1 ] give weakly equivalent representations if and only if ( t , x ) = ( t ′ , x ′ ) (t,x)=(t',x') ( t , x ) = ( t ′ , x ′ ) or x = − 1 x=-1 x = − 1 and t ′ = − t t'=-t t ′ = − t , so we obtain a complete set of representatives by restricting ourselves to the subset
{ ( t , x ) ∈ ( R ∖ { 0 } ) × [ − 1 , 1 ] ∣ x ≠ − 1 or t > 0 } . (183) \{(t,x)\in(\mathbb{R}\setminus\{0\})\times[-1,1]\mid x\neq-1\text{ or }t>0\}. \tag*{(183)} {( t , x ) ∈ ( R ∖ { 0 }) × [ − 1 , 1 ] ∣ x = − 1 or t > 0 } . (183)
From the tables, ( W ∗ ) b = 0 (W^*)^{\mathfrak b}=0 ( W ∗ ) b = 0 unless x = 0 x=0 x = 0 , in which case ( W ∗ ) b = R e 1 (W^*)^{\mathfrak b}=\mathbb{R}e^1 ( W ∗ ) b = R e 1 ; α = 0 \alpha=0 α = 0 unless x = − 1 x=-1 x = − 1 , in which case α ∈ R ( e 1 ⊗ e 2 + e 2 ⊗ e 1 ) \alpha\in\mathbb{R}(e^1\otimes e^2+e^2\otimes e^1) α ∈ R ( e 1 ⊗ e 2 + e 2 ⊗ e 1 ) , or x = 0 x=0 x = 0 , in which case α ∈ R e 1 ⊗ e 1 \alpha\in\mathbb{R}e^1\otimes e^1 α ∈ R e 1 ⊗ e 1 ; and σ = 0 \sigma=0 σ = 0 unless
x = 0 x=0 x = 0 , in which case σ ∈ span { e 1 ⊗ e 1 ⊗ e 1 , e 2 ⊗ ( e 1 ⊗ e 2 + e 2 ⊗ e 1 ) } \sigma\in\operatorname{span}\{e_1\otimes e^1\otimes e^1,e_2\otimes(e^1\otimes e^2+e^2\otimes e^1)\} σ ∈ span { e 1 ⊗ e 1 ⊗ e 1 , e 2 ⊗ ( e 1 ⊗ e 2 + e 2 ⊗ e 1 )} ;
or x = 1 2 x=\frac{1}{2} x = 2 1 , in which case σ ∈ R e 2 ⊗ e 1 ⊗ e 1 \sigma\in\mathbb{R}e_2\otimes e^1\otimes e^1 σ ∈ R e 2 ⊗ e 1 ⊗ e 1 .
As for φ \varphi φ , we see that it is zero unless
x = − 1 x=-1 x = − 1 , in which case φ ( e 1 ∧ e 2 ) ∈ R B 1 \varphi(e_1\wedge e_2)\in\mathbb{R}B_1 φ ( e 1 ∧ e 2 ) ∈ R B 1 ;
or t ( x + 1 ) = − 2 t(x+1)=-2 t ( x + 1 ) = − 2 , in which case φ ( e 1 ∧ e 2 ) ∈ R B 2 \varphi(e_1\wedge e_2)\in\mathbb{R}B_2 φ ( e 1 ∧ e 2 ) ∈ R B 2 .
Finally, one sees that if x = 1 x=1 x = 1 , we have
Aut ( ρ ) = GL ( W ) × Aut ( b ) , (184) \operatorname{Aut}(\rho)=\operatorname{GL}(W)\times\operatorname{Aut}(\mathfrak b), \tag*{(184)} Aut ( ρ ) = GL ( W ) × Aut ( b ) , (184)
whereas for x < 1 x<1 x < 1 we see that
Aut ( ρ ) = { ( ( h 1 0 0 h 2 ) , ( a 0 u 0 b v 0 0 1 ) ) ∣ a b h 1 h 2 ≠ 0 } . (185) \operatorname{Aut}(\rho)=\left\{\left(\begin{pmatrix}h_1&0\\0&h_2\end{pmatrix},\begin{pmatrix}a&0&u\\0&b&v\\0&0&1\end{pmatrix}\right)\mathrel{\bigg|}abh_1h_2\neq0\right\}. \tag*{(185)} Aut ( ρ ) = ⎩ ⎨ ⎧ ( h 1 0 0 h 2 ) , a 0 0 0 b 0 u v 1 ab h 1 h 2 = 0 ⎭ ⎬ ⎫ . (185)
III.9: ker ρ = span { B 1 , B 2 } \ker\rho=\operatorname{span}\{B_1,B_2\} ker ρ = span { B 1 , B 2 } and im ρ = R ( 1 1 0 1 ) \operatorname{im}\rho=\mathbb{R}\begin{pmatrix}1&1\\0&1\end{pmatrix} im ρ = R ( 1 0 1 1 ) .
In this case we take ρ ( B 1 ) = ρ ( B 2 ) = 0 \rho(B_1)=\rho(B_2)=0 ρ ( B 1 ) = ρ ( B 2 ) = 0 and
ρ ( B 3 ) = ( t t 0 t ) where t ≠ 0. (186) \rho(B_3)=\begin{pmatrix}t&t\\0&t\end{pmatrix}\quad\text{where }t\neq0. \tag*{(186)} ρ ( B 3 ) = ( t 0 t t ) where t = 0. (186)
It is clear that different values of t t t yield different weak isoclasses of representations. The map φ = 0 \varphi=0 φ = 0 unless t = − 1 t=-1 t = − 1 , in which case φ ( e 1 ∧ e 2 ) ∈ R B 2 \varphi(e_1\wedge e_2)\in\mathbb{R}B_2 φ ( e 1 ∧ e 2 ) ∈ R B 2 . From the tables, we have that ( W ∗ ) b (W^*)^{\mathfrak b} ( W ∗ ) b , α \alpha α and σ \sigma σ are all zero.
The group of weak automorphisms is
Aut ( ρ ) = { ( ( h 1 h 2 0 h 1 ) , ( a 0 u 0 b v 0 0 1 ) ) ∣ a b h 1 ≠ 0 } . (187) \operatorname{Aut}(\rho)=\left\{\left(\begin{pmatrix}h_1&h_2\\0&h_1\end{pmatrix},\begin{pmatrix}a&0&u\\0&b&v\\0&0&1\end{pmatrix}\right)\mathrel{\bigg|}abh_1\neq0\right\}. \tag*{(187)} Aut ( ρ ) = ⎩ ⎨ ⎧ ( h 1 0 h 2 h 1 ) , a 0 0 0 b 0 u v 1 ab h 1 = 0 ⎭ ⎬ ⎫ . (187)
III.10: ker ρ = span { B 1 , B 2 } \ker\rho=\operatorname{span}\{B_1,B_2\} ker ρ = span { B 1 , B 2 } and im ρ = R ( 0 1 0 0 ) \operatorname{im}\rho=\mathbb{R}\begin{pmatrix}0&1\\0&0\end{pmatrix} im ρ = R ( 0 0 1 0 ) .
Here ρ ( B 1 ) = ρ ( B 2 ) = 0 \rho(B_1)=\rho(B_2)=0 ρ ( B 1 ) = ρ ( B 2 ) = 0 and we may put ρ ( B 3 ) \rho(B_3) ρ ( B 3 ) in Jordan normal form to obtain
ρ ( B 3 ) = ( 0 1 0 0 ) . (188) \rho(B_3)=\begin{pmatrix}0&1\\0&0\end{pmatrix}. \tag*{(188)} ρ ( B 3 ) = ( 0 0 1 0 ) . (188)
From the tables, α ∈ R e 2 ⊗ e 2 \alpha\in\mathbb{R}e^2\otimes e^2 α ∈ R e 2 ⊗ e 2 , σ ∈ span { e 1 ⊗ e 2 ⊗ e 2 , e 1 ⊗ ( e 1 ⊗ e 2 + e 2 ⊗ e 1 ) + 2 e 2 ⊗ e 2 ⊗ e 2 } \sigma\in\operatorname{span}\{e_1\otimes e^2\otimes e^2,e_1\otimes(e^1\otimes e^2+e^2\otimes e^1)+2e_2\otimes e^2\otimes e^2\} σ ∈ span { e 1 ⊗ e 2 ⊗ e 2 , e 1 ⊗ ( e 1 ⊗ e 2 + e 2 ⊗ e 1 ) + 2 e 2 ⊗ e 2 ⊗ e 2 } and ( W ∗ ) b = R e 2 (W^*)^{\mathfrak b}=\mathbb{R}e^2 ( W ∗ ) b = R e 2 . We also see that im φ ⊆ R B 1 \operatorname{im}\varphi\subseteq\mathbb{R}B_1 im φ ⊆ R B 1 . We have
Aut ( ρ ) = { ( ( h 1 h 2 0 h 1 ) , ( a 0 u 0 b v 0 0 1 ) ) ∣ a b h 1 ≠ 0 } . (189) \operatorname{Aut}(\rho)=\left\{\left(\begin{pmatrix}h_1&h_2\\0&h_1\end{pmatrix},\begin{pmatrix}a&0&u\\0&b&v\\0&0&1\end{pmatrix}\right)\mathrel{\bigg|}abh_1\neq0\right\}. \tag*{(189)} Aut ( ρ ) = ⎩ ⎨ ⎧ ( h 1 0 h 2 h 1 ) , a 0 0 0 b 0 u v 1 ab h 1 = 0 ⎭ ⎬ ⎫ . (189)
5.3.9. III.11: ker ρ = span { B 1 , B 2 } \ker\rho= \operatorname{span}\{B_1, B_2\} ker ρ = span { B 1 , B 2 } and im ρ = R ( y − 1 1 y ) \operatorname{im} \rho= \mathbb{R}\begin{pmatrix} y & -1 \\ 1 & y \end{pmatrix} im ρ = R ( y 1 − 1 y ) . Here ρ ( B 1 ) = ρ ( B 2 ) = 0 \rho(B_1) = \rho(B_2) = 0 ρ ( B 1 ) = ρ ( B 2 ) = 0 and
ρ ( B 3 ) = ( t y − t t t y ) with t ≠ 0 and y ≥ 0. (190) \rho(B_3) = \begin{pmatrix} ty & -t \\ t & ty \end{pmatrix} \quad\text{with } t \ne0 \text{ and } y \ge0. \tag*{(190)} ρ ( B 3 ) = ( t y t − t t y ) with t = 0 and y ≥ 0. (190)
A calculation yields that two pairs ( t , y ) (t,y) ( t , y ) and ( t ′ , y ′ ) (t',y') ( t ′ , y ′ ) give weakly equivalent representations if and only if ( t , y ) = ( t ′ , y ′ ) (t,y)=(t',y') ( t , y ) = ( t ′ , y ′ ) or y = y ′ = 0 y=y'=0 y = y ′ = 0 and t ′ = − t t'=-t t ′ = − t , so we may obtain a complete set of weak isoclasses of representations by restricting our attention to
{ ( t , y ) ∈ ( R ∖ { 0 } ) × [ 0 , ∞ ) ∣ t > 0 or y > 0 } . (191) \{(t,y) \in(\mathbb{R}\setminus\{0\})\times[0,\infty) \mid t>0\text{ or }y>0\}. \tag*{(191)} {( t , y ) ∈ ( R ∖ { 0 }) × [ 0 , ∞ ) ∣ t > 0 or y > 0 } . (191)
From the tables, σ \sigma σ and ( W ∗ ) b (W^*)^{\mathfrak b} ( W ∗ ) b are zero always, whereas α \alpha α is zero unless y = 0 y=0 y = 0 , in which case α ∈ R ( e 1 ⊗ e 1 + e 2 ⊗ e 2 ) \alpha\in\mathbb{R}(e^1\otimes e^1+e^2\otimes e^2) α ∈ R ( e 1 ⊗ e 1 + e 2 ⊗ e 2 ) . We see that φ = 0 \varphi=0 φ = 0 unless
y = 0 y=0 y = 0 , in which case im φ ⊆ R B 1 \operatorname{im}\varphi\subseteq\mathbb{R}B_1 im φ ⊆ R B 1 ;
or t y = − 1 ty=-1 t y = − 1 , in which case im φ ⊆ R B 2 \operatorname{im}\varphi\subseteq\mathbb{R}B_2 im φ ⊆ R B 2 .
The group of weak automorphisms is
Aut ( ρ ) = { ( ( h 1 h 2 − h 2 h 1 ) , ( a 0 u 0 b v 0 0 1 ) ) ∣ a b ( h 1 2 + h 2 2 ) ≠ 0 } . (192) \operatorname{Aut}(\rho)=\left\{\left(\begin{pmatrix}h_1&h_2\\-h_2&h_1\end{pmatrix},\begin{pmatrix}a&0&u\\0&b&v\\0&0&1\end{pmatrix}\right)\mathrel{\Big|}ab(h_1^2+h_2^2)\ne0\right\}. \tag*{(192)} Aut ( ρ ) = ⎩ ⎨ ⎧ ( h 1 − h 2 h 2 h 1 ) , a 0 0 0 b 0 u v 1 ab ( h 1 2 + h 2 2 ) = 0 ⎭ ⎬ ⎫ . (192)
5.3.10. III.12: ker ρ = span { B 2 , B 3 } \ker\rho=\operatorname{span}\{B_2,B_3\} ker ρ = span { B 2 , B 3 } and im ρ = R ( x 0 0 1 ) \operatorname{im}\rho=\mathbb{R}\begin{pmatrix}x&0\\0&1\end{pmatrix} im ρ = R ( x 0 0 1 ) with ∣ x ∣ ≤ 1 |x|\le1 ∣ x ∣ ≤ 1 . Here ρ ( B 2 ) = ρ ( B 3 ) = 0 \rho(B_2)=\rho(B_3)=0 ρ ( B 2 ) = ρ ( B 3 ) = 0 and, since rescaling B 1 B_1 B 1 is an automorphism of b \mathfrak b b , we can just take
ρ ( B 1 ) = ( x 0 0 1 ) , (193) \rho(B_1)=\begin{pmatrix}x&0\\0&1\end{pmatrix}, \tag*{(193)} ρ ( B 1 ) = ( x 0 0 1 ) , (193)
with ∣ x ∣ ≤ 1 |x|\le1 ∣ x ∣ ≤ 1 . Different values of x x x yield different weak isoclasses. The conditions on α \alpha α , σ \sigma σ , ( W ∗ ) b (W^*)^{\mathfrak b} ( W ∗ ) b are as in the case treated in Section 5.3.6 and shall not be repeated here. One sees that φ = 0 \varphi=0 φ = 0 unless x = − 1 x=-1 x = − 1 , in which case φ ( e 1 ∧ e 2 ) ∈ R B 1 \varphi(e_1\wedge e_2)\in\mathbb{R}B_1 φ ( e 1 ∧ e 2 ) ∈ R B 1 . As for the weak automorphism group, we distinguish three cases:
Aut ( ρ ) = { ( h , ( 1 0 0 0 b v 0 0 1 ) ) ∣ b ( det h ) ≠ 0 } . (194) \operatorname{Aut}(\rho)=\left\{\left(h,\begin{pmatrix}1&0&0\\0&b&v\\0&0&1\end{pmatrix}\right)\mathrel{\Big|}b(\det h)\ne0\right\}. \tag*{(194)} Aut ( ρ ) = ⎩ ⎨ ⎧ h , 1 0 0 0 b 0 0 v 1 b ( det h ) = 0 ⎭ ⎬ ⎫ . (194)
Aut ( ρ ) = { ( ( h 1 0 0 h 2 ) , ( 1 0 0 0 b v 0 0 1 ) ) ∣ b h 1 h 2 ≠ 0 } ∪ { ( ( 0 h 2 h 1 0 ) , ( − 1 0 0 0 b v 0 0 1 ) ) ∣ b h 1 h 2 ≠ 0 } . (195) \operatorname{Aut}(\rho)=\left\{\left(\begin{pmatrix}h_1&0\\0&h_2\end{pmatrix},\begin{pmatrix}1&0&0\\0&b&v\\0&0&1\end{pmatrix}\right)\mathrel{\Big|}bh_1h_2\ne0\right\}
\cup\left\{\left(\begin{pmatrix}0&h_2\\h_1&0\end{pmatrix},\begin{pmatrix}-1&0&0\\0&b&v\\0&0&1\end{pmatrix}\right)\mathrel{\Big|}bh_1h_2\ne0\right\}. \tag*{(195)} Aut ( ρ ) = ⎩ ⎨ ⎧ ( h 1 0 0 h 2 ) , 1 0 0 0 b 0 0 v 1 b h 1 h 2 = 0 ⎭ ⎬ ⎫ ∪ ⎩ ⎨ ⎧ ( 0 h 1 h 2 0 ) , − 1 0 0 0 b 0 0 v 1 b h 1 h 2 = 0 ⎭ ⎬ ⎫ . (195)
For x ∈ ( − 1 , 1 ) x\in(-1,1) x ∈ ( − 1 , 1 ) , we have
Aut ( ρ ) = { ( ( h 1 0 0 h 2 ) , ( 1 0 0 0 b v 0 0 1 ) ) ∣ b h 1 h 2 ≠ 0 } . (196) \operatorname{Aut}(\rho)=\left\{\left(\begin{pmatrix}h_1&0\\0&h_2\end{pmatrix},\begin{pmatrix}1&0&0\\0&b&v\\0&0&1\end{pmatrix}\right)\mathrel{\Big|}bh_1h_2\ne0\right\}. \tag*{(196)} Aut ( ρ ) = ⎩ ⎨ ⎧ ( h 1 0 0 h 2 ) , 1 0 0 0 b 0 0 v 1 b h 1 h 2 = 0 ⎭ ⎬ ⎫ . (196)
5.3.11. III.13: ker ρ = span { B 2 , B 3 } \ker\rho= \operatorname{span}\{B_2,B_3\} ker ρ = span { B 2 , B 3 } and im ρ = R ( 1 1 0 1 ) \operatorname{im}\rho= \mathbb{R}\begin{pmatrix}1 & 1 \\ 0 & 1\end{pmatrix} im ρ = R ( 1 0 1 1 ) . Here ρ ( B 2 ) = ρ ( B 3 ) = 0 \rho(B_2)=\rho(B_3)=0 ρ ( B 2 ) = ρ ( B 3 ) = 0 and
ρ ( B 1 ) = ( 1 1 0 1 ) . (197) \rho(B_1)=\begin{pmatrix}1 & 1 \\ 0 & 1\end{pmatrix}. \tag*{(197)} ρ ( B 1 ) = ( 1 0 1 1 ) . (197)
The conditions on α , σ , ( W ∗ ) b \alpha,\sigma,(W^*)^{\mathrm b} α , σ , ( W ∗ ) b are as in the case treated in Section 5.3.7 and shall not be repeated here. The map φ \varphi φ is necessarily zero. The group of weak automorphisms is
Aut ( ρ ) = { ( ( h 1 h 2 0 h 1 ) , ( 1 0 0 0 b v 0 0 1 ) ) | b h 1 ≠ 0 } . (198) \operatorname{Aut}(\rho)=\left\{\left(\begin{pmatrix}h_1 & h_2 \\ 0 & h_1\end{pmatrix},\begin{pmatrix}1 & 0 & 0 \\ 0 & b & v \\ 0 & 0 & 1\end{pmatrix}\right)\middle| bh_1\ne0\right\}. \tag*{(198)} Aut ( ρ ) = ⎩ ⎨ ⎧ ( h 1 0 h 2 h 1 ) , 1 0 0 0 b 0 0 v 1 b h 1 = 0 ⎭ ⎬ ⎫ . (198)
5.3.12. III.14: ker ρ = span { B 2 , B 3 } \ker\rho= \operatorname{span}\{B_2,B_3\} ker ρ = span { B 2 , B 3 } and im ρ = R ( 0 1 0 0 ) \operatorname{im}\rho= \mathbb{R}\begin{pmatrix}0 & 1 \\ 0 & 0\end{pmatrix} im ρ = R ( 0 0 1 0 ) . Here ρ ( B 2 ) = ρ ( B 3 ) = 0 \rho(B_2)=\rho(B_3)=0 ρ ( B 2 ) = ρ ( B 3 ) = 0 and we can rescale B 1 B_1 B 1 to obtain
ρ ( B 1 ) = ( 0 1 0 0 ) . (199) \rho(B_1)=\begin{pmatrix}0 & 1 \\ 0 & 0\end{pmatrix}. \tag*{(199)} ρ ( B 1 ) = ( 0 0 1 0 ) . (199)
The conditions on α , σ , ( W ∗ ) b \alpha,\sigma,(W^*)^{\mathrm b} α , σ , ( W ∗ ) b are as in the case treated in Section 5.3.8 and shall not be repeated here. Now ρ ( B ) ( e 1 ∧ e 2 ) = 0 \rho(B)(e_1\wedge e_2)=0 ρ ( B ) ( e 1 ∧ e 2 ) = 0 for all B ∈ b B\in\mathfrak{b} B ∈ b , hence im φ \operatorname{im}\varphi im φ is central. A calculation shows that
Aut ( ρ ) = { ( ( a h 1 h 2 0 h 1 ) , ( a 0 0 0 b v 0 0 1 ) ) | a b h 1 ≠ 0 } . (200) \operatorname{Aut}(\rho)=\left\{\left(\begin{pmatrix}ah_1 & h_2 \\ 0 & h_1\end{pmatrix},\begin{pmatrix}a & 0 & 0 \\ 0 & b & v \\ 0 & 0 & 1\end{pmatrix}\right)\middle| abh_1\ne0\right\}. \tag*{(200)} Aut ( ρ ) = ⎩ ⎨ ⎧ ( a h 1 0 h 2 h 1 ) , a 0 0 0 b 0 0 v 1 ab h 1 = 0 ⎭ ⎬ ⎫ . (200)
5.3.13. III.15: ker ρ = span { B 2 , B 3 } \ker\rho= \operatorname{span}\{B_2,B_3\} ker ρ = span { B 2 , B 3 } and im ρ = R ( y − 1 1 y ) \operatorname{im}\rho= \mathbb{R}\begin{pmatrix}y & -1 \\ 1 & y\end{pmatrix} im ρ = R ( y 1 − 1 y ) with y ≥ 0 y\geq0 y ≥ 0 . Here ρ ( B 2 ) = ρ ( B 3 ) = 0 \rho(B_2)=\rho(B_3)=0 ρ ( B 2 ) = ρ ( B 3 ) = 0 and, after possibly rescaling B 1 B_1 B 1 , we may suppose
ρ ( B 1 ) = ( y − 1 1 y ) , y ≥ 0. (201) \rho(B_1)=\begin{pmatrix}y & -1 \\ 1 & y\end{pmatrix},\quad y\geq0. \tag*{(201)} ρ ( B 1 ) = ( y 1 − 1 y ) , y ≥ 0. (201)
One sees that different values of y y y correspond to different weak isoclasses for ρ \rho ρ . The conditions on α , σ , ( W ∗ ) b \alpha,\sigma,(W^*)^{\mathrm b} α , σ , ( W ∗ ) b are as in the case treated in Section 5.3.9 and shall not be repeated here. We have that φ = 0 \varphi=0 φ = 0 unless y = 0 y=0 y = 0 , in which case im φ \operatorname{im}\varphi im φ is central. If y = 0 y=0 y = 0 , then the weak automorphism group is
Aut ( ρ ) = { ( ( h 1 h 2 − ϵ h 2 ϵ h 1 ) , ( ϵ 0 0 0 b v 0 0 1 ) ) | b ( h 1 2 + h 2 2 ) ≠ 0 , ϵ = ± 1 } . (202) \operatorname{Aut}(\rho)=\left\{\left(\begin{pmatrix}h_1 & h_2 \\ -\epsilon h_2 & \epsilon h_1\end{pmatrix},\begin{pmatrix}\epsilon& 0 & 0 \\ 0 & b & v \\ 0 & 0 & 1\end{pmatrix}\right)\middle| b(h_1^2+h_2^2)\ne0,\ \epsilon=\pm1\right\}. \tag*{(202)} Aut ( ρ ) = ⎩ ⎨ ⎧ ( h 1 − ϵ h 2 h 2 ϵ h 1 ) , ϵ 0 0 0 b 0 0 v 1 b ( h 1 2 + h 2 2 ) = 0 , ϵ = ± 1 ⎭ ⎬ ⎫ . (202)
while for y > 0 y>0 y > 0 we have
Aut ( ρ ) = { ( ( h 1 h 2 − h 2 h 1 ) , ( 1 0 0 0 b v 0 0 1 ) ) | b ( h 1 2 + h 2 2 ) ≠ 0 } . (203) \operatorname{Aut}(\rho)=\left\{\left(\begin{pmatrix}h_1 & h_2 \\ -h_2 & h_1\end{pmatrix},\begin{pmatrix}1 & 0 & 0 \\ 0 & b & v \\ 0 & 0 & 1\end{pmatrix}\right)\middle| b(h_1^2+h_2^2)\ne0\right\}. \tag*{(203)} Aut ( ρ ) = ⎩ ⎨ ⎧ ( h 1 − h 2 h 2 h 1 ) , 1 0 0 0 b 0 0 v 1 b ( h 1 2 + h 2 2 ) = 0 ⎭ ⎬ ⎫ . (203)
5.3.14. III.16: ρ = 0 \rho=0 ρ = 0 . In this case, α , σ \alpha,\sigma α , σ are unconstrained and ( W ∗ ) b = W ∗ (W^*)^{\mathrm b}=W^* ( W ∗ ) b = W ∗ ; whereas φ \varphi φ takes values in the centre. Trivially,
Aut ( ρ ) = GL ( W ) × Aut ( b ) . (204) \operatorname{Aut}(\rho)=\operatorname{GL}(W)\times\operatorname{Aut}(\mathfrak{b}). \tag*{(204)} Aut ( ρ ) = GL ( W ) × Aut ( b ) . (204)
5.3.15. Summary. We summarise the results of this section in Table 8 , with the same notation as that explained in Table 6 .
Table 8. Two-dimensional real representations of Bianchi III.
Bianchi IV
This is the solvable Lie algebra with brackets [ B 1 , B 3 ] = B 1 [B_1,B_3]=B_1 [ B 1 , B 3 ] = B 1 and [ B 2 , B 3 ] = B 1 + B 2 [B_2,B_3]=B_1+B_2 [ B 2 , B 3 ] = B 1 + B 2 . The automorphism group is given by
Aut ( b ) = { ( a b r 0 a s 0 0 1 ) ∣ a ≠ 0 } . (205) \operatorname{Aut}(\mathfrak{b})=\left\{\left.\begin{pmatrix}a&b&r\\0&a&s\\0&0&1\end{pmatrix}\right|a\ne0\right\}. \tag*{(205)} Aut ( b ) = ⎩ ⎨ ⎧ a 0 0 b a 0 r s 1 a = 0 ⎭ ⎬ ⎫ . (205)
The proper ideals are the first derived ideal [ b , b ] = span { B 1 , B 2 } [\mathfrak{b},\mathfrak{b}]=\operatorname{span}\{B_1,B_2\} [ b , b ] = span { B 1 , B 2 } and the one-dimensional ideal R B 1 \mathbb{R}B_1 R B 1 .
5.4.1. IV.1: ker ρ = R B 1 \ker\rho=\mathbb{R}B_1 ker ρ = R B 1 . The quotient Lie algebra b / R B 1 \mathfrak{b}/\mathbb{R}B_1 b / R B 1 is isomorphic to the affine Lie algebra aff ( 1 , R ) \operatorname{aff}(1,\mathbb{R}) aff ( 1 , R ) , so that im ρ \operatorname{im}\rho im ρ is conjugate to s θ \mathfrak{s}_\theta s θ for θ ≠ π 4 \theta\ne\frac{\pi}{4} θ = 4 π and 0 ≤ θ < π 0\le\theta<\pi 0 ≤ θ < π . We can choose bases such that ρ ( B 1 ) = 0 \rho(B_1)=0 ρ ( B 1 ) = 0 , whereas
ρ ( B 2 ) = ( 0 u 0 0 ) and ρ ( B 3 ) = ( x v 0 x + 1 ) . (206) \rho(B_2)=\begin{pmatrix}0&u\\0&0\end{pmatrix}
\quad\text{and}\quad
\rho(B_3)=\begin{pmatrix}x&v\\0&x+1\end{pmatrix}. \tag*{(206)} ρ ( B 2 ) = ( 0 0 u 0 ) and ρ ( B 3 ) = ( x 0 v x + 1 ) . (206)
Using Aut ( b ) \operatorname{Aut}(\mathfrak{b}) Aut ( b ) , we can set u = 1 \mathsf{u}=1 u = 1 and v = 0 \mathsf{v}=0 v = 0 , so that in the end
ρ ( B 1 ) = 0 , ρ ( B 2 ) = ( 0 1 0 0 ) and ρ ( B 3 ) = ( x 0 0 x + 1 ) , (207) \rho(\mathrm{B}_1)=0,\qquad\rho(\mathrm{B}_2)=\begin{pmatrix} 0 & 1 \\ 0 & 0 \end{pmatrix}\qquad\text{and}\qquad\rho(\mathrm{B}_3)=\begin{pmatrix} x & 0 \\ 0 & x+1 \end{pmatrix}, \tag*{(207)} ρ ( B 1 ) = 0 , ρ ( B 2 ) = ( 0 0 1 0 ) and ρ ( B 3 ) = ( x 0 0 x + 1 ) , (207)
where x ∈ R x\in\mathbb{R} x ∈ R determines ρ \rho ρ up to weak equivalence.
From the tables and from calculations we see that α , σ , φ , ( W ∗ ) b \alpha,\sigma,\varphi,(\mathrm{W}^{*})^{\mathfrak{b}} α , σ , φ , ( W ∗ ) b are all zero except at the following values of x x x :
x = − 2 x=-2 x = − 2 : σ ∈ R ( e 1 ⊗ e 2 ⊗ e 2 ) \sigma\in\mathbb{R}(\mathsf{e}_1\otimes\mathsf{e}^2\otimes\mathsf{e}^2) σ ∈ R ( e 1 ⊗ e 2 ⊗ e 2 ) , but α , φ \alpha,\varphi α , φ and ( W ∗ ) b (\mathrm{W}^{*})^{\mathfrak{b}} ( W ∗ ) b are zero;
and x = − 1 x=-1 x = − 1 : α ∈ R ( e 2 ⊗ e 2 ) \alpha\in\mathbb{R}(\mathsf{e}^2\otimes\mathsf{e}^2) α ∈ R ( e 2 ⊗ e 2 ) , σ ∈ R ( e 1 ⊗ ( e 1 ⊗ e 2 + e 2 ⊗ e 1 ) + 2 e 2 ⊗ e 2 ⊗ e 1 ) \sigma\in\mathbb{R}(\mathsf{e}_1\otimes(\mathsf{e}^1\otimes\mathsf{e}^2+\mathsf{e}^2\otimes\mathsf{e}^1)+2\mathsf{e}_2\otimes\mathsf{e}^2\otimes\mathsf{e}^1) σ ∈ R ( e 1 ⊗ ( e 1 ⊗ e 2 + e 2 ⊗ e 1 ) + 2 e 2 ⊗ e 2 ⊗ e 1 ) , ( W ∗ ) b = R e 2 (\mathrm{W}^{*})^{\mathfrak{b}}=\mathbb{R}\mathsf{e}^2 ( W ∗ ) b = R e 2 and φ ( e 1 ∧ e 2 ) ∈ R B 1 \varphi(\mathsf{e}_1\wedge\mathsf{e}_2)\in\mathbb{R}\mathrm{B}_1 φ ( e 1 ∧ e 2 ) ∈ R B 1 .
The group of weak automorphisms is
Aut ( ρ ) = { ( ( a h s h 0 h ) , ( a b r 0 a s 0 0 1 ) ) ∣ a h ≠ 0 } . (208) \operatorname{Aut}(\rho)=\left\{\left(\begin{pmatrix} ah & sh \\ 0 & h \end{pmatrix},\begin{pmatrix} a & b & r \\ 0 & a & s \\ 0 & 0 & 1 \end{pmatrix}\right)\mathrel{\Big|} ah\ne0\right\}. \tag*{(208)} Aut ( ρ ) = ⎩ ⎨ ⎧ ( ah 0 s h h ) , a 0 0 b a 0 r s 1 ah = 0 ⎭ ⎬ ⎫ . (208)
IV.2: ker ρ = span { B 1 , B 2 } \ker\rho=\operatorname{span}\{\mathrm{B}_1,\mathrm{B}_2\} ker ρ = span { B 1 , B 2 } and im ρ = R ( x 0 0 1 ) \operatorname{im}\rho=\mathbb{R}\begin{pmatrix} x & 0 \\ 0 & 1 \end{pmatrix} im ρ = R ( x 0 0 1 ) with ∣ x ∣ ≤ 1 |x|\le1 ∣ x ∣ ≤ 1
We can find bases such that ρ ( B 1 ) = ρ ( B 2 ) = 0 \rho(\mathrm{B}_1)=\rho(\mathrm{B}_2)=0 ρ ( B 1 ) = ρ ( B 2 ) = 0 and
ρ ( B 3 ) = ( t x 0 0 t ) , (209) \rho(\mathrm{B}_3)=\begin{pmatrix} tx & 0 \\ 0 & t \end{pmatrix}, \tag*{(209)} ρ ( B 3 ) = ( t x 0 0 t ) , (209)
where t ≠ 0 t\ne0 t = 0 . It turns out that two pairs ( t , x ) (t,x) ( t , x ) and ( t ′ , x ′ ) (t',x') ( t ′ , x ′ ) yield weakly equivalent representations if and only if ( t , x ) = ( t ′ , x ′ ) (t,x)=(t',x') ( t , x ) = ( t ′ , x ′ ) or x = x ′ = − 1 x=x'=-1 x = x ′ = − 1 and t ′ = − t t'=-t t ′ = − t , so we obtain a complete set of weak isoclasses by restricting ourselves to the subset
{ ( t , x ) ∈ ( R ∖ { 0 } ) × [ − 1 , 1 ] ∣ x ≠ − 1 or t > 0 } . (210) \{(t,x)\in(\mathbb{R}\setminus\{0\})\times[-1,1]\mid x\ne-1\text{ or }t>0\}. \tag*{(210)} {( t , x ) ∈ ( R ∖ { 0 }) × [ − 1 , 1 ] ∣ x = − 1 or t > 0 } . (210)
The quadratic form α ∈ S 2 W ∗ \alpha\in\mathrm{S}^2\mathrm{W}^{*} α ∈ S 2 W ∗ is zero unless x = 0 x=0 x = 0 , in which case α ∈ R ( e 1 ⊗ e 1 ) \alpha\in\mathbb{R}(\mathsf{e}^1\otimes\mathsf{e}^1) α ∈ R ( e 1 ⊗ e 1 ) or x = − 1 x=-1 x = − 1 , which corresponds to s o ( 1 , 1 ) \mathfrak{so}(1,1) so ( 1 , 1 ) , in which case α ∈ R ( e 1 ⊗ e 2 + e 2 ⊗ e 1 ) \alpha\in\mathbb{R}(\mathsf{e}^1\otimes\mathsf{e}^2+\mathsf{e}^2\otimes\mathsf{e}^1) α ∈ R ( e 1 ⊗ e 2 + e 2 ⊗ e 1 ) . There are no nonzero invariants in W ∗ \mathrm{W}^{*} W ∗ unless x = 0 x=0 x = 0 , in which case ( W ∗ ) b = R e 1 (\mathrm{W}^{*})^{\mathfrak{b}}=\mathbb{R}\mathsf{e}^1 ( W ∗ ) b = R e 1 .
The symmetric bilinear form σ ∈ W ⊗ S 2 W ∗ \sigma\in\mathrm{W}\otimes\mathrm{S}^2\mathrm{W}^{*} σ ∈ W ⊗ S 2 W ∗ is zero except when x = 0 x=0 x = 0 , in which case σ ∈ span { e 1 ⊗ e 1 ⊗ e 1 , e 2 ⊗ ( e 1 ⊗ e 2 + e 2 ⊗ e 1 ) } \sigma\in\operatorname{span}\{\mathsf{e}_1\otimes\mathsf{e}^1\otimes\mathsf{e}^1,\mathsf{e}_2\otimes(\mathsf{e}^1\otimes\mathsf{e}^2+\mathsf{e}^2\otimes\mathsf{e}^1)\} σ ∈ span { e 1 ⊗ e 1 ⊗ e 1 , e 2 ⊗ ( e 1 ⊗ e 2 + e 2 ⊗ e 1 )} , or when x = 1 2 x=\frac{1}{2} x = 2 1 , in which case σ ∈ R ( e 2 ⊗ e 1 ⊗ e 1 ) \sigma\in\mathbb{R}(\mathsf{e}_2\otimes\mathsf{e}^1\otimes\mathsf{e}^1) σ ∈ R ( e 2 ⊗ e 1 ⊗ e 1 ) .
The 2 2 2 -form φ ∈ b ⊗ ⋀ 2 W ∗ \varphi\in\mathfrak{b}\otimes\bigwedge^2\mathrm{W}^{*} φ ∈ b ⊗ ⋀ 2 W ∗ is zero, unless t ( x + 1 ) = − 1 t(x+1)=-1 t ( x + 1 ) = − 1 , in which case φ ( e 1 ∧ e 2 ) ∈ R B 1 \varphi(\mathsf{e}_1\wedge\mathsf{e}_2)\in\mathbb{R}\mathrm{B}_1 φ ( e 1 ∧ e 2 ) ∈ R B 1 .
Finally, if x = 1 x=1 x = 1 we have
Aut ( ρ ) = GL ( W ) × Aut ( b ) , (211) \operatorname{Aut}(\rho)=\operatorname{GL}(\mathrm{W})\times\operatorname{Aut}(\mathfrak{b}), \tag*{(211)} Aut ( ρ ) = GL ( W ) × Aut ( b ) , (211)
whereas for x ≠ 1 x\ne1 x = 1 we see that
Aut ( ρ ) = { ( ( h 1 0 0 h 2 ) , ( a b r 0 a s 0 0 1 ) ) ∣ a h 1 h 2 ≠ 0 } . (212) \operatorname{Aut}(\rho)=\left\{\left(\begin{pmatrix} h_1 & 0 \\ 0 & h_2 \end{pmatrix},\begin{pmatrix} a & b & r \\ 0 & a & s \\ 0 & 0 & 1 \end{pmatrix}\right)\mathrel{\Big|} ah_1h_2\ne0\right\}. \tag*{(212)} Aut ( ρ ) = ⎩ ⎨ ⎧ ( h 1 0 0 h 2 ) , a 0 0 b a 0 r s 1 a h 1 h 2 = 0 ⎭ ⎬ ⎫ . (212)
IV.3: ker ρ = span { B 1 , B 2 } \ker\rho=\operatorname{span}\{\mathrm{B}_1,\mathrm{B}_2\} ker ρ = span { B 1 , B 2 } and im ρ = R ( 1 1 0 1 ) \operatorname{im}\rho=\mathbb{R}\begin{pmatrix} 1 & 1 \\ 0 & 1 \end{pmatrix} im ρ = R ( 1 0 1 1 )
We can find bases such that
ρ ( B 1 ) = ( 0 0 0 0 ) , ρ ( B 2 ) = ( 0 0 0 0 ) and ρ ( B 3 ) = ( t t 0 t ) , (213) \rho(\mathrm{B}_1)=\begin{pmatrix} 0 & 0 \\ 0 & 0 \end{pmatrix},\qquad\rho(\mathrm{B}_2)=\begin{pmatrix} 0 & 0 \\ 0 & 0 \end{pmatrix}\qquad\text{and}\qquad\rho(\mathrm{B}_3)=\begin{pmatrix} t & t \\ 0 & t \end{pmatrix}, \tag*{(213)} ρ ( B 1 ) = ( 0 0 0 0 ) , ρ ( B 2 ) = ( 0 0 0 0 ) and ρ ( B 3 ) = ( t 0 t t ) , (213)
where t ≠ 0 t\ne0 t = 0 determines ρ \rho ρ up to weak isomorphism. From the tables, it follows that α , σ \alpha,\sigma α , σ and ( W ∗ ) b (\mathrm{W}^{*})^{\mathfrak{b}} ( W ∗ ) b are all zero. A calculation shows that φ = 0 \varphi=0 φ = 0 unless t = − 1 2 t=-\frac{1}{2} t = − 2 1 , in which case φ ( e 1 ∧ e 2 ) ∈ R B 1 \varphi(\mathsf{e}_1\wedge\mathsf{e}_2)\in\mathbb{R}\mathrm{B}_1 φ ( e 1 ∧ e 2 ) ∈ R B 1 . We see that
Aut ( ρ ) = { ( ( h 1 h 2 0 h 1 ) , ( a b r 0 a s 0 0 1 ) ) ∣ a h 1 ≠ 0 } . (214) \operatorname{Aut}(\rho)=\left\{\left(\begin{pmatrix} h_1 & h_2 \\ 0 & h_1 \end{pmatrix},\begin{pmatrix} a & b & r \\ 0 & a & s \\ 0 & 0 & 1 \end{pmatrix}\right)\mathrel{\Big|} ah_1\ne0\right\}. \tag*{(214)} Aut ( ρ ) = ⎩ ⎨ ⎧ ( h 1 0 h 2 h 1 ) , a 0 0 b a 0 r s 1 a h 1 = 0 ⎭ ⎬ ⎫ . (214)
5.4.4. IV.4: ker ρ = span { B 1 , B 2 } \ker\rho= \operatorname{span}\{B_1,B_2\} ker ρ = span { B 1 , B 2 } and im ρ = R ( 0 1 0 0 ) \operatorname{im}\rho= \mathbb{R}\begin{pmatrix}0 & 1 \\ 0 & 0\end{pmatrix} im ρ = R ( 0 0 1 0 ) . We can find bases such that ρ ( B 1 ) = ρ ( B 2 ) = 0 \rho(B_1)=\rho(B_2)=0 ρ ( B 1 ) = ρ ( B 2 ) = 0 and by putting ρ ( B 3 ) \rho(B_3) ρ ( B 3 ) in Jordan normal form we can assume that
ρ ( B 3 ) = ( 0 1 0 0 ) , (215) \rho(B_3)=\begin{pmatrix}0 & 1 \\ 0 & 0\end{pmatrix}, \tag*{(215)} ρ ( B 3 ) = ( 0 0 1 0 ) , (215)
From the tables, it follows that α ∈ R ( e 2 ⊗ e 2 ) \alpha\in\mathbb{R}(e^2\otimes e^2) α ∈ R ( e 2 ⊗ e 2 ) , ( W ∗ ) b = R e 2 (W^*)^b=\mathbb{R}e^2 ( W ∗ ) b = R e 2 and
σ ∈ span { e 1 ⊗ ( e 1 ⊗ e 2 + e 2 ⊗ e 1 ) + 2 e 2 ⊗ e 2 ⊗ e 2 , e 1 ⊗ e 2 ⊗ e 2 } . (216) \sigma\in\operatorname{span}\left\{e_1\otimes(e^1\otimes e^2+e^2\otimes e^1)+2e_2\otimes e^2\otimes e^2,e_1\otimes e^2\otimes e^2\right\}. \tag*{(216)} σ ∈ span { e 1 ⊗ ( e 1 ⊗ e 2 + e 2 ⊗ e 1 ) + 2 e 2 ⊗ e 2 ⊗ e 2 , e 1 ⊗ e 2 ⊗ e 2 } . (216)
Since b \mathfrak{b} b has zero centre, it follows that φ = 0 \varphi=0 φ = 0 . The group of weak automorphisms is once again
Aut ( ρ ) = { ( ( h 1 h 2 0 h 1 ) , ( a b r 0 a s 0 0 1 ) ) ∣ a h 1 ≠ 0 } . (217) \operatorname{Aut}(\rho)=\left\{\left.\left(\begin{pmatrix}h_1 & h_2\\0 & h_1\end{pmatrix},\begin{pmatrix}a & b & r\\0 & a & s\\0 & 0 & 1\end{pmatrix}\right)\right| ah_1\ne0\right\}. \tag*{(217)} Aut ( ρ ) = ⎩ ⎨ ⎧ ( h 1 0 h 2 h 1 ) , a 0 0 b a 0 r s 1 a h 1 = 0 ⎭ ⎬ ⎫ . (217)
5.4.5. IV.5: ker ρ = span { B 1 , B 2 } \ker\rho=\operatorname{span}\{B_1,B_2\} ker ρ = span { B 1 , B 2 } and im ρ = R ( y − 1 1 y ) \operatorname{im}\rho=\mathbb{R}\begin{pmatrix}y&-1\\1&y\end{pmatrix} im ρ = R ( y 1 − 1 y ) with y ≥ 0 y\ge0 y ≥ 0 . We can find bases such that ρ ( B 1 ) = ρ ( B 2 ) = 0 \rho(B_1)=\rho(B_2)=0 ρ ( B 1 ) = ρ ( B 2 ) = 0 and
ρ ( B 3 ) = ( t y − t t t y ) , (218) \rho(B_3)=\begin{pmatrix}ty&-t\\t&ty\end{pmatrix}, \tag*{(218)} ρ ( B 3 ) = ( t y t − t t y ) , (218)
where t ≠ 0 t\ne0 t = 0 and y ≥ 0 y\ge0 y ≥ 0 . One sees that two different pairs ( t , y ) (t,y) ( t , y ) and ( t ′ , y ′ ) (t',y') ( t ′ , y ′ ) give rise to weakly equivalent representations if and only if ( t , y ) = ( t ′ , y ′ ) (t,y)=(t',y') ( t , y ) = ( t ′ , y ′ ) or y = y ′ = 0 y=y'=0 y = y ′ = 0 and t ′ = − t t'=-t t ′ = − t , so we get a complete set of weak isoclasses represented by the subset
{ ( t , y ) ∈ ( R ∖ { 0 } ) × [ 0 , ∞ ) ∣ t > 0 or y > 0 } . (219) \{(t,y)\in(\mathbb{R}\setminus\{0\})\times[0,\infty)\mid t>0\text{ or }y>0\}. \tag*{(219)} {( t , y ) ∈ ( R ∖ { 0 }) × [ 0 , ∞ ) ∣ t > 0 or y > 0 } . (219)
From the tables, we see that α = 0 \alpha=0 α = 0 unless y = 0 y=0 y = 0 , in which case α ∈ R ( e 1 ⊗ e 1 + e 2 ⊗ e 2 ) \alpha\in\mathbb{R}(e^1\otimes e^1+e^2\otimes e^2) α ∈ R ( e 1 ⊗ e 1 + e 2 ⊗ e 2 ) . It follows that σ \sigma σ and ( W ∗ ) b (W^*)^b ( W ∗ ) b are always zero. The map φ \varphi φ vanishes unless t y = − 1 2 ty=-\frac{1}{2} t y = − 2 1 in which case φ ( e 1 ∧ e 2 ) ∈ R B 1 \varphi(e_1\wedge e_2)\in\mathbb{R}B_1 φ ( e 1 ∧ e 2 ) ∈ R B 1 .
A calculation yields
Aut ( ρ ) = { ( ( h 1 h 2 − h 2 h 1 ) , ( a b r 0 a s 0 0 1 ) ) ∣ a ( h 1 2 + h 2 2 ) ≠ 0 } . (220) \operatorname{Aut}(\rho)=\left\{\left.\left(\begin{pmatrix}h_1&h_2\\-h_2&h_1\end{pmatrix},\begin{pmatrix}a&b&r\\0&a&s\\0&0&1\end{pmatrix}\right)\right|a(h_1^2+h_2^2)\ne0\right\}. \tag*{(220)} Aut ( ρ ) = ⎩ ⎨ ⎧ ( h 1 − h 2 h 2 h 1 ) , a 0 0 b a 0 r s 1 a ( h 1 2 + h 2 2 ) = 0 ⎭ ⎬ ⎫ . (220)
5.4.6. IV.6: ρ = 0 \rho=0 ρ = 0 . Since the centre of b \mathfrak{b} b is zero, it follows that φ \varphi φ is zero. The other data α , σ \alpha,\sigma α , σ are unconstrained, but we are free to use GL ( W ) \operatorname{GL}(W) GL ( W ) to bring them to normal forms. Also, of course, ( W ∗ ) b = W ∗ (W^*)^b=W^* ( W ∗ ) b = W ∗ . We have obviously that
Aut ( ρ ) = GL ( W ) × Aut ( b ) . (221) \operatorname{Aut}(\rho)=\operatorname{GL}(W)\times\operatorname{Aut}(\mathfrak{b}). \tag*{(221)} Aut ( ρ ) = GL ( W ) × Aut ( b ) . (221)
5.4.7. Summary. We summarise the results of this section in Table 9 , with the same notation as that explained in Table 6 .
Table 9. Two-dimensional real representations of Bianchi IV.
Bianchi V
This is the solvable Lie algebra with nonzero brackets [ B 1 , B 3 ] = B 1 [B_1,B_3]=B_1 [ B 1 , B 3 ] = B 1 and [ B 2 , B 3 ] = B 2 [B_2,B_3]=B_2 [ B 2 , B 3 ] = B 2 . The automorphism group is
Aut ( b ) = { ( A u 0 1 ) ∣ A ∈ GL ( 2 , R ) , u ∈ R 2 } ≅ Aff ( 2 , R ) . (222) \operatorname{Aut}(\mathfrak{b})=\left\{\left.\begin{pmatrix}A&u\\0&1\end{pmatrix}\right|A\in\operatorname{GL}(2,\mathbb{R}),\ u\in\mathbb{R}^2\right\}\cong\operatorname{Aff}(2,\mathbb{R}). \tag*{(222)} Aut ( b ) = { ( A 0 u 1 ) A ∈ GL ( 2 , R ) , u ∈ R 2 } ≅ Aff ( 2 , R ) . (222)
The proper ideals are [ b , b ] = span { B 1 , B 2 } [\mathfrak{b},\mathfrak{b}]=\operatorname{span}\{B_1,B_2\} [ b , b ] = span { B 1 , B 2 } and any line therein. Since the affine group acts transitively on lines, we may choose R B 1 \mathbb{R}B_1 R B 1 without loss of generality. Hence up to weak automorphisms, the possible values of ker ρ \ker\rho ker ρ can be taken to be R B 1 \mathbb{R}B_1 R B 1 , span { B 1 , B 2 } \operatorname{span}\{B_1,B_2\} span { B 1 , B 2 } and b \mathfrak{b} b .
V.1: ker ρ = R B 1 \ker\rho=\mathbb{R}B_1 ker ρ = R B 1
In this case im ρ ≅ b / R B 1 \operatorname{im}\rho\cong\mathfrak{b}/\mathbb{R}B_1 im ρ ≅ b / R B 1 is nonabelian and hence isomorphic to s θ \mathfrak{s}_\theta s θ for θ ≠ π 4 \theta\neq\frac{\pi}{4} θ = 4 π . We can therefore choose bases such that ρ ( B 1 ) = 0 \rho(B_1)=0 ρ ( B 1 ) = 0 , whereas
ρ ( B 2 ) = ( 0 s 0 0 ) and ρ ( B 3 ) = ( x r 0 t ) . (223) \rho(B_2)=\begin{pmatrix}0 & s \\ 0 & 0\end{pmatrix}
\quad\text{and}\quad
\rho(B_3)=\begin{pmatrix}x & r \\ 0 & t\end{pmatrix}. \tag*{(223)} ρ ( B 2 ) = ( 0 0 s 0 ) and ρ ( B 3 ) = ( x 0 r t ) . (223)
Demanding that [ ρ ( B 2 ) , ρ ( B 3 ) ] = ρ ( B 2 ) [\rho(B_2),\rho(B_3)]=\rho(B_2) [ ρ ( B 2 ) , ρ ( B 3 )] = ρ ( B 2 ) , we see that t = x + 1 t=x+1 t = x + 1 . Using Aut ( b ) \operatorname{Aut}(\mathfrak{b}) Aut ( b ) we may rescale B 2 B_2 B 2 (so we can set s = 1 s=1 s = 1 ) and shift B 3 B_3 B 3 by any multiple of B 2 B_2 B 2 (so we can set r = 0 r=0 r = 0 ), resulting in
ρ ( B 1 ) = 0 , ρ ( B 2 ) = ( 0 1 0 0 ) and ρ ( B 3 ) = ( x 0 0 x + 1 ) , (224) \rho(B_1)=0,\qquad\rho(B_2)=\begin{pmatrix}0 & 1 \\ 0 & 0\end{pmatrix}
\quad\text{and}\quad
\rho(B_3)=\begin{pmatrix}x & 0 \\ 0 & x+1\end{pmatrix}, \tag*{(224)} ρ ( B 1 ) = 0 , ρ ( B 2 ) = ( 0 0 1 0 ) and ρ ( B 3 ) = ( x 0 0 x + 1 ) , (224)
where x x x can be any real number (and it determines ρ \rho ρ up to weak equivalence).
From the tables, we have that
( W ∗ ) b = 0 (W^*)^b=0 ( W ∗ ) b = 0 unless x = − 1 x=-1 x = − 1 , in which case ( W ∗ ) b = R e 2 (W^*)^b=\mathbb{R}e^2 ( W ∗ ) b = R e 2 ;
α = 0 \alpha=0 α = 0 unless x = − 1 x=-1 x = − 1 , in which case α ∈ R ( e 2 ⊗ e 2 ) \alpha\in\mathbb{R}(e^2\otimes e^2) α ∈ R ( e 2 ⊗ e 2 ) ;
σ = 0 \sigma=0 σ = 0 unless
x = − 1 x=-1 x = − 1 , in which case σ ∈ R ( e 1 ⊗ ( e 1 ⊗ e 2 + e 2 ⊗ e 1 ) + 2 e 2 ⊗ e 2 ⊗ e 2 ) \sigma\in\mathbb{R}(e_1\otimes(e^1\otimes e^2+e^2\otimes e^1)+2e_2\otimes e^2\otimes e^2) σ ∈ R ( e 1 ⊗ ( e 1 ⊗ e 2 + e 2 ⊗ e 1 ) + 2 e 2 ⊗ e 2 ⊗ e 2 ) ;
or x = − 2 x=-2 x = − 2 , in which case σ ∈ R e 1 ⊗ e 2 ⊗ e 2 \sigma\in\mathbb{R}e_1\otimes e^2\otimes e^2 σ ∈ R e 1 ⊗ e 2 ⊗ e 2 .
Moreover, we see that φ = 0 \varphi=0 φ = 0 unless x = − 1 x=-1 x = − 1 , in which case im φ ⊆ span { B 1 , B 2 } \operatorname{im}\varphi\subseteq\operatorname{span}\{B_1,B_2\} im φ ⊆ span { B 1 , B 2 } .
In this case, the group of weak automorphisms is
Aut ( ρ ) = { ( ( a 22 h u 2 h 0 h ) , ( a 11 a 12 u 1 0 a 22 u 2 0 0 1 ) ) ∣ a 11 a 22 h ≠ 0 } . (225) \operatorname{Aut}(\rho)=
\left\{
\left(
\begin{pmatrix}a_{22}h & u_2h \\ 0 & h\end{pmatrix},
\begin{pmatrix}a_{11} & a_{12} & u_1 \\ 0 & a_{22} & u_2 \\ 0 & 0 & 1\end{pmatrix}
\right)
\mathrel{\Big|} a_{11}a_{22}h\neq0
\right\}. \tag*{(225)} Aut ( ρ ) = ⎩ ⎨ ⎧ ( a 22 h 0 u 2 h h ) , a 11 0 0 a 12 a 22 0 u 1 u 2 1 a 11 a 22 h = 0 ⎭ ⎬ ⎫ . (225)
V.2: ker ρ = span { B 1 , B 2 } \ker\rho=\operatorname{span}\{B_1,B_2\} ker ρ = span { B 1 , B 2 } and im ρ = R ( x 0 0 1 ) \operatorname{im}\rho=\mathbb{R}\begin{pmatrix}x&0\\0&1\end{pmatrix} im ρ = R ( x 0 0 1 ) with ∣ x ∣ ≤ 1 |x|\leq1 ∣ x ∣ ≤ 1
We can find bases such that ρ ( B 1 ) = ρ ( B 2 ) = 0 \rho(B_1)=\rho(B_2)=0 ρ ( B 1 ) = ρ ( B 2 ) = 0 and
ρ ( B 3 ) = ( t x 0 0 t ) , (226) \rho(B_3)=\begin{pmatrix}tx & 0 \\ 0 & t\end{pmatrix}, \tag*{(226)} ρ ( B 3 ) = ( t x 0 0 t ) , (226)
where t ≠ 0 t\neq0 t = 0 . As with previous cases, we obtain a complete set of isoclasses by restricting ourselves to the subset
{ ( t , x ) ∈ ( R ∖ { 0 } ) × [ − 1 , 1 ] ∣ x ≠ − 1 or t > 0 } . (227) \{(t,x)\in(\mathbb{R}\setminus\{0\})\times[-1,1]\mid x\neq-1\text{ or }t>0\}. \tag*{(227)} {( t , x ) ∈ ( R ∖ { 0 }) × [ − 1 , 1 ] ∣ x = − 1 or t > 0 } . (227)
The situation for α , σ , ( W ∗ ) b \alpha,\sigma,(W^*)^b α , σ , ( W ∗ ) b is as for any other case with such im ρ \operatorname{im}\rho im ρ (see, e.g., Section 5.4.2) and shall not be repeated here. As for φ \varphi φ , we have that it must be zero unless t ( x + 1 ) = − 1 t(x+1)=-1 t ( x + 1 ) = − 1 , in which case im φ ⊆ span { B 1 , B 2 } \operatorname{im}\varphi\subseteq\operatorname{span}\{B_1,B_2\} im φ ⊆ span { B 1 , B 2 } . As for the weak automorphism group, we see that
Aut ( ρ ) = GL ( W ) × Aut ( b ) . (228) \operatorname{Aut}(\rho) = \operatorname{GL}(\mathbb{W}) \times\operatorname{Aut}(\mathfrak{b}). \tag*{(228)} Aut ( ρ ) = GL ( W ) × Aut ( b ) . (228)
Aut ( ρ ) = { ( ( h 1 0 0 h 2 ) , ( A u 0 1 ) ) ∣ h 1 h 2 ( det A ) ≠ 0 } . (229) \operatorname{Aut}(\rho) = \left\{ \left(\begin{pmatrix} h_1 & 0 \\ 0 & h_2 \end{pmatrix}, \begin{pmatrix} A & \mathbf{u} \\ 0 & 1 \end{pmatrix}\right) \mathrel{\Big|} h_1 h_2(\det A) \ne0 \right\}. \tag*{(229)} Aut ( ρ ) = { ( ( h 1 0 0 h 2 ) , ( A 0 u 1 ) ) h 1 h 2 ( det A ) = 0 } . (229)
5.5.3. V .3 \mathcal{V}.3 V .3 : ker ρ = span { B 1 , B 2 } \ker\rho= \operatorname{span}\{\mathrm{B}_1,\mathrm{B}_2\} ker ρ = span { B 1 , B 2 } and im ρ = R ( 1 1 0 1 ) \operatorname{im}\rho= \mathbb{R}\begin{pmatrix}1 & 1 \\ 0 & 1\end{pmatrix} im ρ = R ( 1 0 1 1 ) . We can find bases such that ρ ( B 1 ) = ρ ( B 2 ) = 0 \rho(\mathrm{B}_1) = \rho(\mathrm{B}_2) = 0 ρ ( B 1 ) = ρ ( B 2 ) = 0 and
ρ ( B 3 ) = ( t t 0 t ) , (230) \rho(\mathrm{B}_3) = \begin{pmatrix} t & t \\ 0 & t \end{pmatrix}, \tag*{(230)} ρ ( B 3 ) = ( t 0 t t ) , (230)
where t ≠ 0 t \ne0 t = 0 determines ρ \rho ρ up to weak isomorphism. The situation for α , δ , ( W ∗ ) b \alpha,\delta,(\mathbb{W}^{*})^{\mathfrak{b}} α , δ , ( W ∗ ) b is as for any other case with such im ρ \operatorname{im}\rho im ρ (see, e.g., Section 5.4.3) and shall not be repeated here. The situation with φ \varphi φ is very similar to the previous two cases: φ = 0 \varphi= 0 φ = 0 unless t = − 1 2 t = -\frac{1}{2} t = − 2 1 , in which case im φ ⊆ span { B 1 , B 2 } \operatorname{im}\varphi\subseteq\operatorname{span}\{\mathrm{B}_1,\mathrm{B}_2\} im φ ⊆ span { B 1 , B 2 } . The group of weak automorphisms is
Aut ( ρ ) = { ( ( h 1 h 2 0 h 1 ) , ( A u 0 1 ) ) ∣ h 1 ( det A ) ≠ 0 } . (231) \operatorname{Aut}(\rho) = \left\{ \left(\begin{pmatrix} h_1 & h_2 \\ 0 & h_1 \end{pmatrix}, \begin{pmatrix} A & \mathbf{u} \\ 0 & 1 \end{pmatrix}\right) \mathrel{\Big|} h_1(\det A) \ne0 \right\}. \tag*{(231)} Aut ( ρ ) = { ( ( h 1 0 h 2 h 1 ) , ( A 0 u 1 ) ) h 1 ( det A ) = 0 } . (231)
5.5.4. V .4 \mathcal{V}.4 V .4 : ker ρ = span { B 1 , B 2 } \ker\rho= \operatorname{span}\{\mathrm{B}_1,\mathrm{B}_2\} ker ρ = span { B 1 , B 2 } and im ρ = R ( 0 1 0 0 ) \operatorname{im}\rho= \mathbb{R}\begin{pmatrix}0 & 1 \\ 0 & 0\end{pmatrix} im ρ = R ( 0 0 1 0 ) . We can find bases such that ρ ( B 1 ) = ρ ( B 2 ) = 0 \rho(\mathrm{B}_1) = \rho(\mathrm{B}_2) = 0 ρ ( B 1 ) = ρ ( B 2 ) = 0 and putting ρ ( B 3 ) \rho(\mathrm{B}_3) ρ ( B 3 ) in Jordan normal form we get
ρ ( B 3 ) = ( 0 1 0 0 ) , (232) \rho(\mathrm{B}_3) = \begin{pmatrix}0 & 1 \\ 0 & 0\end{pmatrix}, \tag*{(232)} ρ ( B 3 ) = ( 0 0 1 0 ) , (232)
The situation for α , δ , ( W ∗ ) b \alpha,\delta,(\mathbb{W}^{*})^{\mathfrak{b}} α , δ , ( W ∗ ) b is as for any other case with such im ρ \operatorname{im}\rho im ρ (see, e.g., Section 5.4.4) and shall not be repeated here. Here φ = 0 \varphi= 0 φ = 0 since b \mathfrak{b} b has trivial centre. We also obtain
Aut ( ρ ) = { ( ( h 1 h 2 0 h 1 ) , ( A u 0 1 ) ) ∣ h 1 ( det A ) ≠ 0 } . (233) \operatorname{Aut}(\rho) = \left\{ \left(\begin{pmatrix} h_1 & h_2 \\ 0 & h_1 \end{pmatrix}, \begin{pmatrix} A & \mathbf{u} \\ 0 & 1 \end{pmatrix}\right) \mathrel{\Big|} h_1(\det A) \ne0 \right\}. \tag*{(233)} Aut ( ρ ) = { ( ( h 1 0 h 2 h 1 ) , ( A 0 u 1 ) ) h 1 ( det A ) = 0 } . (233)
5.5.5. V .5 \mathcal{V}.5 V .5 : ker ρ = span { B 1 , B 2 } \ker\rho= \operatorname{span}\{\mathrm{B}_1,\mathrm{B}_2\} ker ρ = span { B 1 , B 2 } and im ρ = R ( y − 1 1 y ) \operatorname{im}\rho= \mathbb{R}\begin{pmatrix} y & -1 \\ 1 & y \end{pmatrix} im ρ = R ( y 1 − 1 y ) with y ≥ 0 y \ge0 y ≥ 0 . We can find bases such that ρ ( B 1 ) = ρ ( B 2 ) = 0 \rho(\mathrm{B}_1) = \rho(\mathrm{B}_2) = 0 ρ ( B 1 ) = ρ ( B 2 ) = 0 and
ρ ( B 3 ) = ( t y − t t t y ) . (234) \rho(\mathrm{B}_3) = \begin{pmatrix} ty & -t \\ t & ty \end{pmatrix}. \tag*{(234)} ρ ( B 3 ) = ( t y t − t t y ) . (234)
where t ≠ 0 t \ne0 t = 0 and y ≥ 0 y \ge0 y ≥ 0 . As with previous cases, we get a complete set of isoclasses by taking ( t , y ) (t,y) ( t , y ) to be in
{ ( t , y ) ∈ ( R ∖ { 0 } ) × [ 0 , ∞ ) ∣ t > 0 or y > 0 } . (235) \{(t,y) \in(\mathbb{R}\setminus\{0\}) \times[0,\infty) \mid t > 0 \text{ or } y > 0\}. \tag*{(235)} {( t , y ) ∈ ( R ∖ { 0 }) × [ 0 , ∞ ) ∣ t > 0 or y > 0 } . (235)
The situation for α , δ , ( W ∗ ) b \alpha,\delta,(\mathbb{W}^{*})^{\mathfrak{b}} α , δ , ( W ∗ ) b is as for any other case with such im ρ \operatorname{im}\rho im ρ (see, e.g., Section 5.4.5) and shall not be repeated here. A nonzero φ \varphi φ requires 2 t y = − 1 2ty = -1 2 t y = − 1 , in which case im φ ⊆ span { B 1 , B 2 } \operatorname{im}\varphi\subseteq\operatorname{span}\{\mathrm{B}_1,\mathrm{B}_2\} im φ ⊆ span { B 1 , B 2 } . The group of weak automorphisms is
Aut ( ρ ) = { ( ( h 1 h 2 − h 2 h 1 ) , ( A u 0 1 ) ) ∣ ( det A ) ( h 1 2 + h 2 2 ) ≠ 0 } . (236) \operatorname{Aut}(\rho) = \left\{ \left(\begin{pmatrix} h_1 & h_2 \\ -h_2 & h_1 \end{pmatrix}, \begin{pmatrix} A & \mathbf{u} \\ 0 & 1 \end{pmatrix}\right) \mathrel{\Big|} (\det A)(h_1^2 + h_2^2) \ne0 \right\}. \tag*{(236)} Aut ( ρ ) = { ( ( h 1 − h 2 h 2 h 1 ) , ( A 0 u 1 ) ) ( det A ) ( h 1 2 + h 2 2 ) = 0 } . (236)
5.5.6. V .6 \mathcal{V}.6 V .6 : ρ = 0 \rho= 0 ρ = 0 . Here α , δ \alpha,\delta α , δ are unconstrained and all of W ∗ \mathbb{W}^{*} W ∗ is invariant, but since b \mathfrak{b} b has trivial centre, φ \varphi φ is zero. The group of weak automorphisms is trivially
Aut ( ρ ) = GL ( W ) × Aut ( b ) . (237) \operatorname{Aut}(\rho) = \operatorname{GL}(\mathbb{W}) \times\operatorname{Aut}(\mathfrak{b}). \tag*{(237)} Aut ( ρ ) = GL ( W ) × Aut ( b ) . (237)
5.5.7. Summary. We summarise the results of this section in Table 10 , with the same notation as that explained in Table 6 .
Table 10. Two-dimensional real representations of Bianchi V.
Bianchi VIc=1
This is the Lie algebra with brackets [ B 1 , B 3 ] = ( c − 1 ) B 1 [B_1,B_3]=(c-1)B_1 [ B 1 , B 3 ] = ( c − 1 ) B 1 and [ B 2 , B 3 ] = ( c + 1 ) B 2 [B_2,B_3]=(c+1)B_2 [ B 2 , B 3 ] = ( c + 1 ) B 2 for c ≥ 0 c\geq0 c ≥ 0 and c ≠ 1 c\neq1 c = 1 , since c = 1 c=1 c = 1 is Bianchi III, which was already treated in Section 5.3.
The automorphism group depends on whether c > 0 c>0 c > 0 or c = 0 c=0 c = 0 . If c > 0 c>0 c > 0 ,
Aut ( b ) = { ( a 0 u 0 b v 0 0 1 ) ∣ a b ≠ 0 } . (238) \operatorname{Aut}(\mathfrak{b})=\left\{\left.\begin{pmatrix}a&0&u\\0&b&v\\0&0&1\end{pmatrix}\right|ab\neq0\right\}. \tag*{(238)} Aut ( b ) = ⎩ ⎨ ⎧ a 0 0 0 b 0 u v 1 ab = 0 ⎭ ⎬ ⎫ . (238)
If c = 0 c=0 c = 0 there are additional automorphisms
Aut ( b ) − = { ( 0 a u b 0 v 0 0 − 1 ) ∣ a b ≠ 0 } . (239) \operatorname{Aut}(\mathfrak{b})_-=\left\{\left.\begin{pmatrix}0&a&u\\b&0&v\\0&0&-1\end{pmatrix}\right|ab\neq0\right\}. \tag*{(239)} Aut ( b ) − = ⎩ ⎨ ⎧ 0 b 0 a 0 0 u v − 1 ab = 0 ⎭ ⎬ ⎫ . (239)
The proper ideals are R B 1 \mathbb{R}B_1 R B 1 , R B 2 \mathbb{R}B_2 R B 2 and span { B 1 , B 2 } \operatorname{span}\{B_1,B_2\} span { B 1 , B 2 } , hence the possible ker ρ \ker\rho ker ρ are R B 1 \mathbb{R}B_1 R B 1 , R B 2 \mathbb{R}B_2 R B 2 , span { B 1 , B 2 } \operatorname{span}\{B_1,B_2\} span { B 1 , B 2 } and b \mathfrak{b} b . Note that the ideals R B 1 \mathbb{R}B_1 R B 1 and R B 2 \mathbb{R}B_2 R B 2 are conjugate if and only if c = 0 c=0 c = 0 .
VI.1: ker ρ = R B 1 \ker\rho=\mathbb{R}B_1 ker ρ = R B 1
If ker ρ = R B 1 \ker\rho=\mathbb{R}B_1 ker ρ = R B 1 , then b / ker ρ ≅ a f f ( 1 , R ) \mathfrak{b}/\ker\rho\cong\mathfrak{aff}(1,\mathbb{R}) b / ker ρ ≅ aff ( 1 , R ) and hence we may take im ρ = s θ \operatorname{im}\rho=\mathfrak{s}_\theta im ρ = s θ for θ ≠ π 4 \theta\neq\frac{\pi}{4} θ = 4 π . This means that we can choose bases where ρ ( B 1 ) = 0 \rho(B_1)=0 ρ ( B 1 ) = 0 , but
ρ ( B 2 ) = ( 0 s 0 0 ) and ρ ( B 3 ) = ( x r 0 y ) , (240) \rho(B_2)=\begin{pmatrix}0&s\\0&0\end{pmatrix}
\quad\text{and}\quad
\rho(B_3)=\begin{pmatrix}x&r\\0&y\end{pmatrix}, \tag*{(240)} ρ ( B 2 ) = ( 0 0 s 0 ) and ρ ( B 3 ) = ( x 0 r y ) , (240)
where s ≠ 0 s\neq0 s = 0 and x , y ∈ R x,y\in\mathbb{R} x , y ∈ R , ( x , y ) ≠ ( 0 , 0 ) (x,y)\neq(0,0) ( x , y ) = ( 0 , 0 ) . Using Aut ( b ) \operatorname{Aut}(\mathfrak{b}) Aut ( b ) we can rescale B 2 B_2 B 2 to make s = 1 s=1 s = 1 and translate B 3 B_3 B 3 so that r = 0 r=0 r = 0 . Demanding that [ ρ ( B 2 ) , ρ ( B 3 ) ] = ( c + 1 ) ρ ( B 2 ) [\rho(B_2),\rho(B_3)]=(c+1)\rho(B_2) [ ρ ( B 2 ) , ρ ( B 3 )] = ( c + 1 ) ρ ( B 2 ) , we find that y = x + c + 1 y=x+c+1 y = x + c + 1 . In summary, we have
ρ ( B 1 ) = 0 , ρ ( B 2 ) = ( 0 1 0 0 ) and ρ ( B 3 ) = ( x 0 0 x + c + 1 ) . (241) \rho(B_1)=0,\qquad\rho(B_2)=\begin{pmatrix}0&1\\0&0\end{pmatrix}
\quad\text{and}\quad
\rho(B_3)=\begin{pmatrix}x&0\\0&x+c+1\end{pmatrix}. \tag*{(241)} ρ ( B 1 ) = 0 , ρ ( B 2 ) = ( 0 0 1 0 ) and ρ ( B 3 ) = ( x 0 0 x + c + 1 ) . (241)
where cot θ = x x + c + 1 \cot\theta=\frac{x}{x+c+1} cot θ = x + c + 1 x . The parameter x ∈ R x\in\mathbb{R} x ∈ R determines ρ \rho ρ up to weak isomorphism. From the tables, α = 0 \alpha=0 α = 0 and ( W ∗ ) b = 0 (W^*)^b=0 ( W ∗ ) b = 0 unless x + c + 1 = 0 x+c+1=0 x + c + 1 = 0 , in which case α ∈ R e 2 ⊗ e 2 \alpha\in\mathbb{R}e^2\otimes e^2 α ∈ R e 2 ⊗ e 2 and ( W ∗ ) b = R e 2 (W^*)^b=\mathbb{R}e^2 ( W ∗ ) b = R e 2 and σ = 0 \sigma=0 σ = 0 except in the following cases:
x + c + 1 = 0 x+c+1=0 x + c + 1 = 0 , in which case σ ∈ R ( e 1 ⊗ ( e 1 ⊗ e 2 + e 2 ⊗ e 1 ) + 2 e 2 ⊗ e 2 ⊗ e 2 ) \sigma\in\mathbb{R}(e_1\otimes(e^1\otimes e^2+e^2\otimes e^1)+2e_2\otimes e^2\otimes e^2) σ ∈ R ( e 1 ⊗ ( e 1 ⊗ e 2 + e 2 ⊗ e 1 ) + 2 e 2 ⊗ e 2 ⊗ e 2 ) ;
or x + 2 c + 2 = 0 x+2c+2=0 x + 2 c + 2 = 0 , in which case σ ∈ R ( e 1 ⊗ e 2 ⊗ e 2 ) \sigma\in\mathbb{R}(e_1\otimes e^2\otimes e^2) σ ∈ R ( e 1 ⊗ e 2 ⊗ e 2 ) .
Concerning φ \varphi φ , this map has to vanish except in the following two possibilities:
x + c + 1 = 0 x+c+1=0 x + c + 1 = 0 , in which case im φ ⊆ R B 2 \operatorname{im}\varphi\subseteq\mathbb{R}B_2 im φ ⊆ R B 2 ;
or x = − c x=-c x = − c , in which case im φ ⊆ R B 1 \operatorname{im}\varphi\subseteq\mathbb{R}B_1 im φ ⊆ R B 1 .
As for the group of weak automorphisms, we obtain
Aut ( ρ ) = { ( ( b h 1 h 2 0 h 1 ) , ( a 0 u 0 b ( c + 1 ) h 2 h 1 0 0 1 ) ) | a b h 1 ≠ 0 } . (242) \operatorname{Aut}(\rho)=\left\{\left(\begin{pmatrix} b h_{1} & h_{2} \\ 0 & h_{1} \end{pmatrix},\begin{pmatrix} a & 0 & u \\ 0 & b & \frac{(c+1)h_{2}}{h_{1}} \\ 0 & 0 & 1 \end{pmatrix}\right)\middle|abh_{1}\ne0\right\}. \tag*{(242)} Aut ( ρ ) = ⎩ ⎨ ⎧ ( b h 1 0 h 2 h 1 ) , a 0 0 0 b 0 u h 1 ( c + 1 ) h 2 1 ab h 1 = 0 ⎭ ⎬ ⎫ . (242)
V I 2 \mathrm{VI}_{2} VI 2 : ker ρ = R B 2 \ker\rho=\mathbb{R}\mathrm{B}_{2} ker ρ = R B 2
First of all, note that ρ \rho ρ is not weakly equivalent to a representation in the family V I 1 \mathrm{VI}_{1} VI 1 if and only if c > 0 c>0 c > 0 , so we will assume that this is the case. Again, im ρ \operatorname{im}\rho im ρ can be taken to be s θ \mathfrak{s}_{\theta} s θ for θ ≠ π 4 \theta\ne\frac{\pi}{4} θ = 4 π in [ 0 , π ) [0,\pi) [ 0 , π ) . Using Aut ( b ) \operatorname{Aut}(\mathfrak b) Aut ( b ) and demanding that we get a representation, we find
ρ ( B 1 ) = ( 0 1 0 0 ) , ρ ( B 2 ) = 0 and ρ ( B 3 ) = ( x 0 0 x + c − 1 ) , (243) \rho(\mathrm{B}_{1})=\begin{pmatrix}0&1\\0&0\end{pmatrix},\qquad\rho(\mathrm{B}_{2})=0\qquad\text{and}\qquad\rho(\mathrm{B}_{3})=\begin{pmatrix}x&0\\0&x+c-1\end{pmatrix}, \tag*{(243)} ρ ( B 1 ) = ( 0 0 1 0 ) , ρ ( B 2 ) = 0 and ρ ( B 3 ) = ( x 0 0 x + c − 1 ) , (243)
for x ∈ R x\in\mathbb{R} x ∈ R (which determines ρ \rho ρ up to weak equivalence) and where now cot θ = x x + c − 1 \cot\theta=\frac{x}{x+c-1} cot θ = x + c − 1 x . The situation with α , σ \alpha,\sigma α , σ is just as in the previous case in terms of θ \theta θ , but the relation between x x x and θ \theta θ is different. From the tables, α = 0 \alpha=0 α = 0 and ( W ∗ ) b = 0 (W^{*})^{\mathfrak b}=0 ( W ∗ ) b = 0 unless x = 1 − c x=1-c x = 1 − c , in which case α ∈ R e 2 ⊗ e 2 \alpha\in\mathbb{R}e^{2}\otimes e^{2} α ∈ R e 2 ⊗ e 2 and ( W ∗ ) b = R e 2 (W^{*})^{\mathfrak b}=\mathbb{R}e^{2} ( W ∗ ) b = R e 2 and σ = 0 \sigma=0 σ = 0 except in the following cases:
x = 1 − c x=1-c x = 1 − c , in which case σ ∈ R ( e 1 ⊗ ( e 1 ⊗ e 2 + e 2 ⊗ e 1 ) + 2 e 2 ⊗ e 2 ⊗ e 2 ) \sigma\in\mathbb{R}(e_{1}\otimes(e^{1}\otimes e^{2}+e^{2}\otimes e^{1})+2e_{2}\otimes e^{2}\otimes e^{2}) σ ∈ R ( e 1 ⊗ ( e 1 ⊗ e 2 + e 2 ⊗ e 1 ) + 2 e 2 ⊗ e 2 ⊗ e 2 ) ;
or x = 2 ( 1 − c ) x=2(1-c) x = 2 ( 1 − c ) , in which case σ ∈ R ( e 1 ⊗ e 2 ⊗ e 2 ) \sigma\in\mathbb{R}(e_{1}\otimes e^{2}\otimes e^{2}) σ ∈ R ( e 1 ⊗ e 2 ⊗ e 2 ) .
The analysis of φ \varphi φ is mutatis mutandis as in the previous case. It is only nonzero in the following two cases:
x = 1 − c x=1-c x = 1 − c , in which case im φ ⊆ R B 1 \operatorname{im}\varphi\subseteq\mathbb{R}\mathrm{B}_{1} im φ ⊆ R B 1 ;
or x = − c x=-c x = − c , in which case im φ ⊆ R B 2 \operatorname{im}\varphi\subseteq\mathbb{R}\mathrm{B}_{2} im φ ⊆ R B 2 .
In this case, the group of weak automorphisms is
Aut ( ρ ) = { ( ( a h 1 h 2 0 h 1 ) , ( a 0 ( c − 1 ) h 2 h 1 0 b ν 0 0 1 ) ) | a b h 1 ≠ 0 } . (244) \operatorname{Aut}(\rho)=\left\{\left(\begin{pmatrix}a h_{1}&h_{2}\\0&h_{1}\end{pmatrix},\begin{pmatrix}a&0&\frac{(c-1)h_{2}}{h_{1}}\\0&b&\nu\\0&0&1\end{pmatrix}\right)\middle|abh_{1}\ne0\right\}. \tag*{(244)} Aut ( ρ ) = ⎩ ⎨ ⎧ ( a h 1 0 h 2 h 1 ) , a 0 0 0 b 0 h 1 ( c − 1 ) h 2 ν 1 ab h 1 = 0 ⎭ ⎬ ⎫ . (244)
V I 3 \mathrm{VI}_{3} VI 3 : ker ρ = span { B 1 , B 2 } \ker\rho=\operatorname{span}\{\mathrm{B}_{1},\mathrm{B}_{2}\} ker ρ = span { B 1 , B 2 } and im ρ = R ( x 0 0 1 ) \operatorname{im}\rho=\mathbb{R}\begin{pmatrix}x&0\\0&1\end{pmatrix} im ρ = R ( x 0 0 1 ) with ∣ x ∣ ≤ 1 |x|\le1 ∣ x ∣ ≤ 1
We can choose bases where ρ ( B 1 ) = ρ ( B 2 ) = 0 \rho(\mathrm{B}_{1})=\rho(\mathrm{B}_{2})=0 ρ ( B 1 ) = ρ ( B 2 ) = 0 and
ρ ( B 3 ) = ( t x 0 0 t ) where t ≠ 0 and ∣ x ∣ ≤ 1. (245) \rho(\mathrm{B}_{3})=\begin{pmatrix}tx&0\\0&t\end{pmatrix}\qquad\text{where }t\ne0\text{ and }|x|\le1. \tag*{(245)} ρ ( B 3 ) = ( t x 0 0 t ) where t = 0 and ∣ x ∣ ≤ 1. (245)
We briefly discuss isoclasses. For c = 0 c=0 c = 0 , one sees that ( t , x ) (t,x) ( t , x ) and ( t ′ , x ′ ) (t',x') ( t ′ , x ′ ) yield weakly isomorphic representations if and only if x = x ′ x=x' x = x ′ and t ′ = ± t t'=\pm t t ′ = ± t , so a complete set of isoclasses is taken by restricting ourselves to ( t , x ) ∈ R + × [ − 1 , 1 ] (t,x)\in\mathbb{R}^{+}\times[-1,1] ( t , x ) ∈ R + × [ − 1 , 1 ] . Meanwhile, for c ≠ 0 c\ne0 c = 0 we get a complete set of isoclasses by restricting ourselves to
{ ( t , x ) ∈ ( R ∖ { 0 } ) × [ − 1 , 1 ] ∣ x ≠ − 1 or t > 0 } . (246) \{(t,x)\in(\mathbb{R}\setminus\{0\})\times[-1,1]\mid x\ne-1\text{ or }t>0\}. \tag*{(246)} {( t , x ) ∈ ( R ∖ { 0 }) × [ − 1 , 1 ] ∣ x = − 1 or t > 0 } . (246)
The situation with α , σ , ( W ∗ ) b \alpha,\sigma,(W^{*})^{\mathfrak b} α , σ , ( W ∗ ) b can be read off from other cases with the same im ρ \operatorname{im}\rho im ρ (see, e.g., Section 5.4.2) and shall not be repeated.
The map φ \varphi φ always vanishes except in the following two cases:
t ( x + 1 ) = 1 − c t(x+1)=1-c t ( x + 1 ) = 1 − c , in which case im φ ⊆ R B 1 \operatorname{im}\varphi\subseteq\mathbb{R}\mathrm{B}_{1} im φ ⊆ R B 1 ;
or t ( x + 1 ) = − 1 − c t(x+1)=-1-c t ( x + 1 ) = − 1 − c , in which case im φ ⊆ R B 2 \operatorname{im}\varphi\subseteq\mathbb{R}\mathrm{B}_{2} im φ ⊆ R B 2 .
As for the weak automorphisms, we have:
Aut ( ρ ) = GL ( W ) × ( Aut ( b ) ∖ Aut ( b ) − ) , (247) \operatorname{Aut}(\rho)=\operatorname{GL}(W)\times(\operatorname{Aut}(\mathfrak b)\setminus\operatorname{Aut}(\mathfrak b)_{-}), \tag*{(247)} Aut ( ρ ) = GL ( W ) × ( Aut ( b ) ∖ Aut ( b ) − ) , (247)
where the second factor is the full automorphism group of b \mathfrak b b for $c>0.
Aut ( ρ ) = { ( ( h 1 0 0 h 2 ) , ( a u 0 b v 0 0 1 ) ) ∣ a b h 1 h 2 ≠ 0 } ∪ { ( ( 0 h 2 h 1 0 ) , ( 0 a u b 0 v 0 0 − 1 ) ) ∣ a b h 1 h 2 ≠ 0 } . (248) \operatorname{Aut}(\rho)=\left\{\left(\begin{pmatrix}h_1&0\\0&h_2\end{pmatrix},\begin{pmatrix}a&u\\0&b&v\\0&0&1\end{pmatrix}\right)\mathrel{\big|}abh_1h_2\ne0\right\}
\cup\left\{\left(\begin{pmatrix}0&h_2\\h_1&0\end{pmatrix},\begin{pmatrix}0&a&u\\b&0&v\\0&0&-1\end{pmatrix}\right)\mathrel{\big|}abh_1h_2\ne0\right\}. \tag*{(248)} Aut ( ρ ) = ⎩ ⎨ ⎧ ( h 1 0 0 h 2 ) , a 0 0 u b 0 v 1 ab h 1 h 2 = 0 ⎭ ⎬ ⎫ ∪ ⎩ ⎨ ⎧ ( 0 h 1 h 2 0 ) , 0 b 0 a 0 0 u v − 1 ab h 1 h 2 = 0 ⎭ ⎬ ⎫ . (248)
Aut ( ρ ) = { ( ( h 1 0 0 h 2 ) , ( a u 0 b v 0 0 1 ) ) ∣ a b h 1 h 2 ≠ 0 } . (249) \operatorname{Aut}(\rho)=\left\{\left(\begin{pmatrix}h_1&0\\0&h_2\end{pmatrix},\begin{pmatrix}a&u\\0&b&v\\0&0&1\end{pmatrix}\right)\mathrel{\big|}abh_1h_2\ne0\right\}. \tag*{(249)} Aut ( ρ ) = ⎩ ⎨ ⎧ ( h 1 0 0 h 2 ) , a 0 0 u b 0 v 1 ab h 1 h 2 = 0 ⎭ ⎬ ⎫ . (249)
5.6.4. VI.4: ker ρ = span { B 1 , B 2 } \ker\rho=\operatorname{span}\{B_1,B_2\} ker ρ = span { B 1 , B 2 } and im ρ ∈ R ( 1 1 0 1 ) \operatorname{im}\rho\in\mathbb{R}\begin{pmatrix}1&1\\0&1\end{pmatrix} im ρ ∈ R ( 1 0 1 1 ) . We can choose bases where ρ ( B 1 ) = ρ ( B 2 ) = 0 \rho(B_1)=\rho(B_2)=0 ρ ( B 1 ) = ρ ( B 2 ) = 0 and
ρ ( B 3 ) = ( t t 0 t ) \rho(B_3)=\begin{pmatrix}t&t\\0&t\end{pmatrix} ρ ( B 3 ) = ( t 0 t t )
where t ≠ 0 t\ne0 t = 0 . {#eq:5.130}
One sees that for c > 0 c>0 c > 0 each t t t determines the isoclass of ρ \rho ρ , while for c = 0 c=0 c = 0 we have to restrict ourselves to t > 0 t>0 t > 0 to get a complete set of isoclasses. The situation with α , σ , ( W ∗ ) b \alpha,\sigma,(\mathrm{W}^*)^b α , σ , ( W ∗ ) b can be read off from other cases with the same im ρ \operatorname{im}\rho im ρ (see, e.g., Section 5.4.3) and shall not be repeated. In addition, we see that φ = 0 \varphi=0 φ = 0 except in two cases:
t = 1 − c 2 t=\frac{1-c}{2} t = 2 1 − c , in which case im φ ⊆ R B 1 \operatorname{im}\varphi\subseteq\mathbb{R}B_1 im φ ⊆ R B 1 ;
or t = − 1 + c 2 t=-\frac{1+c}{2} t = − 2 1 + c , in which case im φ ⊆ R B 2 \operatorname{im}\varphi\subseteq\mathbb{R}B_2 im φ ⊆ R B 2 .
The weak automorphism group is
Aut ( ρ ) = { ( ( h 1 h 2 0 h 1 ) , ( a u 0 b v 0 0 1 ) ) ∣ a b h 1 ≠ 0 } . (250) \operatorname{Aut}(\rho)=\left\{\left(\begin{pmatrix}h_1&h_2\\0&h_1\end{pmatrix},\begin{pmatrix}a&u\\0&b&v\\0&0&1\end{pmatrix}\right)\mathrel{\big|}abh_1\ne0\right\}. \tag*{(250)} Aut ( ρ ) = ⎩ ⎨ ⎧ ( h 1 0 h 2 h 1 ) , a 0 0 u b 0 v 1 ab h 1 = 0 ⎭ ⎬ ⎫ . (250)
5.6.5. VI.5: ker ρ = span { B 1 , B 2 } \ker\rho=\operatorname{span}\{B_1,B_2\} ker ρ = span { B 1 , B 2 } and im ρ ∈ R ( 0 1 0 0 ) \operatorname{im}\rho\in\mathbb{R}\begin{pmatrix}0&1\\0&0\end{pmatrix} im ρ ∈ R ( 0 0 1 0 ) . We can choose bases where ρ ( B 1 ) = ρ ( B 2 ) = 0 \rho(B_1)=\rho(B_2)=0 ρ ( B 1 ) = ρ ( B 2 ) = 0 and we may put ρ ( B 3 ) \rho(B_3) ρ ( B 3 ) in Jordan normal form to get
ρ ( B 3 ) = ( 0 1 0 0 ) . (251) \rho(B_3)=\begin{pmatrix}0&1\\0&0\end{pmatrix}. \tag*{(251)} ρ ( B 3 ) = ( 0 0 1 0 ) . (251)
The situation with α , σ , ( W ∗ ) b \alpha,\sigma,(\mathrm{W}^*)^b α , σ , ( W ∗ ) b can be read off from other cases with the same im ρ \operatorname{im}\rho im ρ (see, e.g., Section 5.4.4) and shall not be repeated. The map φ \varphi φ is readily seen to be zero.
The weak automorphism group is
Aut ( ρ ) = { ( ( h 1 h 2 0 h 1 ) , ( a u 0 b v 0 0 1 ) ) ∣ a b h 1 ≠ 0 } , (252) \operatorname{Aut}(\rho)=\left\{\left(\begin{pmatrix}h_1&h_2\\0&h_1\end{pmatrix},\begin{pmatrix}a&u\\0&b&v\\0&0&1\end{pmatrix}\right)\mathrel{\big|}abh_1\ne0\right\}, \tag*{(252)} Aut ( ρ ) = ⎩ ⎨ ⎧ ( h 1 0 h 2 h 1 ) , a 0 0 u b 0 v 1 ab h 1 = 0 ⎭ ⎬ ⎫ , (252)
and for c = 0 c=0 c = 0 we get the additional automorphisms
Aut ( ρ ) − = { ( ( h 1 h 2 0 − h 1 ) , ( 0 a u b 0 v 0 0 − 1 ) ) ∣ a b h 1 ≠ 0 } . (253) \operatorname{Aut}(\rho)_{-}=\left\{\left(\begin{pmatrix}h_1&h_2\\0&-h_1\end{pmatrix},\begin{pmatrix}0&a&u\\b&0&v\\0&0&-1\end{pmatrix}\right)\mathrel{\big|}abh_1\ne0\right\}. \tag*{(253)} Aut ( ρ ) − = ⎩ ⎨ ⎧ ( h 1 0 h 2 − h 1 ) , 0 b 0 a 0 0 u v − 1 ab h 1 = 0 ⎭ ⎬ ⎫ . (253)
5.6.6. ∇6: ker ρ = span { B 1 , B 2 } \ker\rho= \operatorname{span}\{B_1,B_2\} ker ρ = span { B 1 , B 2 } and im ρ ⊂ R ( y − 1 1 y ) \operatorname{im}\rho\subset\mathbb{R}\begin{pmatrix} y & -1 \\ 1 & y \end{pmatrix} im ρ ⊂ R ( y 1 − 1 y ) with y ≥ 0 y \ge0 y ≥ 0 . We can choose bases where ρ ( B 1 ) = ρ ( B 2 ) = 0 \rho(B_1)=\rho(B_2)=0 ρ ( B 1 ) = ρ ( B 2 ) = 0 and
ρ ( B 3 ) = ( t y − t t t y ) (254) \rho(B_3)=\begin{pmatrix} ty & -t \\ t & ty \end{pmatrix} \tag*{(254)} ρ ( B 3 ) = ( t y t − t t y ) (254)
where t ≠ 0 t \ne0 t = 0 and y ≥ 0 y \ge0 y ≥ 0 .
We first comment on weak isoclasses. If c > 0 c>0 c > 0 , then two pairs ( t , y ) (t,y) ( t , y ) and ( t ′ , y ′ ) (t',y') ( t ′ , y ′ ) give weakly equivalent representations if and only if t = y ′ t=y' t = y ′ or y = y ′ y=y' y = y ′ and t ′ = ± t t'=\pm t t ′ = ± t , so we obtain a complete set of isoclasses by taking ( t , y ) (t,y) ( t , y ) to be in the set
{ ( t , y ) ∈ ( R ∖ { 0 } ) × [ 0 , ∞ ) ∣ t > 0 or y > 0 } . (255) \{(t,y)\in(\mathbb{R}\setminus\{0\})\times[0,\infty)\mid t>0\text{ or }y>0\}. \tag*{(255)} {( t , y ) ∈ ( R ∖ { 0 }) × [ 0 , ∞ ) ∣ t > 0 or y > 0 } . (255)
However, for c = 0 c=0 c = 0 we see that ( t , y ) (t,y) ( t , y ) and ( t ′ , y ′ ) (t',y') ( t ′ , y ′ ) give weakly equivalent representations if and only if ∣ t ′ ∣ = ∣ t ∣ |t'|=|t| ∣ t ′ ∣ = ∣ t ∣ and y ′ = y y'=y y ′ = y , so we get a complete set of isoclasses by only choosing pairs ( t , y ) (t,y) ( t , y ) with t > 0 t>0 t > 0 . The situation with α , σ , ( W ∗ ) b \alpha,\sigma,(\mathcal{W}^{*})^{b} α , σ , ( W ∗ ) b can be read off from other cases with the same im ρ \operatorname{im}\rho im ρ (see, e.g., Section 5.4.5) and shall not be repeated.
A computation yields that φ = 0 \varphi=0 φ = 0 except in two cases:
t y = 1 − c 2 ty=\frac{1-c}{2} t y = 2 1 − c , in which case im φ ⊂ R B 1 \operatorname{im}\varphi\subset\mathbb{R}B_1 im φ ⊂ R B 1 ;
or t y = − 1 + c 2 ty=-\frac{1+c}{2} t y = − 2 1 + c , in which case im φ ⊂ R B 2 \operatorname{im}\varphi\subset\mathbb{R}B_2 im φ ⊂ R B 2 .
Finally, for c > 0 c>0 c > 0 or c = 0 c=0 c = 0 and y ≠ 0 y\ne0 y = 0 we have
Aut ( ρ ) = { ( ( h 1 h 2 − h 2 h 1 ) , ( a 0 u 0 b v 0 0 1 ) ) | a b ( h 1 2 + h 2 2 ) ≠ 0 } . (256) \operatorname{Aut}(\rho)=\left\{\left(\begin{pmatrix} h_1 & h_2 \\ -h_2 & h_1 \end{pmatrix},\begin{pmatrix} a & 0 & u \\ 0 & b & v \\ 0 & 0 & 1 \end{pmatrix}\right)\middle|ab(h_1^2+h_2^2)\ne0\right\}. \tag*{(256)} Aut ( ρ ) = ⎩ ⎨ ⎧ ( h 1 − h 2 h 2 h 1 ) , a 0 0 0 b 0 u v 1 ab ( h 1 2 + h 2 2 ) = 0 ⎭ ⎬ ⎫ . (256)
while for ( c , y ) = ( 0 , 0 ) (c,y)=(0,0) ( c , y ) = ( 0 , 0 ) we obtain
Aut ( ρ ) = { ( ( h 1 h 2 − h 2 h 1 ) , ( a 0 u 0 b v 0 0 1 ) ) | a b ( h 1 2 + h 2 2 ) ≠ 0 } ∪ { ( ( h 1 h 2 h 2 − h 1 ) , ( 0 a u b 0 v 0 0 − 1 ) ) | a b ( h 1 2 + h 2 2 ) ≠ 0 } . (257) \operatorname{Aut}(\rho)=\left\{\left(\begin{pmatrix} h_1 & h_2 \\ -h_2 & h_1 \end{pmatrix},\begin{pmatrix} a & 0 & u \\ 0 & b & v \\ 0 & 0 & 1 \end{pmatrix}\right)\middle|ab(h_1^2+h_2^2)\ne0\right\}
\cup
\left\{\left(\begin{pmatrix} h_1 & h_2 \\ h_2 & -h_1 \end{pmatrix},\begin{pmatrix} 0 & a & u \\ b & 0 & v \\ 0 & 0 & -1 \end{pmatrix}\right)\middle|ab(h_1^2+h_2^2)\ne0\right\}. \tag*{(257)} Aut ( ρ ) = ⎩ ⎨ ⎧ ( h 1 − h 2 h 2 h 1 ) , a 0 0 0 b 0 u v 1 ab ( h 1 2 + h 2 2 ) = 0 ⎭ ⎬ ⎫ ∪ ⎩ ⎨ ⎧ ( h 1 h 2 h 2 − h 1 ) , 0 b 0 a 0 0 u v − 1 ab ( h 1 2 + h 2 2 ) = 0 ⎭ ⎬ ⎫ . (257)
5.6.7. ∇I7: ρ = 0 \rho=0 ρ = 0 . As usual α , σ \alpha,\sigma α , σ are unconstrained and all of W ∗ \mathcal{W}^{*} W ∗ is invariant, but im φ \operatorname{im}\varphi im φ is central and hence zero, since c ≠ 1 c\ne1 c = 1 . The group of weak automorphisms is trivially
Aut ( ρ ) = GL ( W ) × Aut ( b ) . (258) \operatorname{Aut}(\rho)=\operatorname{GL}(\mathcal{W})\times\operatorname{Aut}(\mathfrak{b}). \tag*{(258)} Aut ( ρ ) = GL ( W ) × Aut ( b ) . (258)
5.6.8. Summary. We summarise the results of this section in Table 11 , with the same notation as that explained in Table 6 .
Table 11. Two-dimensional real representations of Bianchi V I I 1 ≠ c ≥ 0 \mathrm{VII}_{1\neq c\geq0} VII 1 = c ≥ 0 .
Bianchi VIIc>0
This is the solvable Lie algebra with nonzero brackets [ B 1 , B 3 ] = c B 1 − B 2 [B_1,B_3]=cB_1-B_2 [ B 1 , B 3 ] = c B 1 − B 2 and [ B 2 , B 3 ] = B 1 + c B 2 [B_2,B_3]=B_1+cB_2 [ B 2 , B 3 ] = B 1 + c B 2 , where c ≥ 0 c\ge0 c ≥ 0 . The automorphism group depends on whether or not c = 0 c=0 c = 0 . If c > 0 c>0 c > 0 , then
Aut ( b ) = { ( a b u − b a v 0 0 1 ) | a 2 + b 2 > 0 } . (259) \operatorname{Aut}(\mathfrak{b})=\left\{\begin{pmatrix} a & b & u \\ -b & a & v \\ 0 & 0 & 1 \end{pmatrix}\middle|a^2+b^2>0\right\}. \tag*{(259)} Aut ( b ) = ⎩ ⎨ ⎧ a − b 0 b a 0 u v 1 a 2 + b 2 > 0 ⎭ ⎬ ⎫ . (259)
If c = 0 c=0 c = 0 then there are additional automorphisms
Aut ( b ) − = { ( a b u b − a v 0 0 − 1 ) | a 2 + b 2 > 0 } . (260) \operatorname{Aut}(\mathfrak{b})_-=\left\{\begin{pmatrix} a & b & u \\ b & -a & v \\ 0 & 0 & -1 \end{pmatrix}\middle|a^2+b^2>0\right\}. \tag*{(260)} Aut ( b ) − = ⎩ ⎨ ⎧ a b 0 b − a 0 u v − 1 a 2 + b 2 > 0 ⎭ ⎬ ⎫ . (260)
There is a unique proper ideal [ b , b ] = span { B 1 , B 2 } [\mathfrak{b},\mathfrak{b}]=\operatorname{span}\{B_1,B_2\} [ b , b ] = span { B 1 , B 2 } and this means that for every two-dimensional representation ρ : b → g l ( W ) \rho:\mathfrak{b}\to\mathfrak{gl}(\mathcal{W}) ρ : b → gl ( W ) , the space Hom b ( ∧ 2 W , b ) \operatorname{Hom}_{\mathfrak{b}}(\wedge^2\mathcal{W},\mathfrak{b}) Hom b ( ∧ 2 W , b ) is trivial because otherwise the image of a nonzero equivariant map ∧ 2 W → b \wedge^2\mathcal{W}\to\mathfrak{b} ∧ 2 W → b would be a one-dimensional ideal. This means that φ = 0 \varphi=0 φ = 0 in every case.
The possible ker ρ \ker\rho ker ρ are b \mathfrak b b , b \mathfrak b b itself. Since the quotient b / [ b , b ] \mathfrak b/[\mathfrak b,\mathfrak b] b / [ b , b ] is a one-dimensional Lie algebra, we have four cases to consider.
5.7.1. V I I .1 \mathrm{VII}.1 VII .1 : ker ρ = span { B 1 , B 2 } \ker\rho=\operatorname{span}\{B_1,B_2\} ker ρ = span { B 1 , B 2 } and im ρ = R ( x 0 0 1 ) \operatorname{im}\rho=\mathbb{R}\begin{pmatrix}x&0\\0&1\end{pmatrix} im ρ = R ( x 0 0 1 ) with ∣ x ∣ ≤ 1 \lvert x\rvert\leq1 ∣ x ∣ ≤ 1 . We may choose bases such that ρ ( B 1 ) = ρ ( B 2 ) = 0 \rho(B_1)=\rho(B_2)=0 ρ ( B 1 ) = ρ ( B 2 ) = 0 and
ρ ( B 3 ) = ( t x 0 0 t ) with t ≠ 0. (261) \rho(B_3)=\begin{pmatrix}tx&0\\0&t\end{pmatrix}\qquad\text{with }t\neq0. \tag*{(261)} ρ ( B 3 ) = ( t x 0 0 t ) with t = 0. (261)
If c = 0 c=0 c = 0 , a complete set of isoclasses is obtained by assuming t > 0 t>0 t > 0 , whereas for c > 0 c>0 c > 0 we get a complete set of isoclasses by restricting ourselves to the set
{ ( t , x ) ∈ ( R ∖ { 0 } ) × [ − 1 , 1 ] ∣ x ≠ − 1 or t > 0 } . (262) \{(t,x)\in(\mathbb{R}\setminus\{0\})\times[-1,1]\mid x\neq-1\text{ or }t>0\}. \tag*{(262)} {( t , x ) ∈ ( R ∖ { 0 }) × [ − 1 , 1 ] ∣ x = − 1 or t > 0 } . (262)
We may read off the results for α , σ , ( W ∗ ) b \alpha,\sigma,(W^*)^b α , σ , ( W ∗ ) b from any other case with the same im ρ \operatorname{im}\rho im ρ (see, e.g., Section 5.4.2), so we shall not repeat them here. The map φ = 0 \varphi=0 φ = 0 automatically. If x = 1 x=1 x = 1 , then the weak automorphism group is
Aut ( ρ ) = G L ( W ) × ( Aut ( b ) ∖ Aut ( b ) − ) . (263) \operatorname{Aut}(\rho)=\mathrm{GL}(W)\times\bigl(\operatorname{Aut}(\mathfrak b)\setminus\operatorname{Aut}(\mathfrak b)_-\bigr). \tag*{(263)} Aut ( ρ ) = GL ( W ) × ( Aut ( b ) ∖ Aut ( b ) − ) . (263)
For x = − 1 x=-1 x = − 1 and c = 0 c=0 c = 0 , we obtain
Aut ( ρ ) = { ( ( h 1 0 0 h 2 ) , ( a b u − b a v 0 0 1 ) ) | h 1 h 2 ( a 2 + b 2 ) ≠ 0 } \operatorname{Aut}(\rho)=
\left\{
\left(
\begin{pmatrix}h_1&0\\0&h_2\end{pmatrix},
\begin{pmatrix}a&b&u\\-b&a&v\\0&0&1\end{pmatrix}
\right)\middle|h_1h_2(a^2+b^2)\neq0
\right\} Aut ( ρ ) = ⎩ ⎨ ⎧ ( h 1 0 0 h 2 ) , a − b 0 b a 0 u v 1 h 1 h 2 ( a 2 + b 2 ) = 0 ⎭ ⎬ ⎫
∪ { ( ( 0 h 2 h 1 0 ) , ( a b u b − a v 0 0 − 1 ) ) | h 1 h 2 ( a 2 + b 2 ) ≠ 0 } . (264) \qquad\cup
\left\{
\left(
\begin{pmatrix}0&h_2\\h_1&0\end{pmatrix},
\begin{pmatrix}a&b&u\\b&-a&v\\0&0&-1\end{pmatrix}
\right)\middle|h_1h_2(a^2+b^2)\neq0
\right\}. \tag*{(264)} ∪ ⎩ ⎨ ⎧ ( 0 h 1 h 2 0 ) , a b 0 b − a 0 u v − 1 h 1 h 2 ( a 2 + b 2 ) = 0 ⎭ ⎬ ⎫ . (264)
Finally, for x ≠ ± 1 x\neq\pm1 x = ± 1 or c > 0 c>0 c > 0 and x ≠ 1 x\neq1 x = 1 , we get
Aut ( ρ ) = { ( ( h 1 0 0 h 2 ) , ( a b u − b a v 0 0 1 ) ) | h 1 h 2 ( a 2 + b 2 ) ≠ 0 } . (265) \operatorname{Aut}(\rho)=
\left\{
\left(
\begin{pmatrix}h_1&0\\0&h_2\end{pmatrix},
\begin{pmatrix}a&b&u\\-b&a&v\\0&0&1\end{pmatrix}
\right)\middle|h_1h_2(a^2+b^2)\neq0
\right\}. \tag*{(265)} Aut ( ρ ) = ⎩ ⎨ ⎧ ( h 1 0 0 h 2 ) , a − b 0 b a 0 u v 1 h 1 h 2 ( a 2 + b 2 ) = 0 ⎭ ⎬ ⎫ . (265)
VII.2: ker ρ = span { B 1 , B 2 } \ker\rho= \operatorname{span}\{B_1,B_2\} ker ρ = span { B 1 , B 2 } and im ρ = R ( 1 1 0 1 ) \operatorname{im}\rho= \mathbb{R}\begin{pmatrix}1 & 1\\0 & 1\end{pmatrix} im ρ = R ( 1 0 1 1 )
We may choose bases such that ρ ( B 1 ) = ρ ( B 2 ) = 0 \rho(B_1)=\rho(B_2)=0 ρ ( B 1 ) = ρ ( B 2 ) = 0 and
ρ ( B 3 ) = ( t t 0 t ) with t ≠ 0. (266) \rho(B_3)=\begin{pmatrix}t & t\\0 & t\end{pmatrix}\quad\text{with }t\ne0. \tag*{(266)} ρ ( B 3 ) = ( t 0 t t ) with t = 0. (266)
If c > 0 c>0 c > 0 , then t t t determines ρ \rho ρ up to isomorphism, whereas for c = 0 c=0 c = 0 we have to assume t > 0 t>0 t > 0 to get a complete set of isoclasses. This is very similar to the previous case: we may read off α , σ , ( W ∗ ) b \alpha,\sigma,(\mathcal{W}^*)^{\mathfrak b} α , σ , ( W ∗ ) b from, e.g., Section 5.4.3. As explained earlier, φ = 0 \varphi=0 φ = 0 . The weak automorphism group is
Aut ( ρ ) = { ( ( h 1 h 2 0 h 1 ) , ( a b u − b a v 0 0 1 ) ) | h 1 ( a 2 + b 2 ) ≠ 0 } . (267) \operatorname{Aut}(\rho)=\left\{\left(\begin{pmatrix}h_1 & h_2\\0 & h_1\end{pmatrix},\begin{pmatrix}a & b & u\\-b & a & v\\0 & 0 & 1\end{pmatrix}\right)\,\middle|\,h_1(a^2+b^2)\ne0\right\}. \tag*{(267)} Aut ( ρ ) = ⎩ ⎨ ⎧ ( h 1 0 h 2 h 1 ) , a − b 0 b a 0 u v 1 h 1 ( a 2 + b 2 ) = 0 ⎭ ⎬ ⎫ . (267)
VII.3: ker ρ = span { B 1 , B 2 } \ker\rho= \operatorname{span}\{B_1,B_2\} ker ρ = span { B 1 , B 2 } and im ρ = R ( 0 1 0 0 ) \operatorname{im}\rho= \mathbb{R}\begin{pmatrix}0 & 1\\0 & 0\end{pmatrix} im ρ = R ( 0 0 1 0 )
We may choose bases such that ρ ( B 1 ) = ρ ( B 2 ) = 0 \rho(B_1)=\rho(B_2)=0 ρ ( B 1 ) = ρ ( B 2 ) = 0 and putting ρ ( B 3 ) \rho(B_3) ρ ( B 3 ) in Jordan form we obtain
ρ ( B 3 ) = ( 0 1 0 0 ) . (268) \rho(B_3)=\begin{pmatrix}0 & 1\\0 & 0\end{pmatrix}. \tag*{(268)} ρ ( B 3 ) = ( 0 0 1 0 ) . (268)
We can read off α , σ , ( W ∗ ) b \alpha,\sigma,(\mathcal{W}^*)^{\mathfrak b} α , σ , ( W ∗ ) b from, e.g., Section 5.4.4. As before, φ = 0 \varphi=0 φ = 0 . The group of weak automorphisms when c > 0 c>0 c > 0 is
Aut ( ρ ) = { ( ( h 1 h 2 0 h 1 ) , ( a b u − b a v 0 0 1 ) ) | h 1 ( a 2 + b 2 ) ≠ 0 } , (269) \operatorname{Aut}(\rho)=\left\{\left(\begin{pmatrix}h_1 & h_2\\0 & h_1\end{pmatrix},\begin{pmatrix}a & b & u\\-b & a & v\\0 & 0 & 1\end{pmatrix}\right)\,\middle|\,h_1(a^2+b^2)\ne0\right\}, \tag*{(269)} Aut ( ρ ) = ⎩ ⎨ ⎧ ( h 1 0 h 2 h 1 ) , a − b 0 b a 0 u v 1 h 1 ( a 2 + b 2 ) = 0 ⎭ ⎬ ⎫ , (269)
while for c = 0 c=0 c = 0 we get extra automorphisms of the form
Aut ( ρ ) − = { ( ( h 1 h 2 0 − h 1 ) , ( a b − u b − a v 0 0 − 1 ) ) | h 1 ( a 2 + b 2 ) ≠ 0 } . (270) \operatorname{Aut}(\rho)_{-}=\left\{\left(\begin{pmatrix}h_1 & h_2\\0 & -h_1\end{pmatrix},\begin{pmatrix}a & b & -u\\b& -a & v\\0 & 0 & -1\end{pmatrix}\right)\,\middle|\,h_1(a^2+b^2)\ne0\right\}. \tag*{(270)} Aut ( ρ ) − = ⎩ ⎨ ⎧ ( h 1 0 h 2 − h 1 ) , a b 0 b − a 0 − u v − 1 h 1 ( a 2 + b 2 ) = 0 ⎭ ⎬ ⎫ . (270)
VII.4: ker ρ = span { B 1 , B 2 } \ker\rho= \operatorname{span}\{B_1,B_2\} ker ρ = span { B 1 , B 2 } and im ρ = R ( y − 1 1 y ) \operatorname{im}\rho= \mathbb{R}\begin{pmatrix}y & -1\\1 & y\end{pmatrix} im ρ = R ( y 1 − 1 y ) with y ≥ 0 y\ge0 y ≥ 0
We may choose bases such that ρ ( B 1 ) = ρ ( B 2 ) = 0 \rho(B_1)=\rho(B_2)=0 ρ ( B 1 ) = ρ ( B 2 ) = 0 and
ρ ( B 3 ) = ( t y − t t t y ) with t ≠ 0. (271) \rho(B_3)=\begin{pmatrix}ty & -t\\t& ty\end{pmatrix}\quad\text{with }t\ne0. \tag*{(271)} ρ ( B 3 ) = ( t y t − t t y ) with t = 0. (271)
If c > 0 c>0 c > 0 , then a complete set of weak isoclasses of representations is obtained by taking ( t , y ) (t,y) ( t , y ) in the set
{ ( t , y ) ∈ ( R ∖ { 0 } ) × [ 0 , ∞ ) ∣ t > 0 or y > 0 } . (272) \{(t,y)\in(\mathbb{R}\setminus\{0\})\times[0,\infty)\mid t>0\text{ or }y>0\}. \tag*{(272)} {( t , y ) ∈ ( R ∖ { 0 }) × [ 0 , ∞ ) ∣ t > 0 or y > 0 } . (272)
However, for c = 0 c=0 c = 0 we have to assume t > 0 t>0 t > 0 to get a complete set of isoclasses. We may read off α , σ , ( W ∗ ) b \alpha,\sigma,(\mathcal{W}^*)^{\mathfrak b} α , σ , ( W ∗ ) b from, e.g., Section 5.4.5. Again φ = 0 \varphi=0 φ = 0 automatically. As for Aut ( ρ ) \operatorname{Aut}(\rho) Aut ( ρ ) , we have:
Aut ( ρ ) = { ( ( h 1 h 2 − ε h 2 ε h 1 ) , ( a b u − ε b ε a v 0 0 ε ) ) | ( h 1 2 + h 2 2 ) ( a 2 + b 2 ) ≠ 0 , ε = ± 1 } . (273) \operatorname{Aut}(\rho)=\left\{\left(\begin{pmatrix}h_1 & h_2\\-\varepsilon h_2 & \varepsilon h_1\end{pmatrix},\begin{pmatrix}a & b & u\\-\varepsilon b & \varepsilon a & v\\0 & 0 & \varepsilon\end{pmatrix}\right)\,\middle|\,(h_1^2+h_2^2)(a^2+b^2)\ne0,\ \varepsilon=\pm1\right\}. \tag*{(273)} Aut ( ρ ) = ⎩ ⎨ ⎧ ( h 1 − ε h 2 h 2 ε h 1 ) , a − ε b 0 b ε a 0 u v ε ( h 1 2 + h 2 2 ) ( a 2 + b 2 ) = 0 , ε = ± 1 ⎭ ⎬ ⎫ . (273)
Aut ( ρ ) = { ( ( h 1 h 2 − h 2 h 1 ) , ( a b u − b a v 0 0 1 ) ) | ( h 1 2 + h 2 2 ) ( a 2 + b 2 ) ≠ 0 } . (274) \operatorname{Aut}(\rho)=\left\{\left(\begin{pmatrix}h_1 & h_2\\-h_2 & h_1\end{pmatrix},\begin{pmatrix}a & b & u\\-b & a & v\\0 & 0 & 1\end{pmatrix}\right)\,\middle|\,(h_1^2+h_2^2)(a^2+b^2)\ne0\right\}. \tag*{(274)} Aut ( ρ ) = ⎩ ⎨ ⎧ ( h 1 − h 2 h 2 h 1 ) , a − b 0 b a 0 u v 1 ( h 1 2 + h 2 2 ) ( a 2 + b 2 ) = 0 ⎭ ⎬ ⎫ . (274)
VII.5: ρ = 0 \rho=0 ρ = 0
Here α , σ \alpha,\sigma α , σ are unconstrained and all of W ∗ \mathcal{W}^* W ∗ is invariant, whereas φ \varphi φ is zero since b \mathfrak b b has trivial centre. We obviously have
Aut ( ρ ) = GL ( W ) × Aut ( b ) . (275) \operatorname{Aut}(\rho)=\operatorname{GL}(\mathcal{W})\times\operatorname{Aut}(\mathfrak b). \tag*{(275)} Aut ( ρ ) = GL ( W ) × Aut ( b ) . (275)
Summary. We summarise the results of this section in Table 12 , with the same notation as that explained in Table 6 .
Table 12. Two-dimensional real representations of Bianchi VIIc ≥ 0 _{c\geq0} c ≥ 0 .
Bianchi VIII
This is b = s l ( 2 , R ) \mathfrak{b}=\mathfrak{sl}(2,\mathbb{R}) b = sl ( 2 , R ) , which is simple. The Lie brackets are [ B 1 , B 2 ] = − B 3 [B_1,B_2]=-B_3 [ B 1 , B 2 ] = − B 3 , [ B 2 , B 3 ] = B 1 [B_2,B_3]=B_1 [ B 2 , B 3 ] = B 1 and [ B 1 , B 3 ] = − B 2 [B_1,B_3]=-B_2 [ B 1 , B 3 ] = − B 2 . There are no proper ideals. So we have to consider two cases: either ρ = 0 \rho=0 ρ = 0 or else ρ \rho ρ is an isomorphism.
VIII.1: ker ρ = 0 \ker\rho=0 ker ρ = 0
If ρ \rho ρ is an isomorphism, then ρ \rho ρ is equivalent to the standard representation. We know from the tables that α = 0 \alpha=0 α = 0 , ( W ∗ ) b = 0 (W^*)^{\mathfrak b}=0 ( W ∗ ) b = 0 and σ : S 2 W → W \sigma:S^2W\to W σ : S 2 W → W has to be zero, since S 2 W S^2W S 2 W is the adjoint representation which is irreducible and inequivalent to the 2-dimensional defining representation. Because s l ( 2 , R ) \mathfrak{sl}(2,\mathbb{R}) sl ( 2 , R ) has no one-dimensional ideals, it follows directly that any equivariant map φ : Λ 2 W → b \varphi:\Lambda^2W\to\mathfrak b φ : Λ 2 W → b is zero. The group of weak automorphisms is
Aut ( ρ ) = { ( g , Ad ( g ) ) ∣ g ∈ GL ( 2 , R ) } . (276) \operatorname{Aut}(\rho)=\{(g,\operatorname{Ad}(g))\mid g\in\operatorname{GL}(2,\mathbb{R})\}. \tag*{(276)} Aut ( ρ ) = {( g , Ad ( g )) ∣ g ∈ GL ( 2 , R )} . (276)
VIII.2: ρ = 0 \rho=0 ρ = 0
Here, α , σ \alpha,\sigma α , σ are unconstrained and all of W ∗ W^* W ∗ is invariant, but because b \mathfrak b b has zero centre, φ \varphi φ is zero. The group of weak automorphisms is clearly
Aut ( ρ ) = GL ( W ) × Aut ( b ) . (277) \operatorname{Aut}(\rho)=\operatorname{GL}(W)\times\operatorname{Aut}(\mathfrak b). \tag*{(277)} Aut ( ρ ) = GL ( W ) × Aut ( b ) . (277)
Bianchi IX
This is b = s u ( 2 ) \mathfrak b=\mathfrak{su}(2) b = su ( 2 ) , which is simple and has no nontrivial two-dimensional real representations. Hence the only possibility here is ρ = 0 \rho=0 ρ = 0 . Hence α , σ \alpha,\sigma α , σ are unconstrained and all of W ∗ W^* W ∗ is invariant, but since b \mathfrak b b has trivial centre, φ \varphi φ is zero. Clearly, the group of weak automorphisms is
Aut ( ρ ) = GL ( W ) × Aut ( b ) . (278) \operatorname{Aut}(\rho)=\operatorname{GL}(W)\times\operatorname{Aut}(\mathfrak b). \tag*{(278)} Aut ( ρ ) = GL ( W ) × Aut ( b ) . (278)
Classification of (3,2)-KLAs
In this section we classify ( 3 , 2 ) (3,2) ( 3 , 2 ) -kinematical algebras with spatial isotropy of dimension larger than 2. In particular, we provide the proofs of Theorems C and D stated in the Introduction.
As we have seen in § 2 , for every ( 3 , 2 ) (3,2) ( 3 , 2 ) -KLA g = s o ( V ) ⊕ ( V ⊗ W ) ⊕ b \mathfrak g=\mathfrak{so}(V)\oplus(V\otimes W)\oplus\mathfrak b g = so ( V ) ⊕ ( V ⊗ W ) ⊕ b (with dim V = d ≥ 3 \dim V=d\geq3 dim V = d ≥ 3 ) the subspace b \mathfrak b b is a Lie subalgebra, and therefore the direct sum h = s o ( V ) ⊕ b \mathfrak h=\mathfrak{so}(V)\oplus\mathfrak b h = so ( V ) ⊕ b is also a Lie subalgebra. Moreover, the adjoint representation ad h \operatorname{ad}_{\mathfrak h} ad h decomposes g \mathfrak g g into a direct sum of modules g = h ⊕ ( V ⊗ W ) \mathfrak g=\mathfrak h\oplus(V\otimes W) g = h ⊕ ( V ⊗ W ) , where V V V is the vector representation of s o ( V ) \mathfrak{so}(V) so ( V ) and W W W is a (real) two-dimensional representation of the Bianchi algebra b \mathfrak b b .
Now, suppose that we are given a Bianchi algebra b \mathfrak{b} b and a two-dimensional representation W W W of b \mathfrak{b} b , so that V ⊗ W V \otimes W V ⊗ W becomes a representation of h = s o ( V ) ⊕ b \mathfrak{h}=\mathfrak{so}(V)\oplus\mathfrak{b} h = so ( V ) ⊕ b . Then we can construct a ( 3 , 2 ) (3,2) ( 3 , 2 ) -KLA structure on g = h ⊕ ( V ⊗ W ) \mathfrak{g}=\mathfrak{h}\oplus(V\otimes W) g = h ⊕ ( V ⊗ W ) by viewing V ⊗ W V\otimes W V ⊗ W as the 2 d 2d 2 d -dimensional abelian algebra and setting g = h ⋉ ( V ⊗ W ) \mathfrak{g}=\mathfrak{h}\ltimes(V\otimes W) g = h ⋉ ( V ⊗ W ) . We say in this case that g \mathfrak{g} g is the split abelian extension of h \mathfrak{h} h by V ⊗ W V\otimes W V ⊗ W :
0 ⟶ V ⊗ W ⟶ g ⟶ h ⟶ 0. (279) 0 \longrightarrow V\otimes W \longrightarrow\mathfrak{g} \longrightarrow\mathfrak{h} \longrightarrow0. \tag*{(279)} 0 ⟶ V ⊗ W ⟶ g ⟶ h ⟶ 0. (279)
Example 6.1. As mentioned in the introduction, minimally breaking the spatial isotropy of Galilei spacetime gives rise to a homogeneous spacetime of a ( 3 , 2 ) (3,2) ( 3 , 2 ) -KLA. In this case, it is not difficult to see that the ( 3 , 2 ) (3,2) ( 3 , 2 ) -KLA is a split abelian extension associated to the representation II.6 of Bianchi II.
We shall take the existence of these ( 3 , 2 ) (3,2) ( 3 , 2 ) -KLAs as accounted for and not mention them explicitly for the remainder of this section. We concentrate instead on those ( 3 , 2 ) (3,2) ( 3 , 2 ) -KLAs g \mathfrak{g} g with nontrivial Lie bracket ⋀ 2 ( V ⊗ W ) → g \bigwedge^{2}(V\otimes W)\to\mathfrak{g} ⋀ 2 ( V ⊗ W ) → g .
( 3 , 2 ) (3,2) ( 3 , 2 ) -KLAs with d > 3 d>3 d > 3
Let g \mathfrak{g} g be a ( 3 , 2 ) (3,2) ( 3 , 2 ) -KLA for which d > 3 d>3 d > 3 . Due to Theorem A the Lie bracket of g \mathfrak{g} g is determined by a two-dimensional real representation ρ : b → g l ( W ) \rho:\mathfrak{b}\to\mathfrak{gl}(W) ρ : b → gl ( W ) of a Bianchi Lie algebra b \mathfrak{b} b and a b \mathfrak{b} b -equivariant map φ : ⋀ 2 W → b \varphi:\bigwedge^{2}W\to\mathfrak{b} φ : ⋀ 2 W → b . In order to reconstruct the Lie bracket from this data, we also need the b \mathfrak{b} b -invariant symmetric bilinear form α : W × W → R \alpha:W\times W\to\mathbb{R} α : W × W → R defined by relation (3) .
Moreover, let ρ : b → g l ( W ) \rho:\mathfrak{b}\to\mathfrak{gl}(W) ρ : b → gl ( W ) be a representation. By Proposition 3.3 two equivariant maps φ , φ ′ : ⋀ 2 W → b \varphi,\varphi':\bigwedge^{2}W\to\mathfrak{b} φ , φ ′ : ⋀ 2 W → b induce relatively isomorphic algebras (together with b \mathfrak{b} b and ρ \rho ρ ) if and only if there exists an element ( h , ψ ) ∈ Aut ( ρ ) (h,\psi)\in\operatorname{Aut}(\rho) ( h , ψ ) ∈ Aut ( ρ ) such that ψ ∘ φ = h ∗ φ ′ = ( det h ) φ ′ \psi\circ\varphi=h^{*}\varphi'=(\det h)\varphi' ψ ∘ φ = h ∗ φ ′ = ( det h ) φ ′ . As a consequence, we obtain the following restatement of Proposition 3.3 :
Proposition 6.2. Let b \mathfrak{b} b be a Bianchi algebra and ρ : b → g l ( W ) \rho:\mathfrak{b}\to\mathfrak{gl}(W) ρ : b → gl ( W ) a two-dimensional representation. Then, the relative isomorphism classes of ( 3 , 2 ) (3,2) ( 3 , 2 ) -KLAs with d > 3 d>3 d > 3 associated with b \mathfrak{b} b and ρ \rho ρ are in a one-to-one correspondence with the orbits of the natural action Aut ( ρ ) ↷ Hom b ( ⋀ 2 W , b ) \operatorname{Aut}(\rho)\curvearrowright\operatorname{Hom}_{\mathfrak{b}}(\bigwedge^{2}W,\mathfrak{b}) Aut ( ρ ) ↷ Hom b ( ⋀ 2 W , b ) given by
( h , ψ ) ⋅ φ = 1 det h ( ψ ∘ φ ) . (280) (h,\psi)\cdot\varphi=\frac{1}{\det h}(\psi\circ\varphi). \tag*{(280)} ( h , ψ ) ⋅ φ = det h 1 ( ψ ∘ φ ) . (280)
Therefore, we need to calculate the orbits of the action (280) for each of the representations constructed in § 5 to determine the relative isomorphism classes of ( 3 , 2 ) (3,2) ( 3 , 2 ) -KLAs with d > 3 d>3 d > 3 . We note that the orbit of 0 0 0 corresponds to the split abelian extension.
We first establish some terminology. Let G G G be a group and G ↷ X G\curvearrowright X G ↷ X an action of G G G on a set X X X . We say that a subset S ⊆ X S\subseteq X S ⊆ X is a complete set of normal forms for the action if the restriction of the canonical projection X → X / G X\to X/G X → X / G to S S S is a bijection (in other words, if every element of X X X is in the same orbit as exactly one element of S S S ).
The following definition will be useful in order to compute our orbit spaces of interest. Let G ↷ X G\curvearrowright X G ↷ X and H ↷ Y H\curvearrowright Y H ↷ Y be two group actions. We say that the actions are orbit equivalent if there exists a set bijection f : X → Y f:X\to Y f : X → Y such that for each x ∈ X x\in X x ∈ X we have f ( G ⋅ x ) = H ⋅ f ( x ) f(G\cdot x)=H\cdot f(x) f ( G ⋅ x ) = H ⋅ f ( x ) . The map f f f is said to be an orbit equivalence map .
It is clear that if f : X → Y f:X\to Y f : X → Y is an orbit equivalence map and S ⊆ X S\subseteq X S ⊆ X is a complete set of normal forms for the action G ↷ X G\curvearrowright X G ↷ X , then f ( S ) f(S) f ( S ) is a complete set of normal forms for the action H ↷ Y H\curvearrowright Y H ↷ Y .
Before embarking on the classification, we fix the following notation: by { e 1 , e 2 } \{e_{1},e_{2}\} { e 1 , e 2 } we denote a basis of W W W , and by { B 1 , B 2 , B 3 } \{B_{1},B_{2},B_{3}\} { B 1 , B 2 , B 3 } a basis of b \mathfrak{b} b ; for each i , j ∈ { 1 , 2 } i,j\in\{1,2\} i , j ∈ { 1 , 2 } we write
φ ( e 1 ∧ e 2 ) = φ k B k , α ( e i , e j ) = α i j . (281) \varphi(e_{1}\wedge e_{2})=\varphi^{k}B_{k},\qquad\alpha(e_{i},e_{j})=\alpha_{ij}. \tag*{(281)} φ ( e 1 ∧ e 2 ) = φ k B k , α ( e i , e j ) = α ij . (281)
If ( ρ i j ) (\rho_{ij}) ( ρ ij ) is the matrix of ρ ( φ ( e 1 ∧ e 2 ) ) \rho(\varphi(e_{1}\wedge e_{2})) ρ ( φ ( e 1 ∧ e 2 )) with respect to the basis { e 1 , e 2 } \{e_{1},e_{2}\} { e 1 , e 2 } of W W W , then the coefficients α i j \alpha_{ij} α ij can be computed by
\begin{pmatrix}
\alpha_{11} & \alpha_{12}\\
\alpha_{12} & \alpha_{22}
\end{pmatrix}
=
\begin{pmatrix}
-\rho_{21} & \rho_{11}\\
\rho_{11} & \rho_{12}
\end{pmatrix}. \tag*{(282)}\end{pmatrix}
Because the invariant α \alpha α is computed directly from φ \varphi φ , we do not focus on it during the classification process, and we simply give its corresponding value when listing the isomorphism classes.
We now determine the orbit spaces of the action (280) associated with each two-dimensional representation in § 5 .
Bianchi I
We see from Table 6 that the representations W W W of b \mathfrak{b} b having nonzero invariant maps φ : ⋀ 2 W → b \varphi:\bigwedge^{2}W\to\mathfrak{b} φ : ⋀ 2 W → b are I .4 x = − 1 \mathrm{I}.4_{x=-1} I . 4 x = − 1 , I .6 \mathrm{I}.6 I .6 , I .7 y = 0 \mathrm{I}.7_{y=0} I . 7 y = 0 and I .8 \mathrm{I}.8 I .8 .
For the case of I .4 x = − 1 \mathrm{I}.4_{x=-1} I . 4 x = − 1 , the action of Aut ( ρ ) \operatorname{Aut}(\rho) Aut ( ρ ) on Hom b ( ⋀ 2 W , b ) \operatorname{Hom}_{\mathfrak{b}}(\bigwedge^{2}W,\mathfrak{b}) Hom b ( ⋀ 2 W , b ) has three orbits labelled by the condition φ ( e 1 ∧ e 2 ) ∈ { 0 , B 1 , B 2 } \varphi(e_{1}\wedge e_{2})\in\{0,B_{1},B_{2}\} φ ( e 1 ∧ e 2 ) ∈ { 0 , B 1 , B 2 } .
For the cases of I .6 \mathrm{I}.6 I .6 and I .7 y = 0 \mathrm{I}.7_{y=0} I . 7 y = 0 , one sees that the orbits of the action Aut ( ρ ) ↷ Hom b ( ⋀ 2 W , b ) \operatorname{Aut}(\rho)\curvearrowright\operatorname{Hom}_{\mathfrak{b}}(\bigwedge^{2}W,\mathfrak{b}) Aut ( ρ ) ↷ Hom b ( ⋀ 2 W , b ) are labelled by φ ( e 1 ∧ e 2 ) ∈ { 0 , ± B 1 , B 2 } \varphi(e_{1}\wedge e_{2})\in\{0,\pm B_{1},B_{2}\} φ ( e 1 ∧ e 2 ) ∈ { 0 , ± B 1 , B 2 } .
Finally, for the trivial representation I .8 \mathrm{I}.8 I .8 , because the projection of Aut ( ρ ) \operatorname{Aut}(\rho) Aut ( ρ ) onto Aut ( b ) = GL ( b ) \operatorname{Aut}(\mathfrak{b})=\operatorname{GL}(\mathfrak{b}) Aut ( b ) = GL ( b ) is surjective, there are two possible normal forms of φ \varphi φ , obtained by letting φ = 0 \varphi=0 φ = 0 or φ ( e 1 ∧ e 2 ) = B 1 \varphi(e_{1}\wedge e_{2})=B_{1} φ ( e 1 ∧ e 2 ) = B 1 .
Bianchi II
From Table 7 we obtain that the representations W W W of b \mathfrak{b} b for which Hom b ( ⋀ 2 W , b ) \operatorname{Hom}_{\mathfrak{b}}(\bigwedge^{2}W,\mathfrak{b}) Hom b ( ⋀ 2 W , b ) is nontrivial are I I .4 x = − 1 \mathrm{II}.4_{x=-1} II . 4 x = − 1 , I I .6 \mathrm{II}.6 II .6 , I I .7 y = 0 \mathrm{II}.7_{y=0} II . 7 y = 0 and I I .8 \mathrm{II}.8 II .8 . In all cases we have Hom b ( ⋀ 2 W , b ) = ⋀ 2 W ∗ ⊗ R B 1 \operatorname{Hom}_{\mathfrak{b}}(\bigwedge^{2}W,\mathfrak{b})=\bigwedge^{2}W^{*}\otimes\mathbb{R}B_{1} Hom b ( ⋀ 2 W , b ) = ⋀ 2 W ∗ ⊗ R B 1 .
Because R B 1 \mathbb{R}B_{1} R B 1 is the only one-dimensional ideal of b \mathfrak{b} b and it is contained in the kernel of any two-dimensional representation ρ \rho ρ of b \mathfrak{b} b , we deduce immediately that α = 0 \alpha=0 α = 0 for any choice of φ \varphi φ .
It is easy to check that in all cases the map φ ∈ Hom b ( ⋀ 2 W , b ) ↦ φ 1 ∈ R \varphi\in\operatorname{Hom}_{\mathfrak{b}}(\bigwedge^{2}W,\mathfrak{b})\mapsto\varphi^{1}\in\mathbb{R} φ ∈ Hom b ( ⋀ 2 W , b ) ↦ φ 1 ∈ R is an orbit equivalence map between the action of Aut ( ρ ) \operatorname{Aut}(\rho) Aut ( ρ ) on Hom b ( ⋀ 2 W , b ) \operatorname{Hom}_{\mathfrak{b}}(\bigwedge^{2}W,\mathfrak{b}) Hom b ( ⋀ 2 W , b ) and the standard action of ( R ∖ { 0 } ) (\mathbb{R}\setminus\{0\}) ( R ∖ { 0 }) on R \mathbb{R} R . Consequently, every nonzero φ ∈ Hom b ( ⋀ 2 W , b ) \varphi\in\operatorname{Hom}_{\mathfrak{b}}(\bigwedge^{2}W,\mathfrak{b}) φ ∈ Hom b ( ⋀ 2 W , b ) lies in the same orbit as ( e 1 ∧ e 2 ) ⊗ B 1 (e^{1}\wedge e^{2})\otimes B_{1} ( e 1 ∧ e 2 ) ⊗ B 1 .
Bianchi III
In this setting, we see from Table 8 that the representations W W W of b \mathfrak{b} b for which the space Hom b ( ⋀ 2 W , b ) \operatorname{Hom}_{\mathfrak{b}}(\bigwedge^{2}W,\mathfrak{b}) Hom b ( ⋀ 2 W , b ) is nontrivial are the following ones: I I I .2 x = − 1 \mathrm{III}.2_{x=-1} III . 2 x = − 1 , I I I .2 x = − 2 \mathrm{III}.2_{x=-2} III . 2 x = − 2 , I I I .3 ( t , y ) = ( − 2 , − 1 ) \mathrm{III}.3_{(t,y)=(-2,-1)} III . 3 ( t , y ) = ( − 2 , − 1 ) , I I I .5 t = − 1 \mathrm{III}.5_{t=-1} III . 5 t = − 1 , I I I .6 t = − 1 \mathrm{III}.6_{t=-1} III . 6 t = − 1 , I I I .8 x = − 1 \mathrm{III}.8_{x=-1} III . 8 x = − 1 , I I I .8 t ( x + 1 ) = − 2 \mathrm{III}.8_{t(x+1)=-2} III . 8 t ( x + 1 ) = − 2 , I I I .9 t = − 1 \mathrm{III}.9_{t=-1} III . 9 t = − 1 , I I I .10 \mathrm{III}.10 III .10 , I I I .11 y = 0 \mathrm{III}.11_{y=0} III .1 1 y = 0 , I I I .11 t y = − 1 \mathrm{III}.11_{ty=-1} III .1 1 t y = − 1 , I I I .12 x = − 1 \mathrm{III}.12_{x=-1} III .1 2 x = − 1 , I I I .14 \mathrm{III}.14 III .14 , I I I .15 y = 0 \mathrm{III}.15_{y=0} III .1 5 y = 0 and I I I .16 \mathrm{III}.16 III .16 .
In all of the above cases, the space Hom b ( ⋀ 2 W , b ) \operatorname{Hom}_{\mathfrak{b}}(\bigwedge^{2}W,\mathfrak{b}) Hom b ( ⋀ 2 W , b ) is one-dimensional—in fact, spanned by B i B_{i} B i , where i ∈ { 1 , 2 } i\in\{1,2\} i ∈ { 1 , 2 } depending on the case. Furthermore, except for the representations I I I .2 x = − 2 \mathrm{III}.2_{x=-2} III . 2 x = − 2 , I I I .14 \mathrm{III}.14 III .14 and I I I .15 y = 0 \mathrm{III}.15_{y=0} III .1 5 y = 0 , the action of Aut ( ρ ) \operatorname{Aut}(\rho) Aut ( ρ ) on Hom b ( ⋀ 2 W , b ) \operatorname{Hom}_{\mathfrak{b}}(\bigwedge^{2}W,\mathfrak{b}) Hom b ( ⋀ 2 W , b ) is orbit equivalent to the standard action of R ∖ { 0 } \mathbb{R}\setminus\{0\} R ∖ { 0 } on R \mathbb{R} R , meaning that any nonzero φ \varphi φ can be renormalised to ( e 1 ∧ e 2 ) ⊗ B i (e^{1}\wedge e^{2})\otimes B_{i} ( e 1 ∧ e 2 ) ⊗ B i by an adequate element of Aut ( ρ ) \operatorname{Aut}(\rho) Aut ( ρ ) . In the remaining cases, the action is orbit equivalent to the standard action of R + \mathbb{R}^{+} R + on R \mathbb{R} R , so we obtain a complete set of normal forms for φ \varphi φ by letting φ ( e 1 ∧ e 2 ) ∈ { 0 , ± B i } \varphi(e_{1}\wedge e_{2})\in\{0,\pm B_{i}\} φ ( e 1 ∧ e 2 ) ∈ { 0 , ± B i } .
Bianchi IV
For this Bianchi algebra b \mathfrak{b} b , we see from Table 9 that the representations W W W admitting nonzero invariant elements in Hom b ( ⋀ 2 W , b ) \operatorname{Hom}_{\mathfrak{b}}(\bigwedge^{2}W,\mathfrak{b}) Hom b ( ⋀ 2 W , b ) are I V .1 x = − 1 \mathrm{IV}.1_{x=-1} IV . 1 x = − 1 , I V .2 t ( x + 1 ) = − 1 \mathrm{IV}.2_{t(x+1)=-1} IV . 2 t ( x + 1 ) = − 1 , I V .3 t = − 1 / 2 \mathrm{IV}.3_{t=-1/2} IV . 3 t = − 1/2 and I V .5 t y = − 1 / 2 \mathrm{IV}.5_{ty=-1/2} IV . 5 t y = − 1/2 . We have Hom b ( ⋀ 2 W , b ) = ⋀ 2 W ∗ ⊗ R B 1 \operatorname{Hom}_{\mathfrak{b}}(\bigwedge^{2}W,\mathfrak{b})=\bigwedge^{2}W^{*}\otimes\mathbb{R}B_{1} Hom b ( ⋀ 2 W , b ) = ⋀ 2 W ∗ ⊗ R B 1 in all cases and, except for the case of I V .1 x = − 1 \mathrm{IV}.1_{x=-1} IV . 1 x = − 1 , the action of Aut ( ρ ) \operatorname{Aut}(\rho) Aut ( ρ ) on this space is orbit equivalent to the action of R ∖ { 0 } \mathbb{R}\setminus\{0\} R ∖ { 0 } on R \mathbb{R} R , so we have a unique nonzero normal form for φ \varphi φ given by letting φ ( e 1 ∧ e 2 ) = B 1 \varphi(e_{1}\wedge e_{2})=B_{1} φ ( e 1 ∧ e 2 ) = B 1 . In the remaining case, the action is orbit equivalent to the standard action R + ↷ R \mathbb{R}^{+}\curvearrowright\mathbb{R} R + ↷ R , and thus the three possible normal forms for φ \varphi φ are given by φ = 0 \varphi=0 φ = 0 and φ ( e 1 ∧ e 2 ) = ± B 1 \varphi(e_{1}\wedge e_{2})=\pm B_{1} φ ( e 1 ∧ e 2 ) = ± B 1 .
Bianchi V
From Table 10 we see that the two-dimensional representations W W W of b \mathfrak{b} b that admit nonzero invariant 2 2 2 -forms in Hom b ( ⋀ 2 W , b ) \operatorname{Hom}_{\mathfrak{b}}(\bigwedge^{2}W,\mathfrak{b}) Hom b ( ⋀ 2 W , b ) are V .1 x = − 1 \mathrm{V}.1_{x=-1} V . 1 x = − 1 , V .2 t ( x + 1 ) = − 1 \mathrm{V}.2_{t(x+1)=-1} V . 2 t ( x + 1 ) = − 1 , V .3 t = − 1 / 2 \mathrm{V}.3_{t=-1/2} V . 3 t = − 1/2 and V .5 t y = − 1 / 2 \mathrm{V}.5_{ty=-1/2} V . 5 t y = − 1/2 . In all cases we have that the image of φ \varphi φ lies in span { B 1 , B 2 } \operatorname{span}\{B_{1},B_{2}\} span { B 1 , B 2 } .
For the case of V .1 x = − 1 \mathrm{V}.1_{x=-1} V . 1 x = − 1 , it can be shown that the map φ ∈ Hom b ( ⋀ 2 W , b ) ↦ ( φ 1 , φ 2 ) ∈ R 2 \varphi\in\operatorname{Hom}_{\mathfrak{b}}(\bigwedge^{2}W,\mathfrak{b})\mapsto(\varphi^{1},\varphi^{2})\in\mathbb{R}^{2} φ ∈ Hom b ( ⋀ 2 W , b ) ↦ ( φ 1 , φ 2 ) ∈ R 2 establishes an orbit equivalence between the action of Aut ( ρ ) \operatorname{Aut}(\rho) Aut ( ρ ) on Hom b ( ⋀ 2 W , b ) \operatorname{Hom}_{\mathfrak{b}}(\bigwedge^{2}W,\mathfrak{b}) Hom b ( ⋀ 2 W , b ) and the standard representation of the group
L = { ( a b 0 d ) ∣ a ≠ 0 , d > 0 } (283) L=\left\{\left.\begin{pmatrix}a&b\\0&d\end{pmatrix}\,\right|\,a\ne0,\ d>0\right\} \tag*{(283)} L = { ( a 0 b d ) a = 0 , d > 0 } (283)
on the plane. Now, a complete set of normal forms for the action L ↷ R 2 L\curvearrowright\mathbb{R}^{2} L ↷ R 2 is { ( 0 , 0 ) , ( 1 , 0 ) , ( 0 , + 1 ) } \{(0,0),(1,0),(0,+1)\} {( 0 , 0 ) , ( 1 , 0 ) , ( 0 , + 1 )} , and therefore we have four orbits of the Aut ( ρ ) \operatorname{Aut}(\rho) Aut ( ρ ) -action labelled by the possibilities φ ( e 1 ∧ e 2 ) ∈ { 0 , B 1 , ± B 2 } \varphi(e_{1}\wedge e_{2})\in\{0,B_{1},\pm B_{2}\} φ ( e 1 ∧ e 2 ) ∈ { 0 , B 1 , ± B 2 } .
The remaining cases can be tackled at the same time. Indeed, in all of these the map φ ∈ Hom b ( ⋀ 2 W , b ) ↦ ( φ 1 , φ 2 ) ∈ R 2 \varphi\in\operatorname{Hom}_{\mathfrak{b}}(\bigwedge^{2}W,\mathfrak{b})\mapsto(\varphi^{1},\varphi^{2})\in\mathbb{R}^{2} φ ∈ Hom b ( ⋀ 2 W , b ) ↦ ( φ 1 , φ 2 ) ∈ R 2 is an orbit equivalence map between the action of Aut ( ρ ) \operatorname{Aut}(\rho) Aut ( ρ ) on Hom b ( ⋀ 2 W , b ) \operatorname{Hom}_{\mathfrak{b}}(\bigwedge^{2}W,\mathfrak{b}) Hom b ( ⋀ 2 W , b ) and the standard representation of GL ( 2 , R ) \operatorname{GL}(2,\mathbb{R}) GL ( 2 , R ) on R 2 \mathbb{R}^{2} R 2 . Because of this, every nonzero φ \varphi φ can be renormalised to the map ( e 1 ∧ e 2 ) ⊗ B 1 (e^{1}\wedge e^{2})\otimes B_{1} ( e 1 ∧ e 2 ) ⊗ B 1 .
Bianchi VI
From Table 11 , we see that the two-dimensional representations W W W of b \mathfrak{b} b that admit nonzero invariant elements in Hom b ( ⋀ 2 W , b ) \operatorname{Hom}_{\mathfrak{b}}(\bigwedge^{2}W,\mathfrak{b}) Hom b ( ⋀ 2 W , b ) are the following: V I .1 x = − 1 − c \mathrm{VI}.1_{x=-1-c} VI . 1 x = − 1 − c , V I .1 x = − c \mathrm{VI}.1_{x=-c} VI . 1 x = − c , V I .2 x = 1 − c \mathrm{VI}.2_{x=1-c} VI . 2 x = 1 − c , V I .2 x = − c \mathrm{VI}.2_{x=-c} VI . 2 x = − c , V I .3 t ( x + 1 ) = 1 − c \mathrm{VI}.3_{t(x+1)=1-c} VI . 3 t ( x + 1 ) = 1 − c , V I .3 t ( x + 1 ) = − 1 − c \mathrm{VI}.3_{t(x+1)=-1-c} VI . 3 t ( x + 1 ) = − 1 − c , V I .4 2 t = 1 − c \mathrm{VI}.4_{2t=1-c} VI . 4 2 t = 1 − c , V I .4 2 t = − 1 − c \mathrm{VI}.4_{2t=-1-c} VI . 4 2 t = − 1 − c , V I .6 2 t y = 1 − c \mathrm{VI}.6_{2ty=1-c} VI . 6 2 t y = 1 − c and V I .6 2 t y = − 1 − c \mathrm{VI}.6_{2ty=-1-c} VI . 6 2 t y = − 1 − c . Note that in all of these cases we have Hom b ( ⋀ 2 W , b ) = ⋀ 2 W ∗ ⊗ R B i \operatorname{Hom}_{\mathfrak{b}}(\bigwedge^{2}W,\mathfrak{b})=\bigwedge^{2}W^{*}\otimes\mathbb{R}B_{i} Hom b ( ⋀ 2 W , b ) = ⋀ 2 W ∗ ⊗ R B i for i = 1 i=1 i = 1 or i = 2 i=2 i = 2 depending on the representation.
In all cases but V I .1 x = − 1 − c \mathrm{VI}.1_{x=-1-c} VI . 1 x = − 1 − c and V I .2 x = 1 − c \mathrm{VI}.2_{x=1-c} VI . 2 x = 1 − c , the action of Aut ( ρ ) \operatorname{Aut}(\rho) Aut ( ρ ) on the space Hom b ( ⋀ 2 W , b ) \operatorname{Hom}_{\mathfrak{b}}(\bigwedge^{2}W,\mathfrak{b}) Hom b ( ⋀ 2 W , b ) is orbit equivalent to the standard action ( R ∖ { 0 } ) ↷ R (\mathbb{R}\setminus\{0\})\curvearrowright\mathbb{R} ( R ∖ { 0 }) ↷ R , and therefore every nonzero φ \varphi φ can be renormalised to ( e 1 ∧ e 2 ) ⊗ B i (e^{1}\wedge e^{2})\otimes B_{i} ( e 1 ∧ e 2 ) ⊗ B i .
For the two remaining representations, the action of Aut ( ρ ) \operatorname{Aut}(\rho) Aut ( ρ ) on Hom b ( ⋀ 2 W , b ) \operatorname{Hom}_{\mathfrak{b}}(\bigwedge^{2}W,\mathfrak{b}) Hom b ( ⋀ 2 W , b ) is orbit equivalent to the usual action of R + \mathbb{R}^{+} R + on R \mathbb{R} R , and thus there are three possible normal forms of φ \varphi φ given by letting φ ( e 1 ∧ e 2 ) ∈ { 0 , ± B i } \varphi(e_{1}\wedge e_{2})\in\{0,\pm B_{i}\} φ ( e 1 ∧ e 2 ) ∈ { 0 , ± B i } .
Bianchi VII, VIII and IX
For these cases there is nothing to do, because if b \mathfrak{b} b is any of these Bianchi algebras and W W W is a two-dimensional representation of b \mathfrak{b} b , we get Hom b ( ⋀ 2 W , b ) = 0 \operatorname{Hom}_{\mathfrak{b}}(\bigwedge^{2}W,\mathfrak{b})=0 Hom b ( ⋀ 2 W , b ) = 0 automatically.
Summary
We now gather the results of our calculations. Table 13 and Table 14 contain for each two-dimensional representation ρ \rho ρ the nonzero orbit representatives of the standard action of Aut ( ρ ) \operatorname{Aut}(\rho) Aut ( ρ ) on Hom b ( ⋀ 2 W , b ) \operatorname{Hom}_{\mathfrak{b}}(\bigwedge^{2}W,\mathfrak{b}) Hom b ( ⋀ 2 W , b ) , which thus give ( 3 , 2 ) (3,2) ( 3 , 2 ) -KLA structures valid for all d > 3 d>3 d > 3 . On the one hand, the normal forms of φ \varphi φ in Table 13 are such that ρ ∘ φ = 0 \rho\circ\varphi=0 ρ ∘ φ = 0 , and thus the corresponding bilinear form α \alpha α is zero. These normal forms correspond to relative isomorphism classes of algebras in class (II). On the other hand, the normal forms in Table 14 have a nonvanishing corresponding α \alpha α , which we have also described. Any form in this table corresponds to an algebra in class (III). Due to Proposition 3.3 , it is clear that a ( 3 , 2 ) (3,2) ( 3 , 2 ) -KLA that is in either class (II) or (III) cannot be relatively isomorphic to one in class (I). In addition, given two relatively isomorphic ( 3 , 2 ) (3,2) ( 3 , 2 ) -KLAs g \mathfrak{g} g and g ′ \mathfrak{g}' g ′ with d > 3 d>3 d > 3 , their corresponding bilinear forms α \alpha α and α ′ \alpha' α ′ must have the same rank, so an algebra in class (II) cannot be relatively isomorphic to an algebra in class (III). Because of this, we conclude that Theorem C holds.
(3, 2)-KLAs with d = 3
This section is devoted to proving Theorem D , stated in the Introduction.
According to Theorem B, a ( 3 , 2 ) (3,2) ( 3 , 2 ) -KLA g = s o ( V ) ⊕ ( V ⊗ W ) ⊕ b \mathfrak{g}=\mathfrak{so}(V)\oplus(V\otimes W)\oplus\mathfrak{b} g = so ( V ) ⊕ ( V ⊗ W ) ⊕ b with dim V = 3 \dim V=3 dim V = 3 is specified (after performing an adequate relative isomorphism) by the 4-tuple ( ρ , φ , α , σ ) (\rho,\varphi,\alpha,\sigma) ( ρ , φ , α , σ ) , where ρ : b → g l ( W ) \rho:\mathfrak{b}\to\mathfrak{gl}(W) ρ : b → gl ( W ) is a real two-dimensional representation of a Bianchi Lie algebra b \mathfrak{b} b , φ : ⋀ 2 W → b \varphi:\bigwedge^{2}W\to\mathfrak{b} φ : ⋀ 2 W → b , α : W × W → R \alpha:W\times W\to\mathbb{R} α : W × W → R and σ : W × W → W \sigma:W\times W\to W σ : W × W → W are b \mathfrak{b} b -equivariant bilinear maps which satisfy the equations (5) . In terms of this data, the Lie brackets of g \mathfrak{g} g are such that s o ( V ) ⊕ b \mathfrak{so}(V)\oplus\mathfrak{b} so ( V ) ⊕ b is a Lie subalgebra acting on V ⊗ W V\otimes W V ⊗ W in the standard way, while the restriction of the bracket to ⋀ 2 ( V ⊗ W ) \bigwedge^{2}(V\otimes W) ⋀ 2 ( V ⊗ W ) is given by (6) . Furthermore, from Proposition 3.4 it follows that after fixing b \mathfrak{b} b and ρ \rho ρ , the relative isomorphism classes of ( 3 , 2 ) (3,2) ( 3 , 2 ) -KLAs associated with these are in a bijective correspondence with the orbits of the group
Aut ( ρ ) ⋉ ( W ∗ ) b = { ( ψ , h , μ ) ∈ Aut ( b ) × GL ( W ) × ( W ∗ ) b : ρ ∘ ψ = Ad ( h ) ∘ ρ } (284) \operatorname{Aut}(\rho)\ltimes(W^{*})^{\mathfrak{b}}=\{(\psi,h,\mu)\in\operatorname{Aut}(\mathfrak{b})\times\operatorname{GL}(W)\times(W^{*})^{\mathfrak{b}}:\rho\circ\psi=\operatorname{Ad}(h)\circ\rho\} \tag*{(284)} Aut ( ρ ) ⋉ ( W ∗ ) b = {( ψ , h , μ ) ∈ Aut ( b ) × GL ( W ) × ( W ∗ ) b : ρ ∘ ψ = Ad ( h ) ∘ ρ } (284)
acting on the set of solutions ( φ , α , σ ) (\varphi,\alpha,\sigma) ( φ , α , σ ) of equations (5) , where the action of ( ψ , h , μ ) (\psi,h,\mu) ( ψ , h , μ ) on ( φ , α , σ ) (\varphi,\alpha,\sigma) ( φ , α , σ ) is ( φ ′ , α ′ , σ ′ ) (\varphi',\alpha',\sigma') ( φ ′ , α ′ , σ ′ ) with
h ∗ φ ′ = ψ ∘ φ , h ∗ α ′ = α − μ ∘ σ + μ ⊗ μ , h ∗ σ ′ = h ∘ σ − μ ⊗ h − h ⊗ μ . (285) h^{*}\varphi'=\psi\circ\varphi,\qquad h^{*}\alpha'=\alpha-\mu\circ\sigma+\mu\otimes\mu,\qquad h^{*}\sigma'=h\circ\sigma-\mu\otimes h-h\otimes\mu. \tag*{(285)} h ∗ φ ′ = ψ ∘ φ , h ∗ α ′ = α − μ ∘ σ + μ ⊗ μ , h ∗ σ ′ = h ∘ σ − μ ⊗ h − h ⊗ μ . (285)
Our first remark is that if σ = 0 \sigma=0 σ = 0 then we have the same data ( φ , α ) (\varphi,\alpha) ( φ , α ) and the same equations as in the generic case dim V > 3 \dim V>3 dim V > 3 . Moreover we have the same notion of relative isomorphism, since if two solutions ( φ , α , σ = 0 ) (\varphi,\alpha,\sigma=0) ( φ , α , σ = 0 ) and ( φ ′ , α ′ , σ ′ = 0 ) (\varphi',\alpha',\sigma'=0) ( φ ′ , α ′ , σ ′ = 0 ) differ by an element of the form ( ψ , h , μ ) (\psi,h,\mu) ( ψ , h , μ ) , then it follows from the previous equation that μ = 0 \mu=0 μ = 0 . The discussion in § 6.1 therefore applies and we may restrict ourselves to representations ρ : b → g l ( W ) \rho:\mathfrak{b}\to\mathfrak{gl}(W) ρ : b → gl ( W ) with nonzero σ \sigma σ .
A second observation is that a closer look at equations (5) shows that the Bianchi Lie algebra b \mathfrak{b} b is directly involved only in determining Hom b ( ⋀ 2 W , b ) \operatorname{Hom}_{\mathfrak{b}}(\bigwedge^{2}W,\mathfrak{b}) Hom b ( ⋀ 2 W , b ) , while all the other conditions depend on the image ρ ⊆ g l ( W ) \rho\subseteq\mathfrak{gl}(W) ρ ⊆ gl ( W ) . This results in many solutions ( φ , α , σ ) (\varphi,\alpha,\sigma) ( φ , α , σ ) being identical for different ρ \rho ρ .
The Lie bracket in V ⊗ W V\otimes W V ⊗ W is given by
[ u ⊗ e i , v ⊗ e j ] = ϵ i j ⟨ u , v ⟩ B . [u\otimes e_i,v\otimes e_j]=\epsilon_{ij}\langle u,v\rangle B. [ u ⊗ e i , v ⊗ e j ] = ϵ ij ⟨ u , v ⟩ B .
We choose bases { e 1 , e 2 } \{e_1,e_2\} { e 1 , e 2 } for W W W and { B 1 , B 2 , B 3 } \{B_1,B_2,B_3\} { B 1 , B 2 , B 3 } for b \mathfrak{b} b . Moreover, we define scalars α i j \alpha_{ij} α ij , σ i j k \sigma^k_{ij} σ ij k and φ a \varphi^a φ a by
α i j = α ( e i , e j ) , σ ( e i , e j ) = σ i j k e k , φ ( e i ∧ e j ) = ϵ i j φ a B a , (286) \alpha_{ij}=\alpha(e_i,e_j),\qquad\sigma(e_i,e_j)=\sigma^k_{ij}e_k,\qquad\varphi(e_i\wedge e_j)=\epsilon_{ij}\varphi^aB_a, \tag*{(286)} α ij = α ( e i , e j ) , σ ( e i , e j ) = σ ij k e k , φ ( e i ∧ e j ) = ϵ ij φ a B a , (286)
where ϵ i j = − ϵ j i \epsilon_{ij}=-\epsilon_{ji} ϵ ij = − ϵ j i is the Levi-Civita symbol normalised so that ϵ 12 = 1 \epsilon_{12}=1 ϵ 12 = 1 . We also let e i e^i e i , i ∈ { 1 , 2 } i\in\{1,2\} i ∈ { 1 , 2 } , be the canonical dual basis for W ∗ W^* W ∗ .
We now summarise our results in terms of the subalgebras im ρ \operatorname{im}\rho im ρ of g l ( 2 , R ) \mathfrak{gl}(2,\mathbb{R}) gl ( 2 , R ) listed in Table 5 and, of course, the trivial representation ρ = 0 \rho=0 ρ = 0 .
Case im ρ = s 0 \operatorname{im}\rho=\mathfrak{s}_0 im ρ = s 0
This scenario corresponds to the representations III.2x = − 2 _{x=-2} x = − 2 , IV.1x = − 1 _{x=-1} x = − 1 , V.1x = − 1 _{x=-1} x = − 1 , VI.1x = − ( 1 + c ) _{x=-(1+c)} x = − ( 1 + c ) and VI.2x = 1 − c _{x=1-c} x = 1 − c . For these representations, we have
Hom b ( S 2 W , W ) = R ( e 1 ⊗ ( e 1 ⊗ e 2 + e 2 ⊗ e 1 ) + 2 e 2 ⊗ e 2 ⊗ e 2 ) . (287) \operatorname{Hom}_{\mathfrak{b}}(S^2W,W)=\mathbb{R}\left(e_1\otimes(e^1\otimes e^2+e^2\otimes e^1)+2e_2\otimes e^2\otimes e^2\right). \tag*{(287)} Hom b ( S 2 W , W ) = R ( e 1 ⊗ ( e 1 ⊗ e 2 + e 2 ⊗ e 1 ) + 2 e 2 ⊗ e 2 ⊗ e 2 ) . (287)
Suppose that σ ∈ Hom b ( S 2 W , W ) \sigma\in\operatorname{Hom}_{\mathfrak{b}}(S^2W,W) σ ∈ Hom b ( S 2 W , W ) and φ ∈ Hom b ( Λ 2 W , b ) \varphi\in\operatorname{Hom}_{\mathfrak{b}}(\Lambda^2W,\mathfrak{b}) φ ∈ Hom b ( Λ 2 W , b ) satisfy (5) . Because ( W ∗ ) b = R e 2 (W^*)^{\mathfrak{b}}=\mathbb{R}e^2 ( W ∗ ) b = R e 2 and the covector μ 2 e 2 \mu_2e^2 μ 2 e 2 acts on σ \sigma σ by sending σ 12 1 \sigma^1_{12} σ 12 1 to σ 12 1 − μ 2 \sigma^1_{12}-\mu_2 σ 12 1 − μ 2 , we see that the pair ( σ , φ ) (\sigma,\varphi) ( σ , φ ) admits a renormalisation for which σ = 0 \sigma= 0 σ = 0 , which means that none of these representations admit a (3, 2)-KLA structure exclusive to d = 3 d = 3 d = 3 .
Case im ρ = s arctan ( 1 / 2 ) \operatorname{im}\rho= \mathfrak{s}_{\arctan(1/2)} im ρ = s a r c t a n ( 1/2 )
This corresponds to III.2x = − 4 _{x=-4} x = − 4 , IV.1x = − 2 _{x=-2} x = − 2 , V.1x = − 2 _{x=-2} x = − 2 , VI.1x = − 2 ( 1 + c ) _{x=-2(1+c)} x = − 2 ( 1 + c ) and VI.2x = 2 ( 1 − c ) _{x=2(1-c)} x = 2 ( 1 − c ) . Let ( φ , σ , α ) (\varphi, \sigma, \alpha) ( φ , σ , α ) be a solution of equations (5) for which σ ≠ 0 \sigma\ne0 σ = 0 . Then, the only nonzero component of σ \sigma σ is σ 22 \sigma^{22} σ 22 , and because ( W ∗ ) b = 0 (W^*)^{\mathfrak b} = 0 ( W ∗ ) b = 0 we see that this solution is not in the same orbit as one with σ = 0 \sigma= 0 σ = 0 . Moreover, since σ ( e 2 , e 2 ) ∧ e 2 = σ 22 e 1 ∧ e 2 ≠ 0 \sigma(e_2,e_2) \wedge e_2 = \sigma^{22}e_1 \wedge e_2 \ne0 σ ( e 2 , e 2 ) ∧ e 2 = σ 22 e 1 ∧ e 2 = 0 , the second equation in (5) forces φ = 0 \varphi= 0 φ = 0 . In particular, we get by direct calculation that α = 0 \alpha= 0 α = 0 . For all representations ρ \rho ρ in this class, the projection of the group Aut ( ρ ) \operatorname{Aut}(\rho) Aut ( ρ ) onto GL ( W ) \operatorname{GL}(W) GL ( W ) contains matrices of the form
h = ( a b 0 d ) (288) h = \begin{pmatrix} a & b \\ 0 & d \end{pmatrix} \tag*{(288)} h = ( a 0 b d ) (288)
with a / d 2 ≠ 0 a/d^2 \ne0 a / d 2 = 0 but otherwise arbitrary (perhaps after compensating with a suitable automorphism of b b b ). The action of such h h h on e 1 ⊗ e 2 ⊗ e 2 e_1 \otimes e^2 \otimes e^2 e 1 ⊗ e 2 ⊗ e 2 is to rescale it by a / d 2 a/d^2 a / d 2 and hence if σ 22 \sigma^{22} σ 22 is nonzero, we may assume that σ 22 = 1 \sigma^{22} = 1 σ 22 = 1 . We conclude that these representations admit a unique (3, 2)-KLA structure exclusive to d = 3 d = 3 d = 3 .
Case im ρ = R ( 0 0 0 1 ) \operatorname{im}\rho= \mathbb{R}\begin{pmatrix} 0 & 0 \\ 0 & 1 \end{pmatrix} im ρ = R ( 0 0 0 1 )
This corresponds to I.4x = 0 _{x=0} x = 0 , II.4x = 0 _{x=0} x = 0 , III.8x = 0 _{x=0} x = 0 , III.12x = 0 _{x=0} x = 0 , IV.2x = 0 _{x=0} x = 0 , V.2x = 0 _{x=0} x = 0 , VI.3x = 0 _{x=0} x = 0 and VII.1x = 0 _{x=0} x = 0 . We have in these cases that ( W ∗ ) b = R e 1 (W^*)^{\mathfrak b} = \mathbb{R}e^1 ( W ∗ ) b = R e 1 and the possible nonzero components of σ \sigma σ are σ 11 \sigma^{11} σ 11 and σ 12 \sigma^{12} σ 12 , without any restrictions. Suppose that the triple ( σ , φ , α ) (\sigma,\varphi,\alpha) ( σ , φ , α ) satisfies (5) . Because the action of μ 1 e 1 \mu_1 e^1 μ 1 e 1 sends σ 11 1 \sigma^{1}_{11} σ 11 1 to σ 11 1 − 2 μ 1 \sigma^{1}_{11}-2\mu_1 σ 11 1 − 2 μ 1 and σ 12 1 \sigma^{1}_{12} σ 12 1 to σ 12 1 − μ 1 \sigma^{1}_{12}-\mu_1 σ 12 1 − μ 1 , we can renormalise σ \sigma σ so that σ 12 1 = 0 \sigma^{1}_{12}=0 σ 12 1 = 0 . If σ ≠ 0 \sigma\ne0 σ = 0 , then we see that
σ ( e 1 , e 1 ) ∧ e 2 + σ ( e 1 , e 2 ) ∧ e 1 + σ ( e 2 , e 1 ) ∧ e 1 = σ 11 1 ( e 1 ∧ e 2 ) (289) \sigma(e_1,e_1)\wedge e_2+\sigma(e_1,e_2)\wedge e_1+\sigma(e_2,e_1)\wedge e_1=\sigma^{1}_{11}(e_1\wedge e_2) \tag*{(289)} σ ( e 1 , e 1 ) ∧ e 2 + σ ( e 1 , e 2 ) ∧ e 1 + σ ( e 2 , e 1 ) ∧ e 1 = σ 11 1 ( e 1 ∧ e 2 ) (289)
does not vanish, so the second equation in (5) forces φ = 0 \varphi=0 φ = 0 . By direct computation, one also sees that α = 0 \alpha=0 α = 0 . Because the projection of Aut ( ρ ) \operatorname{Aut}(\rho) Aut ( ρ ) onto GL ( W ) \operatorname{GL}(W) GL ( W ) contains the subgroup of all nonsingular diagonal matrices in all cases, we can rescale σ 11 1 \sigma^{1}_{11} σ 11 1 freely, so we conclude that these representations admit a unique ( 3 , 2 ) (3,2) ( 3 , 2 ) -KLA structure exclusive to d = 3 d=3 d = 3 given by letting σ 11 1 = 1 \sigma^{1}_{11}=1 σ 11 1 = 1 and φ = 0 \varphi=0 φ = 0 .
Case im ρ = R \operatorname{im}\rho=\mathbb{R} im ρ = R
This case corresponds to representations I.4x = 1 / 2 _{x=1/2} x = 1/2 , II.4x = 1 / 2 _{x=1/2} x = 1/2 , III.8x = 1 / 2 _{x=1/2} x = 1/2 , III.12x = 1 / 2 _{x=1/2} x = 1/2 , IV.2x = 1 / 2 _{x=1/2} x = 1/2 , V.2x = 1 / 2 _{x=1/2} x = 1/2 , VI.3x = 1 / 2 _{x=1/2} x = 1/2 and VII.1x = 1 / 2 _{x=1/2} x = 1/2 . In all of these cases we have ( W ∗ ) b = 0 (W^*)^{\mathfrak b}=0 ( W ∗ ) b = 0 and the only nonzero component of σ \sigma σ is σ 11 2 \sigma^{2}_{11} σ 11 2 . Once again the projection of Aut ( ρ ) \operatorname{Aut}(\rho) Aut ( ρ ) onto GL ( W ) \operatorname{GL}(W) GL ( W ) contains the subgroup of all nonsingular diagonal matrices, so its action allows us to rescale σ 11 2 \sigma^{2}_{11} σ 11 2 freely, so if σ ≠ 0 \sigma\ne0 σ = 0 we can renormalise σ \sigma σ so that σ 11 2 = 1 \sigma^{2}_{11}=1 σ 11 2 = 1 . Observe that
σ ( e 1 , e 1 ) ∧ e 1 = − σ 11 2 e 1 ∧ e 2 , (290) \sigma(e_1,e_1)\wedge e_1=-\sigma^{2}_{11}e_1\wedge e_2, \tag*{(290)} σ ( e 1 , e 1 ) ∧ e 1 = − σ 11 2 e 1 ∧ e 2 , (290)
so the second equation in (5) implies that φ = 0 \varphi=0 φ = 0 . As a consequence, α = 0 \alpha=0 α = 0 , and we conclude that all of these representations admit a unique ( 3 , 2 ) (3,2) ( 3 , 2 ) -KLA structure exclusive to d = 3 d=3 d = 3 obtained by letting σ 11 2 = 1 \sigma^{2}_{11}=1 σ 11 2 = 1 and φ = 0 \varphi=0 φ = 0 .
Case im ρ = R \operatorname{im}\rho=\mathbb{R} im ρ = R
This case corresponds to representations I.6, II.6, III.10, III.14, IV.4, V.4, VI.5 and VII.3. The possible nonzero components of σ \sigma σ are σ 12 1 \sigma^{1}_{12} σ 12 1 , σ 22 1 \sigma^{1}_{22} σ 22 1 and σ 22 2 = 2 σ 12 1 \sigma^{2}_{22}=2\sigma^{1}_{12} σ 22 2 = 2 σ 12 1 (with σ 12 1 \sigma^{1}_{12} σ 12 1 and σ 22 1 \sigma^{1}_{22} σ 22 1 free). We also have ( W ∗ ) b = R e 2 (W^*)^{\mathfrak b}=\mathbb{R}e^2 ( W ∗ ) b = R e 2 and the action of μ 2 e 2 \mu_2e^2 μ 2 e 2 on σ \sigma σ sends
σ 12 1 ↦ σ 12 1 − μ 2 and σ 22 1 ↦ σ 22 1 . (291) \sigma^{1}_{12}\mapsto\sigma^{1}_{12}-\mu_2\quad\text{and}\quad\sigma^{1}_{22}\mapsto\sigma^{1}_{22}. \tag*{(291)} σ 12 1 ↦ σ 12 1 − μ 2 and σ 22 1 ↦ σ 22 1 . (291)
Because of this, we can renormalise any solution ( φ , α , σ ) (\varphi,\alpha,\sigma) ( φ , α , σ ) so that σ 12 1 = 0 \sigma^{1}_{12}=0 σ 12 1 = 0 . For such a solution, assuming that σ ≠ 0 \sigma\ne0 σ = 0 , we have σ ( e 2 , e 2 ) ∧ e 2 = σ 22 1 e 1 ∧ e 2 \sigma(e_2,e_2)\wedge e_2=\sigma^{1}_{22}e_1\wedge e_2 σ ( e 2 , e 2 ) ∧ e 2 = σ 22 1 e 1 ∧ e 2 , so the second equation in (5) yields φ = 0 \varphi=0 φ = 0 . A calculation shows that α = 0 \alpha=0 α = 0 , and in all cases the action of Aut ( ρ ) \operatorname{Aut}(\rho) Aut ( ρ ) on R e 1 ⊗ e 2 ⊗ e 2 \mathbb{R}e_1\otimes e^2\otimes e^2 R e 1 ⊗ e 2 ⊗ e 2 is orbit equivalent to the standard action of R ∖ { 0 } \mathbb{R}\setminus\{0\} R ∖ { 0 } on R \mathbb{R} R , so we can renormalise σ \sigma σ so that σ 22 1 = 1 \sigma^{1}_{22}=1 σ 22 1 = 1 . Thus, these representations admit exactly one ( 3 , 2 ) (3,2) ( 3 , 2 ) -KLA structure exclusive to d = 3 d=3 d = 3 given by σ 22 1 = 1 \sigma^{1}_{22}=1 σ 22 1 = 1 and φ = 0 \varphi=0 φ = 0 .
Case ρ = 0 \rho=0 ρ = 0
This corresponds to representations I.8, II.8, III.16, IV.6, V.6, VI.7, VII.5, VIII.2 and the only real two-dimensional representation of Bianchi IX.
We show that any solution ( φ , α , σ ) (\varphi,\alpha,\sigma) ( φ , α , σ ) of (5) admits a renormalisation with either σ = 0 \sigma=0 σ = 0 or φ = 0 \varphi=0 φ = 0 . Indeed, from the results in Appendix B we see that σ \sigma σ may be assumed to have trace zero, or in other words, that for every w 1 ∈ W w_1\in W w 1 ∈ W the operator σ ^ w 1 ∈ End ( W ) \widehat{\sigma}_{w_1}\in\operatorname{End}(W) σ w 1 ∈ End ( W ) given by σ ^ w 1 ( w 2 ) = σ ( w 1 , w 2 ) \widehat{\sigma}_{w_1}(w_2)=\sigma(w_1,w_2) σ w 1 ( w 2 ) = σ ( w 1 , w 2 ) is in s l ( W ) \mathfrak{sl}(W) sl ( W ) . In particular, this means that for every w 2 , w 3 ∈ W w_2,w_3\in W w 2 , w 3 ∈ W we have
0 = σ ^ w 1 ( w 2 ∧ w 3 ) = σ ( w 1 , w 2 ) ∧ w 3 + w 2 ∧ σ ( w 1 , w 3 ) . (292) 0=\widehat{\sigma}_{w_1}(w_2\wedge w_3)=\sigma(w_1,w_2)\wedge w_3+w_2\wedge\sigma(w_1,w_3). \tag*{(292)} 0 = σ w 1 ( w 2 ∧ w 3 ) = σ ( w 1 , w 2 ) ∧ w 3 + w 2 ∧ σ ( w 1 , w 3 ) . (292)
As a consequence, the expression σ ( w 1 , w 2 ) ∧ w 3 \sigma(w_1,w_2)\wedge w_3 σ ( w 1 , w 2 ) ∧ w 3 is totally symmetric in the three variables, so the second equation in (5) becomes
3 φ ( σ ( w 1 , w 2 ) ∧ w 3 ) = 0 , w 1 , w 2 , w 3 ∈ W . (293) 3\varphi(\sigma(w_1,w_2)\wedge w_3)=0,\quad w_1,w_2,w_3\in W. \tag*{(293)} 3 φ ( σ ( w 1 , w 2 ) ∧ w 3 ) = 0 , w 1 , w 2 , w 3 ∈ W . (293)
Thus, because φ \varphi φ is either zero or injective, we deduce from the equation above that either σ = 0 \sigma=0 σ = 0 (so the corresponding ( 3 , 2 ) (3,2) ( 3 , 2 ) -KLA structure is generic) or φ = 0 \varphi=0 φ = 0 . Note that if φ = 0 \varphi=0 φ = 0 , then the coefficients of α \alpha α are
α 11 = ( σ 22 2 − σ 12 1 ) σ 11 1 + ( σ 11 1 − σ 12 2 ) σ 12 1 , α 12 = σ 12 1 σ 12 2 − σ 22 2 σ 11 1 , α 22 = ( σ 11 1 − σ 12 2 ) σ 22 1 + ( σ 22 2 − σ 12 1 ) σ 12 1 . (294) \begin{aligned}
\alpha_{11}&=(\sigma^{2}_{22}-\sigma^{1}_{12})\sigma^{1}_{11}+(\sigma^{1}_{11}-\sigma^{2}_{12})\sigma^{1}_{12},\\
\alpha_{12}&=\sigma^{1}_{12}\sigma^{2}_{12}-\sigma^{2}_{22}\sigma^{1}_{11},\\
\alpha_{22}&=(\sigma^{1}_{11}-\sigma^{2}_{12})\sigma^{1}_{22}+(\sigma^{2}_{22}-\sigma^{1}_{12})\sigma^{1}_{12}. \tag*{(294)}
\end{aligned} α 11 α 12 α 22 = ( σ 22 2 − σ 12 1 ) σ 11 1 + ( σ 11 1 − σ 12 2 ) σ 12 1 , = σ 12 1 σ 12 2 − σ 22 2 σ 11 1 , = ( σ 11 1 − σ 12 2 ) σ 22 1 + ( σ 22 2 − σ 12 1 ) σ 12 1 . (294)
We conclude that in order to determine the ( 3 , 2 ) (3,2) ( 3 , 2 ) -KLA structures exclusive to d = 3 d = 3 d = 3 , it is necessary and sufficient to understand the orbit space of the action of GL ( W ) ⋉ W ∗ \operatorname{GL}(W) \ltimes W^* GL ( W ) ⋉ W ∗ on Hom ( S 2 W , W ) \operatorname{Hom}(S^2W,W) Hom ( S 2 W , W ) studied in Appendix B, where we relate this classification to the classical problem of determining the normal forms for binary cubic forms of weight − 1 -1 − 1 under the action of GL ( 2 , R ) \operatorname{GL}(2,\mathbb{R}) GL ( 2 , R ) . Summarising the results in that section, we have the following normal forms σ s \sigma_s σ s (where s = 1 , … , 4 s = 1,\ldots,4 s = 1 , … , 4 ) for nonzero σ \sigma σ , where we list only the nonzero coefficients σ i j k \sigma_{ij}^{k} σ ij k and α i j \alpha_{ij} α ij .
( σ 1 ) 11 1 = − ( σ 1 ) 12 2 = 1 3 (\sigma_1)_{11}^{1} = -(\sigma_1)_{12}^{2} = \frac{1}{3} ( σ 1 ) 11 1 = − ( σ 1 ) 12 2 = 3 1 and ( σ 1 ) 22 2 = − 1 (\sigma_1)_{22}^{2} = -1 ( σ 1 ) 22 2 = − 1 , hence ( α 1 ) 11 = − 2 3 (\alpha_1)_{11} = -\frac{2}{3} ( α 1 ) 11 = − 3 2 , ( α 1 ) 22 = − 2 3 (\alpha_1)_{22} = -\frac{2}{3} ( α 1 ) 22 = − 3 2 ;
( σ 2 ) 11 1 = − ( σ 2 ) 12 2 = 1 3 (\sigma_2)_{11}^{1} = -(\sigma_2)_{12}^{2} = \frac{1}{3} ( σ 2 ) 11 1 = − ( σ 2 ) 12 2 = 3 1 and ( σ 2 ) 22 2 = 1 (\sigma_2)_{22}^{2} = 1 ( σ 2 ) 22 2 = 1 , hence ( α 2 ) 11 = − 2 3 (\alpha_2)_{11} = -\frac{2}{3} ( α 2 ) 11 = − 3 2 , ( α 2 ) 22 = 2 3 (\alpha_2)_{22} = \frac{2}{3} ( α 2 ) 22 = 3 2 ;
( σ 3 ) 12 1 = − ( σ 3 ) 22 2 = 1 3 (\sigma_3)_{12}^{1} = -(\sigma_3)_{22}^{2} = \frac{1}{3} ( σ 3 ) 12 1 = − ( σ 3 ) 22 2 = 3 1 , hence ( α 3 ) 22 = − 2 3 (\alpha_3)_{22} = -\frac{2}{3} ( α 3 ) 22 = − 3 2 ;
and ( σ 4 ) 22 2 = 1 (\sigma_4)_{22}^{2} = 1 ( σ 4 ) 22 2 = 1 , hence α 4 = 0 \alpha_4 = 0 α 4 = 0 .
Recall that it is possible that a general nonzero σ \sigma σ is in the same orbit as the zero tensor.
It will be simpler for us to consider different renormalisations of these σ s \sigma_s σ s so that their corresponding bilinear forms α s \alpha_s α s vanish. Let us define modified bilinear maps τ s \tau_s τ s as follows:
τ 1 = ( − id W , 2 3 e 1 ) ⋅ σ 1 \tau_1 = (-\operatorname{id}_W,\frac{2}{3}e^1)\cdot\sigma_1 τ 1 = ( − id W , 3 2 e 1 ) ⋅ σ 1 , with nonzero components τ 11 1 = τ 12 2 = τ 22 2 = 1 \tau_{11}^{1} = \tau_{12}^{2} = \tau_{22}^{2} = 1 τ 11 1 = τ 12 2 = τ 22 2 = 1 ;
τ 2 = ( − id W , 2 3 e 1 ) ⋅ σ 2 \tau_2 = (-\operatorname{id}_W,\frac{2}{3}e^1)\cdot\sigma_2 τ 2 = ( − id W , 3 2 e 1 ) ⋅ σ 2 , with nonzero components τ 11 1 = τ 12 2 = − τ 22 2 = 1 \tau_{11}^{1} = \tau_{12}^{2} = -\tau_{22}^{2} = 1 τ 11 1 = τ 12 2 = − τ 22 2 = 1 ;
τ 3 = ( h , 1 3 e 2 ) ⋅ σ 3 = e 1 ⊗ e 1 ⊗ e 1 \tau_3 = (h,\frac{1}{3}e^2)\cdot\sigma_3 = e_1 \otimes e^1 \otimes e^1 τ 3 = ( h , 3 1 e 2 ) ⋅ σ 3 = e 1 ⊗ e 1 ⊗ e 1 , where
h = ( 0 − 1 − 1 0 ) (295) h = \begin{pmatrix} 0 & -1 \\ -1 & 0 \end{pmatrix} \tag*{(295)} h = ( 0 − 1 − 1 0 ) (295)
and τ 4 = ( − h , 0 ) ⋅ σ 4 = e 2 ⊗ e 1 ⊗ e 1 \tau_4 = (-h,0)\cdot\sigma_4 = e_2 \otimes e^1 \otimes e^1 τ 4 = ( − h , 0 ) ⋅ σ 4 = e 2 ⊗ e 1 ⊗ e 1 , where h h h is the same matrix as above.
Then by construction each τ s \tau_s τ s is in the same orbit as σ s \sigma_s σ s , and a calculation shows that the bilinear form β s \beta_s β s constructed from τ s \tau_s τ s via (4) vanishes identically. We therefore obtain that every solution of (5) taking the form ( φ = 0 , α , σ ) (\varphi= 0,\alpha,\sigma) ( φ = 0 , α , σ ) is in the same orbit as exactly one of either ( 0 , 0 , 0 ) (0,0,0) ( 0 , 0 , 0 ) or a ( 0 , 0 , τ s ) (0,0,\tau_s) ( 0 , 0 , τ s ) with s ∈ { 1 , … , 4 } s \in\{1,\ldots,4\} s ∈ { 1 , … , 4 } .
Summary
Let us now gather our results and prove Theorem D . From our calculations, we have seen that every ( 3 , 2 ) (3,2) ( 3 , 2 ) -KLA g = s o ( V ) ⊕ ( V ⊗ W ) ⊕ b \mathfrak{g} = \mathfrak{so}(V) \oplus(V \otimes W) \oplus\mathfrak{b} g = so ( V ) ⊕ ( V ⊗ W ) ⊕ b with dim V = d = 3 \dim V = d = 3 dim V = d = 3 is relatively isomorphic to one that has an associated two-dimensional representation ρ : b → g l ( W ) \rho:\mathfrak{b} \to\mathfrak{gl}(W) ρ : b → gl ( W ) and such that [ b , V ⊗ W ] ⊆ V ⊗ W [\mathfrak{b},V \otimes W] \subseteq V \otimes W [ b , V ⊗ W ] ⊆ V ⊗ W . Moreover, the remaining objects φ \varphi φ and σ \sigma σ determining the Lie bracket of g \mathfrak{g} g can be brought to a normal form where either φ = 0 \varphi= 0 φ = 0 or σ = 0 \sigma= 0 σ = 0 .
On the one hand, if σ = 0 \sigma= 0 σ = 0 , then we are back at the problem of determining the normal forms of φ \varphi φ up to the action of Aut ( ρ ) \operatorname{Aut}(\rho) Aut ( ρ ) , so we conclude that g \mathfrak{g} g is either a split abelian extension, an algebra in class (II) (classified in Table 13 ) or an algebra in class (III) (classified in Table 14 ).
On the other hand, if φ = 0 \varphi= 0 φ = 0 , then either σ \sigma σ can be brought to zero by an element of ( W ∗ ) b (W^*)^{\mathfrak{b}} ( W ∗ ) b (so g \mathfrak{g} g is actually a split abelian extension in disguise) or it may be transformed into exactly one of the normal forms described in this section. This last case corresponds to g \mathfrak{g} g being in class (IV). The canonical forms for σ \sigma σ (and thus all ( 3 , 2 ) (3,2) ( 3 , 2 ) -KLAs with d = 3 d = 3 d = 3 and in class (IV)) are collected in Table 15 , and they all have its corresponding α \alpha α equal to zero.
All in all, Theorem D is proved.
Acknowledgements
This project started during a visit of JML to the University of Edinburgh in 2023. JML is grateful to said institution for its support during the stay.
JMF would like to acknowledge the hospitality he received from the Departamento de Matemáticas of the Universidade de Santiago de Compostela and especially from José Carlos Díaz Ramos and the group of Xeometría e Topoloxía during part of the time it took to write this paper.
JML has been partially supported by the research grant PID2022-138988NB-I00 funded by MICIU/AEI/10.13039/501100011033 and by ERDF, EU, by project ED431C 2023/31 (Xunta de Galicia, Spain), and the FPI programme (Spain).
The Lie bracket in V ⊗ W V \otimes W V ⊗ W is given by
[ u ⊗ e i , v ⊗ e j ] = ( u × v ) ⊗ σ i j . [u \otimes e_i, v \otimes e_j] = (u \times v) \otimes\sigma_{ij}. [ u ⊗ e i , v ⊗ e j ] = ( u × v ) ⊗ σ ij .
Bianchi Lie algebras and their automorphisms
In this appendix we collect some information on three-dimensional Lie algebras and their automorphisms which we will use repeatedly in the bulk of the paper.
Bianchi Lie algebras
The three-dimensional Lie algebras were classified up to isomorphism by Bianchi [12 , 13 ] `` and we list isomorphism class representatives in Table 16 .
Automorphisms of Bianchi Lie algebras
For every b \mathfrak{b} b in Table 16 , we now list the automorphisms Aut ( b ) ⊆ GL ( b ) \operatorname{Aut}(\mathfrak{b}) \subseteq\operatorname{GL}(\mathfrak{b}) Aut ( b ) ⊆ GL ( b ) . By definition, φ ∈ GL ( b ) \varphi\in\operatorname{GL}(\mathfrak{b}) φ ∈ GL ( b ) is automorphism if for all B , B ′ ∈ b B, B' \in\mathfrak{b} B , B ′ ∈ b ,
[ φ ( B ) , φ ( B ′ ) ] = φ ( [ B , B ′ ] ) . (296) [\varphi(B),\varphi(B')] = \varphi([B,B']). \tag*{(296)} [ φ ( B ) , φ ( B ′ )] = φ ([ B , B ′ ]) . (296)
The columns are, from left to right, the classical Bianchi label for the Lie algebra, the nonzero brackets relative to a basis B 1 , B 2 , B 3 B_1,B_2,B_3 B 1 , B 2 , B 3 and some structural properties which can be more or less immediately inferred from the Lie brackets.
Automorphisms form a subgroup Aut ( b ) ⊆ GL ( b ) \operatorname{Aut}(\mathfrak{b})\subseteq\operatorname{GL}(\mathfrak{b}) Aut ( b ) ⊆ GL ( b ) . Choosing a basis { B 1 , B 2 , B 3 } \{B_1,B_2,B_3\} { B 1 , B 2 , B 3 } for b \mathfrak{b} b , every automorphism φ \varphi φ gives rise to a matrix Φ \Phi Φ of GL ( 3 , R ) \operatorname{GL}(3,\mathbb{R}) GL ( 3 , R ) by
φ ( B i ) = B j Φ i j . (297) \varphi(B_i)=B_j\Phi^j_i . \tag*{(297)} φ ( B i ) = B j Φ i j . (297)
Since we have chosen a basis for b \mathfrak{b} b , we will give the automorphism group Aut ( b ) \operatorname{Aut}(\mathfrak{b}) Aut ( b ) as a matrix subgroup of GL ( 3 , R ) \operatorname{GL}(3,\mathbb{R}) GL ( 3 , R ) .
Automorphisms of Bianchi I
This is an abelian Lie algebra so that Aut ( b ) = GL ( b ) \operatorname{Aut}(\mathfrak{b})=\operatorname{GL}(\mathfrak{b}) Aut ( b ) = GL ( b ) . Choosing a basis B 1 , B 2 , B 3 B_1,B_2,B_3 B 1 , B 2 , B 3 for b \mathfrak{b} b , any matrix in GL ( 3 , R ) \operatorname{GL}(3,\mathbb{R}) GL ( 3 , R ) is an automorphism.
Automorphisms of Bianchi II
The automorphism group Aut ( b I I ) \operatorname{Aut}(\mathfrak{b}_{\mathrm{II}}) Aut ( b II ) is the following six-dimensional subgroup of GL ( 3 , R ) \operatorname{GL}(3,\mathbb{R}) GL ( 3 , R ) :
Aut ( b I I ) = { ( det A a t 0 A ) ∣ A ∈ GL ( 2 , R ) and a ∈ R 2 } . (298) \operatorname{Aut}(\mathfrak{b}_{\mathrm{II}})=\left\{\left(\begin{array}{cc}
\det A & \mathbf{a}^{\mathsf{t}}\\
0 & A
\end{array}\right)\mathrel{\Big|} A\in\operatorname{GL}(2,\mathbb{R})\ \text{and}\ \mathbf{a}\in\mathbb{R}^2\right\}. \tag*{(298)} Aut ( b II ) = { ( det A 0 a t A ) A ∈ GL ( 2 , R ) and a ∈ R 2 } . (298)
Automorphisms of Bianchi III
The automorphism group Aut ( b I I I ) \operatorname{Aut}(\mathfrak{b}_{\mathrm{III}}) Aut ( b III ) is the following four-dimensional subgroup of GL ( 3 , R ) \operatorname{GL}(3,\mathbb{R}) GL ( 3 , R ) :
Aut ( b I I I ) = { ( A α 0 1 ) ∣ A ∈ Diag ( 2 , R ) and α ∈ R 2 } , (299) \operatorname{Aut}(\mathfrak{b}_{\mathrm{III}})=\left\{\left(\begin{array}{cc}
A & \boldsymbol{\alpha}\\
0 & 1
\end{array}\right)\mathrel{\Big|} A\in\operatorname{Diag}(2,\mathbb{R})\ \text{and}\ \boldsymbol{\alpha}\in\mathbb{R}^2\right\}, \tag*{(299)} Aut ( b III ) = { ( A 0 α 1 ) A ∈ Diag ( 2 , R ) and α ∈ R 2 } , (299)
where Diag ( 2 , R ) ⊆ GL ( 2 , R ) \operatorname{Diag}(2,\mathbb{R})\subseteq\operatorname{GL}(2,\mathbb{R}) Diag ( 2 , R ) ⊆ GL ( 2 , R ) are the diagonal invertible 2 × 2 2\times2 2 × 2 matrices.
Automorphisms of Bianchi IV
The automorphism group Aut ( b I V ) \operatorname{Aut}(\mathfrak{b}_{\mathrm{IV}}) Aut ( b IV ) is the following five-dimensional subgroup of GL ( 3 , R ) \operatorname{GL}(3,\mathbb{R}) GL ( 3 , R ) :
Aut ( b I V ) = { ( A a 0 1 ) ∣ A = ( u v 0 u ) ∈ GL ( 2 , R ) and a ∈ R 2 } . (300) \operatorname{Aut}(\mathfrak{b}_{\mathrm{IV}})=\left\{\left(\begin{array}{cc}
A & \mathbf{a}\\
0 & 1
\end{array}\right)\mathrel{\Big|} A=\left(\begin{array}{cc}
u & v\\
0 & u
\end{array}\right)\in\operatorname{GL}(2,\mathbb{R})\ \text{and}\ \mathbf{a}\in\mathbb{R}^2\right\}. \tag*{(300)} Aut ( b IV ) = { ( A 0 a 1 ) A = ( u 0 v u ) ∈ GL ( 2 , R ) and a ∈ R 2 } . (300)
Automorphisms of Bianchi V
The automorphism group Aut ( b V ) \operatorname{Aut}(\mathfrak{b}_{\mathrm{V}}) Aut ( b V ) is the following six-dimensional subgroup of GL ( 3 , R ) \operatorname{GL}(3,\mathbb{R}) GL ( 3 , R ) :
Aut ( b V ) = { ( A a 0 1 ) ∣ A ∈ GL ( 2 , R ) and a ∈ R 2 } . (301) \operatorname{Aut}(\mathfrak{b}_{\mathrm{V}})=\left\{\left(\begin{array}{cc}
A & \mathbf{a}\\
0 & 1
\end{array}\right)\mathrel{\Big|} A\in\operatorname{GL}(2,\mathbb{R})\ \text{and}\ \mathbf{a}\in\mathbb{R}^2\right\}. \tag*{(301)} Aut ( b V ) = { ( A 0 a 1 ) A ∈ GL ( 2 , R ) and a ∈ R 2 } . (301)
Automorphisms of Bianchi VI
Here we do not consider c = 1 c=1 c = 1 , which was already discussed as Bianchi III. Nevertheless we must distinguish between c = 0 c=0 c = 0 and c > 0 c>0 c > 0 . In the generic case (c > 0 c>0 c > 0 ), the automorphism group Aut ( b V I c > 0 ) \operatorname{Aut}(\mathfrak{b}_{\mathrm{VI}_{c>0}}) Aut ( b VI c > 0 ) is the following four-dimensional subgroup of GL ( 3 , R ) \operatorname{GL}(3,\mathbb{R}) GL ( 3 , R ) :
Aut ( b V I c > 0 ) = { ( A a 0 1 ) ∣ A ∈ Diag ( 2 , R ) and a ∈ R 2 } . (302) \operatorname{Aut}(\mathfrak{b}_{\mathrm{VI}_{c>0}})=\left\{\left.\begin{pmatrix} A & \mathbf{a} \\ 0 & 1 \end{pmatrix}\right| A\in\operatorname{Diag}(2,\mathbb{R})\text{ and }\mathbf{a}\in\mathbb{R}^{2}\right\}. \tag*{(302)} Aut ( b VI c > 0 ) = { ( A 0 a 1 ) A ∈ Diag ( 2 , R ) and a ∈ R 2 } . (302)
If c = 0 c=0 c = 0 then there are additional automorphisms of the form
{ ( A a 0 − 1 ) ∣ A = ( 0 u v 0 ) ∈ GL ( 2 , R ) and a ∈ R 2 } . (303) \left\{\left.\begin{pmatrix} A & \mathbf{a} \\ 0 & -1 \end{pmatrix}\right| A=\begin{pmatrix} 0 & u \\ v & 0 \end{pmatrix}\in\operatorname{GL}(2,\mathbb{R})\text{ and }\mathbf{a}\in\mathbb{R}^{2}\right\}. \tag*{(303)} { ( A 0 a − 1 ) A = ( 0 v u 0 ) ∈ GL ( 2 , R ) and a ∈ R 2 } . (303)
Automorphisms of Bianchi VII
Here again we must distinguish between c = 0 c=0 c = 0 and c > 0 c>0 c > 0 . In the generic case (c > 0 c>0 c > 0 ), the automorphism group Aut ( b V I I c > 0 ) \operatorname{Aut}(\mathfrak{b}_{\mathrm{VII}_{c>0}}) Aut ( b VII c > 0 ) is the following four-dimensional subgroup of GL ( 3 , R ) \operatorname{GL}(3,\mathbb{R}) GL ( 3 , R ) :
Aut ( b V I I c > 0 ) = { ( A a 0 1 ) ∣ A = ( u v − v u ) ∈ GL ( 2 , R ) and a ∈ R 2 } . (304) \operatorname{Aut}(\mathfrak{b}_{\mathrm{VII}_{c>0}})=\left\{\left.\begin{pmatrix} A & \mathbf{a} \\ 0 & 1 \end{pmatrix}\right| A=\begin{pmatrix} u & v \\ -v & u \end{pmatrix}\in\operatorname{GL}(2,\mathbb{R})\text{ and }\mathbf{a}\in\mathbb{R}^{2}\right\}. \tag*{(304)} Aut ( b VII c > 0 ) = { ( A 0 a 1 ) A = ( u − v v u ) ∈ GL ( 2 , R ) and a ∈ R 2 } . (304)
If c = 0 c=0 c = 0 then there are additional automorphisms of the form
{ ( A a 0 − 1 ) ∣ A = ( u v v − u ) ∈ GL ( 2 , R ) and a ∈ R 2 } . (305) \left\{\left.\begin{pmatrix} A & \mathbf{a} \\ 0 & -1 \end{pmatrix}\right| A=\begin{pmatrix} u & v \\ v & -u \end{pmatrix}\in\operatorname{GL}(2,\mathbb{R})\text{ and }\mathbf{a}\in\mathbb{R}^{2}\right\}. \tag*{(305)} { ( A 0 a − 1 ) A = ( u v v − u ) ∈ GL ( 2 , R ) and a ∈ R 2 } . (305)
Automorphisms of Bianchi VIII
The automorphism group of b V I I I ≃ s l ( 2 , R ) \mathfrak{b}_{\mathrm{VIII}}\simeq\mathfrak{sl}(2,\mathbb{R}) b VIII ≃ sl ( 2 , R ) is PGL ( 2 , R ) \operatorname{PGL}(2,\mathbb{R}) PGL ( 2 , R ) , which is the subgroup of GL ( 3 , R ) \operatorname{GL}(3,\mathbb{R}) GL ( 3 , R ) obtained by conjugating s l ( 2 , R ) \mathfrak{sl}(2,\mathbb{R}) sl ( 2 , R ) (in our chosen basis) by GL ( 2 , R ) \operatorname{GL}(2,\mathbb{R}) GL ( 2 , R ) .
Automorphisms of Bianchi IX
The automorphism group of b I X ≃ s o ( 3 ) \mathfrak{b}_{\mathrm{IX}}\simeq\mathfrak{so}(3) b IX ≃ so ( 3 ) is the adjoint group SO ( 3 ) ⊆ GL ( 3 , R ) \operatorname{SO}(3)\subseteq\operatorname{GL}(3,\mathbb{R}) SO ( 3 ) ⊆ GL ( 3 , R ) .
An action of GL ( 2 , R ) ⋉ ( R 2 ) ∗ \operatorname{GL}(2,\mathbb{R})\ltimes(\mathbb{R}^{2})^{*} GL ( 2 , R ) ⋉ ( R 2 ) ∗ on $\operatorname{Hom}(S^{2}\mathbb{R}^{2},\mathbb{R}^{2})
Consider the group G = GL ( 2 , R ) ⋉ ( R 2 ) ∗ G=\operatorname{GL}(2,\mathbb{R})\ltimes(\mathbb{R}^{2})^{*} G = GL ( 2 , R ) ⋉ ( R 2 ) ∗ and the vector space Hom ( S 2 R 2 , R 2 ) \operatorname{Hom}(S^{2}\mathbb{R}^{2},\mathbb{R}^{2}) Hom ( S 2 R 2 , R 2 ) . The group G G G has an action on Hom ( S 2 R 2 , R 2 ) \operatorname{Hom}(S^{2}\mathbb{R}^{2},\mathbb{R}^{2}) Hom ( S 2 R 2 , R 2 ) described as follows: if ( h , μ ) ∈ G (h,\mu)\in G ( h , μ ) ∈ G and σ ∈ Hom ( S 2 R 2 , R 2 ) \sigma\in\operatorname{Hom}(S^{2}\mathbb{R}^{2},\mathbb{R}^{2}) σ ∈ Hom ( S 2 R 2 , R 2 ) , we define
( ( h , μ ) ⋅ σ ) ( x , y ) = h σ ( h − 1 x , h − 1 y ) − μ ( h − 1 x ) y − μ ( h − 1 y ) x . (306) ((h,\mu)\cdot\sigma)(x,y)=h\sigma(h^{-1}x,h^{-1}y)-\mu(h^{-1}x)y-\mu(h^{-1}y)x. \tag*{(306)} (( h , μ ) ⋅ σ ) ( x , y ) = hσ ( h − 1 x , h − 1 y ) − μ ( h − 1 x ) y − μ ( h − 1 y ) x . (306)
for every x , y ∈ R 2 x,y\in\mathbb{R}^{2} x , y ∈ R 2 . In this appendix, we are interested in finding the possible normal forms of any σ ∈ Hom ( S 2 R 2 , R 2 ) \sigma\in\operatorname{Hom}(S^{2}\mathbb{R}^{2},\mathbb{R}^{2}) σ ∈ Hom ( S 2 R 2 , R 2 ) under this action (in other words, we want to give a unique representative for each G G G -orbit).
Let us define a “trace” tr : Hom ( S 2 R 2 , R 2 ) → ( R 2 ) ∗ \operatorname{tr}:\operatorname{Hom}(S^{2}\mathbb{R}^{2},\mathbb{R}^{2})\to(\mathbb{R}^{2})^{*} tr : Hom ( S 2 R 2 , R 2 ) → ( R 2 ) ∗ by
( tr σ ) ( x ) = Tr σ ^ x , (307) (\operatorname{tr}\sigma)(x)=\operatorname{Tr}\hat{\sigma}_{x}, \tag*{(307)} ( tr σ ) ( x ) = Tr σ ^ x , (307)
for every x ∈ R 2 x\in\mathbb{R}^{2} x ∈ R 2 , where σ ^ x ∈ End ( R 2 ) \hat{\sigma}_{x}\in\operatorname{End}(\mathbb{R}^{2}) σ ^ x ∈ End ( R 2 ) is the endomorphism sending y ↦ σ ( x , y ) y\mapsto\sigma(x,y) y ↦ σ ( x , y ) and Tr \operatorname{Tr} Tr is the usual trace of endomorphisms. Relative to canonical dual bases e 1 , e 2 \mathbf{e}_{1},\mathbf{e}_{2} e 1 , e 2 for R 2 \mathbb{R}^{2} R 2 and e 1 , e 2 \mathbf{e}^{1},\mathbf{e}^{2} e 1 , e 2 for ( R 2 ) ∗ (\mathbb{R}^{2})^{*} ( R 2 ) ∗ , σ ( e i , e j ) = σ i j k e k \sigma(\mathbf{e}_{i},\mathbf{e}_{j})=\sigma_{ij}^{k}\mathbf{e}_{k} σ ( e i , e j ) = σ ij k e k and the trace is given by tr σ = σ i j i e j \operatorname{tr}\sigma=\sigma_{ij}^{i}\mathbf{e}^{j} tr σ = σ ij i e j .
Lemma B.1. For all ( h , μ ) ∈ G (h,\mu)\in G ( h , μ ) ∈ G and symmetric bilinear σ : R 2 × R 2 → R 2 \sigma:\mathbb{R}^{2}\times\mathbb{R}^{2}\to\mathbb{R}^{2} σ : R 2 × R 2 → R 2 , we have
tr ( ( h , μ ) ⋅ σ ) = ( h − 1 ) ∗ ( tr σ − 3 μ ) . (308) \operatorname{tr}((h,\mu)\cdot\sigma)=(h^{-1})^{*}(\operatorname{tr}\sigma-3\mu). \tag*{(308)} tr (( h , μ ) ⋅ σ ) = ( h − 1 ) ∗ ( tr σ − 3 μ ) . (308)
Proof. For all x ∈ R 2 x\in\mathbb{R}^{2} x ∈ R 2 , we have an identity between endomorphisms
( ( h , μ ) ⋅ σ ) x = h ∘ σ ^ h − 1 x ∘ h − 1 − μ ( h − 1 x ) id − x ⊗ ( μ ∘ h − 1 ) . (309) ((h,\mu)\cdot\sigma)_{x}=h\circ\hat{\sigma}_{h^{-1}x}\circ h^{-1}-\mu(h^{-1}x)\operatorname{id}-x\otimes(\mu\circ h^{-1}). \tag*{(309)} (( h , μ ) ⋅ σ ) x = h ∘ σ ^ h − 1 x ∘ h − 1 − μ ( h − 1 x ) id − x ⊗ ( μ ∘ h − 1 ) . (309)
so that taking the trace
tr ( ( h , μ ) ⋅ σ ) ( x ) = Tr ( ( h , μ ) ⋅ σ ) x = Tr ( h ∘ σ ^ h − 1 x ∘ h − 1 − μ ( h − 1 x ) id − x ⊗ ( μ ∘ h − 1 ) ) = Tr σ ^ h − 1 x − 2 μ ( h − 1 x ) − μ ( h − 1 x ) (using linearity and invariance of Tr) = ( tr σ ) ( h − 1 x ) − 3 μ ( h − 1 x ) = ( h − 1 ) ∗ ( tr σ − 3 μ ) ( x ) , \operatorname{tr}((h,\mu)\cdot\sigma)(x)=\operatorname{Tr}((h,\mu)\cdot\sigma)_x
=\operatorname{Tr}\left(h\circ\hat{\sigma}_{h^{-1}x}\circ h^{-1}-\mu(h^{-1}x)\operatorname{id}-x\otimes(\mu\circ h^{-1})\right)
=\operatorname{Tr}\hat{\sigma}_{h^{-1}x}-2\mu(h^{-1}x)-\mu(h^{-1}x)
\qquad\text{(using linearity and invariance of Tr)}
=(\operatorname{tr}\sigma)(h^{-1}x)-3\mu(h^{-1}x)
=(h^{-1})^*(\operatorname{tr}\sigma-3\mu)(x), tr (( h , μ ) ⋅ σ ) ( x ) = Tr (( h , μ ) ⋅ σ ) x = Tr ( h ∘ σ ^ h − 1 x ∘ h − 1 − μ ( h − 1 x ) id − x ⊗ ( μ ∘ h − 1 ) ) = Tr σ ^ h − 1 x − 2 μ ( h − 1 x ) − μ ( h − 1 x ) (using linearity and invariance of Tr) = ( tr σ ) ( h − 1 x ) − 3 μ ( h − 1 x ) = ( h − 1 ) ∗ ( tr σ − 3 μ ) ( x ) ,
which gives the desired result upon abstracting x \mathbf{x} x .
It follows from this lemma that, given any σ \sigma σ , we may act with ( id , 1 3 tr σ ) (\operatorname{id},\frac{1}{3}\operatorname{tr}\sigma) ( id , 3 1 tr σ ) to arrive at a σ ′ \sigma' σ ′ with tr σ ′ = 0 \operatorname{tr}\sigma'=0 tr σ ′ = 0 . Furthermore, a direct consequence of (B.3) is that the stabiliser of U = ker tr U=\ker\operatorname{tr} U = ker tr is the canonical subgroup GL ( 2 , R ) \operatorname{GL}(2,\mathbb{R}) GL ( 2 , R ) (embedded in G G G via the map h ↦ ( h , 0 ) h\mapsto(h,0) h ↦ ( h , 0 ) ). We conclude that the G G G -orbits in Hom ( S 2 R 2 , R 2 ) \operatorname{Hom}(S^2\mathbb{R}^2,\mathbb{R}^2) Hom ( S 2 R 2 , R 2 ) are in a bijective correspondence with the GL ( 2 , R ) \operatorname{GL}(2,\mathbb{R}) GL ( 2 , R ) -orbits in U U U , a real four-dimensional space with basis
σ 1 = e 1 ⊗ e 1 ⊗ e 1 − e 2 ⊗ e 1 ⊗ e 2 − e 2 ⊗ e 2 ⊗ e 1 σ 2 = e 2 ⊗ e 2 ⊗ e 2 − e 1 ⊗ e 1 ⊗ e 2 − e 1 ⊗ e 2 ⊗ e 1 σ 3 = e 1 ⊗ e 2 ⊗ e 2 σ 4 = e 2 ⊗ e 1 ⊗ e 1 . (310) \begin{aligned}
\sigma_1&=\mathbf{e}_1\otimes e^1\otimes e^1-e_2\otimes e^1\otimes e^2-e_2\otimes e^2\otimes e^1\\
\sigma_2&=e_2\otimes e^2\otimes e^2-e_1\otimes e^1\otimes e^2-e_1\otimes e^2\otimes e^1\\
\sigma_3&=e_1\otimes e^2\otimes e^2\\
\sigma_4&=e_2\otimes e^1\otimes e^1. \tag*{(310)}
\end{aligned} σ 1 σ 2 σ 3 σ 4 = e 1 ⊗ e 1 ⊗ e 1 − e 2 ⊗ e 1 ⊗ e 2 − e 2 ⊗ e 2 ⊗ e 1 = e 2 ⊗ e 2 ⊗ e 2 − e 1 ⊗ e 1 ⊗ e 2 − e 1 ⊗ e 2 ⊗ e 1 = e 1 ⊗ e 2 ⊗ e 2 = e 2 ⊗ e 1 ⊗ e 1 . (310)
The subgroup SL ( 2 , R ) ⊆ GL ( 2 , R ) \operatorname{SL}(2,\mathbb{R})\subseteq\operatorname{GL}(2,\mathbb{R}) SL ( 2 , R ) ⊆ GL ( 2 , R ) preserves a symplectic structure ϵ \epsilon ϵ on R 2 \mathbb{R}^2 R 2 , which we normalise so that ϵ ( e i , e j ) = ϵ i j \epsilon(e_i,e_j)=\epsilon_{ij} ϵ ( e i , e j ) = ϵ ij , the Levi-Civita symbol with ϵ 12 = 1 \epsilon_{12}=1 ϵ 12 = 1 . Given σ ∈ Hom ( S 2 R 2 , R 2 ) \sigma\in\operatorname{Hom}(S^2\mathbb{R}^2,\mathbb{R}^2) σ ∈ Hom ( S 2 R 2 , R 2 ) we may contract with ϵ \epsilon ϵ to give a cubic q ∈ Hom ( S 2 R 2 ⊗ R 2 , R ) q\in\operatorname{Hom}(S^2\mathbb{R}^2\otimes\mathbb{R}^2,\mathbb{R}) q ∈ Hom ( S 2 R 2 ⊗ R 2 , R ) by
q ( x , y , z ) = ϵ ( σ ( x , y ) , z ) . (311) q(\mathbf{x},\mathbf{y},\mathbf{z})=\epsilon(\sigma(\mathbf{x},\mathbf{y}),\mathbf{z}). \tag*{(311)} q ( x , y , z ) = ϵ ( σ ( x , y ) , z ) . (311)
This cubic form is symmetric in x ↔ y \mathbf{x}\leftrightarrow\mathbf{y} x ↔ y , but more is true.
Lemma B.2. If tr σ = 0 \operatorname{tr}\sigma=0 tr σ = 0 then q q q is totally symmetric.
Proof. The condition tr σ = 0 \operatorname{tr}\sigma=0 tr σ = 0 says that the endomorphisms σ ^ x \hat{\sigma}_{\mathbf{x}} σ ^ x belong to s l ( 2 , R ) \mathfrak{sl}(2,\mathbb{R}) sl ( 2 , R ) for every x ∈ R 2 \mathbf{x}\in\mathbb{R}^2 x ∈ R 2 . This is equivalent to σ ^ x ( y ∧ z ) = 0 \hat{\sigma}_{\mathbf{x}}(\mathbf{y}\wedge\mathbf{z})=0 σ ^ x ( y ∧ z ) = 0 for all x , y , z ∈ R 2 \mathbf{x},\mathbf{y},\mathbf{z}\in\mathbb{R}^2 x , y , z ∈ R 2 . Equivalently,
σ ( x , y ) ∧ z + y ∧ σ ( x , z ) = 0. (312) \sigma(\mathbf{x},\mathbf{y})\wedge\mathbf{z}+\mathbf{y}\wedge\sigma(\mathbf{x},\mathbf{z})=0. \tag*{(312)} σ ( x , y ) ∧ z + y ∧ σ ( x , z ) = 0. (312) Applying ϵ \epsilon ϵ , we find that q ( x , y , z ) = q ( x , z , y ) q(\mathbf{x},\mathbf{y},\mathbf{z})=q(\mathbf{x},\mathbf{z},\mathbf{y}) q ( x , y , z ) = q ( x , z , y ) . Since q ( x , y , z ) = q ( y , x , z ) q(\mathbf{x},\mathbf{y},\mathbf{z})=q(\mathbf{y},\mathbf{x},\mathbf{z}) q ( x , y , z ) = q ( y , x , z ) , this says that q q q is totally symmetric.
This means that to every traceless σ \sigma σ we can associate a binary cubic form Q Q Q via
Q ( x ) = ϵ ( σ ( x , x ) , x ) , for x ∈ R 2 , (313) Q(\mathbf{x})=\epsilon(\sigma(\mathbf{x},\mathbf{x}),\mathbf{x}),\qquad\text{for }\mathbf{x}\in\mathbb{R}^2, \tag*{(313)} Q ( x ) = ϵ ( σ ( x , x ) , x ) , for x ∈ R 2 , (313)
from where q q q can be reconstructed by polarisation. As a corollary, the space U U U of traceless symmetric bilinear maps σ : R 2 × R 2 → R 2 \sigma:\mathbb{R}^2\times\mathbb{R}^2\to\mathbb{R}^2 σ : R 2 × R 2 → R 2 is isomorphic to S 3 ( R 2 ) ∗ S^3(\mathbb{R}^2)^* S 3 ( R 2 ) ∗ as a representation of SL ( 2 , R ) \operatorname{SL}(2,\mathbb{R}) SL ( 2 , R ) .
The action of GL ( 2 , R ) \operatorname{GL}(2,\mathbb{R}) GL ( 2 , R ) on U U U is not the natural one, but is instead twisted by the determinant, reflecting the fact that ϵ \epsilon ϵ is not invariant under GL ( 2 , R ) \operatorname{GL}(2,\mathbb{R}) GL ( 2 , R ) . Indeed, as a representation of GL ( 2 , R ) \operatorname{GL}(2,\mathbb{R}) GL ( 2 , R ) , U ≃ S 3 ( R 2 ) ∗ ⊗ ⋀ 1 R 2 U\simeq S^3(\mathbb{R}^2)^*\otimes\bigwedge^1\mathbb{R}^2 U ≃ S 3 ( R 2 ) ∗ ⊗ ⋀ 1 R 2 . In classical notation (see, e.g., [20 Definition 2.27] ), Q Q Q is a binary cubic form of weight − 1 -1 − 1 . The determination of the normal forms of such Q Q Q is a classical problem in invariant theory and its solution is described, for example, in [20 Section 2] . Let us summarise the necessary results.
Let Q Q Q be a cubic binary form of weight − 1 -1 − 1 . This means that, using x = ( x , y ) \mathbf{x}=(x,y) x = ( x , y ) for our coordinates in R 2 \mathbb{R}^2 R 2 ,
Q ( x , y ) = a 3 x 3 + 3 a 2 x 2 y + 3 a 1 x y 2 + a 0 y 3 (314) Q(x,y)=a_3x^3+3a_2x^2y+3a_1xy^2+a_0y^3 \tag*{(314)} Q ( x , y ) = a 3 x 3 + 3 a 2 x 2 y + 3 a 1 x y 2 + a 0 y 3 (314)
and under a GL ( 2 , R ) \operatorname{GL}(2,\mathbb{R}) GL ( 2 , R ) transformation
\begin{pmatrix}x\\y\end{pmatrix}\mapsto
\begin{pmatrix}x'\\y'\end{pmatrix}
=
\begin{pmatrix}\alpha&\beta\\\gamma&\delta\end{pmatrix}
\begin{pmatrix}x\\y\end{pmatrix}. \tag*{(315)}\end{pmatrix}
Q ↦ Q ′ Q \mapsto Q' Q ↦ Q ′ , where
Q ( x , y ) = ( α δ − β γ ) − 1 Q ′ ( x ′ , y ′ ) . (316) Q(x,y)=(\alpha\delta-\beta\gamma)^{-1}Q'(x',y'). \tag*{(316)} Q ( x , y ) = ( α δ − β γ ) − 1 Q ′ ( x ′ , y ′ ) . (316)
Recall that a homogeneous polynomial function J ( a , x ) : = J ( a 0 , a 1 , a 2 , a 3 , x , y ) J(a,x):=J(a_0,a_1,a_2,a_3,x,y) J ( a , x ) := J ( a 0 , a 1 , a 2 , a 3 , x , y ) is said to be a covariant of Q Q Q of weight k k k (written wt J = k \operatorname{wt} J=k wt J = k ) if J ↦ J ′ J\mapsto J' J ↦ J ′ under the transformation (B.10), where
J ( a , x ) = ( α δ − β γ ) k J ′ ( a ′ , x ′ ) . (317) J(a,x)=(\alpha\delta-\beta\gamma)^kJ'(a',x'). \tag*{(317)} J ( a , x ) = ( α δ − β γ ) k J ′ ( a ′ , x ′ ) . (317)
A covariant J J J of a binary form Q Q Q is subject to two natural gradations in addition to its weight: its degree deg J \operatorname{deg} J deg J (the degree as a polynomial in x x x ) and its order ord J \operatorname{ord} J ord J (the degree as a polynomial in a a a ). These are not independent, but satisfy the relation:
deg J + 2 wt J = ( deg Q + 2 wt Q ) ord J . (318) \operatorname{deg} J+2\operatorname{wt} J=(\operatorname{deg} Q+2\operatorname{wt} Q)\operatorname{ord} J. \tag*{(318)} deg J + 2 wt J = ( deg Q + 2 wt Q ) ord J . (318)
A binary cubic form Q Q Q has four independent covariants: Q Q Q itself of order 1, degree 3 and weight − 1 -1 − 1 ; the discriminant Δ \Delta Δ , defined by
Δ : = a 0 2 a 3 2 − 6 a 0 a 1 a 2 a 3 + 4 a 0 a 2 3 − 3 a 1 2 a 2 2 + 4 a 1 3 a 3 , (319) \Delta:=a_0^2a_3^2-6a_0a_1a_2a_3+4a_0a_2^3-3a_1^2a_2^2+4a_1^3a_3, \tag*{(319)} Δ := a 0 2 a 3 2 − 6 a 0 a 1 a 2 a 3 + 4 a 0 a 2 3 − 3 a 1 2 a 2 2 + 4 a 1 3 a 3 , (319)
of degree 0, order 4 and weight 2; the hessian H H H defined by
H : = Q x x Q y y − Q x y 2 , (320) H:=Q_{xx}Q_{yy}-Q_{xy}^2, \tag*{(320)} H := Q xx Q y y − Q x y 2 , (320)
with subscripts denoting partial differentiation, of degree 2, order 2 and weight 0; and the jacobian T T T of Q Q Q and H H H , defined by
T : = Q x H y − Q y H x , (321) T:=Q_xH_y-Q_yH_x, \tag*{(321)} T := Q x H y − Q y H x , (321)
which we shall not need in our analysis. The discriminant Δ \Delta Δ of a cubic Q Q Q agrees up to a nonzero multiple with the discriminant of the hessian H H H as a binary quadratic form, so we do not get any further covariants in this way.
With every binary cubic form Q ( x , y ) Q(x,y) Q ( x , y ) there is an associated polynomial Q ^ ( z ) : = Q ( z , 1 ) \widehat{Q}(z):=Q(z,1) Q ( z ) := Q ( z , 1 ) , from where we may reconstruct Q Q Q via
Q ( x , y ) = y 3 Q ^ ( x y ) . (322) Q(x,y)=y^3\widehat{Q}\left(\frac{x}{y}\right). \tag*{(322)} Q ( x , y ) = y 3 Q ( y x ) . (322)
The function Q ^ \widehat{Q} Q is really to be understood as a function on the projective space R P 1 \mathbb{RP}^1 RP 1 on which GL ( 2 , R ) \operatorname{GL}(2,\mathbb{R}) GL ( 2 , R ) acts via fractional linear transformations.
The nature of the roots of Q ^ \widehat{Q} Q (the points in R P 1 \mathbb{RP}^1 RP 1 where it vanishes) is intimately linked to the possible values of the covariants Δ \Delta Δ and H H H . Two basic facts are the following: the discriminant Δ = 0 \Delta=0 Δ = 0 if and only if Q ^ \widehat{Q} Q has a repeated root and the hessian H = 0 H=0 H = 0 if and only if Q ^ \widehat{Q} Q has a triple root.
If Δ ≠ 0 \Delta\ne0 Δ = 0 , then Q ^ \widehat{Q} Q has three simple roots. There are two possibilities: either they are all real (Δ < 0 \Delta<0 Δ < 0 ) or there are two complex roots appearing as a complex conjugate pair (Δ > 0 \Delta>0 Δ > 0 ). If Δ = 0 \Delta=0 Δ = 0 , but H ≠ 0 H\ne0 H = 0 , then Q ^ \widehat{Q} Q has a double root. If H ≡ 0 H\equiv0 H ≡ 0 then Q ^ \widehat{Q} Q has a triple root or Q ≡ 0 Q\equiv0 Q ≡ 0 .
It is then a matter of studying the action of GL ( 2 , R ) \operatorname{GL}(2,\mathbb{R}) GL ( 2 , R ) via fractional linear transformations on the roots of Q ^ \widehat{Q} Q , thought of as points in R P 1 \mathbb{RP}^1 RP 1 or C P 1 \mathbb{CP}^1 CP 1 . This results in the following normal forms:
if Δ < 0 \Delta<0 Δ < 0 , then Q ^ \widehat{Q} Q has three simple real roots which we can place at − 1 , 1 , ∞ -1,1,\infty − 1 , 1 , ∞ , resulting in Q ^ ( z ) = z 2 − 1 \widehat{Q}(z)=z^2-1 Q ( z ) = z 2 − 1 and hence
Q ( x , y ) = y x 2 − y 3 ; (323) Q(x,y)=yx^2-y^3; \tag*{(323)} Q ( x , y ) = y x 2 − y 3 ; (323)
if Δ > 0 \Delta>0 Δ > 0 , then Q ^ \widehat{Q} Q has two complex conjugate roots and a real root, which we can place at − i , i , ∞ -\mathrm{i},\mathrm{i},\infty − i , i , ∞ , resulting in Q ^ ( z ) = z 2 + 1 \widehat{Q}(z)=z^2+1 Q ( z ) = z 2 + 1 and hence
Q ( x , y ) = y x 2 + y 3 ; (324) Q(x,y)=yx^2+y^3; \tag*{(324)} Q ( x , y ) = y x 2 + y 3 ; (324)
if Δ = 0 \Delta=0 Δ = 0 , but H ≠ 0 H\ne0 H = 0 , then Q ^ \widehat{Q} Q has a repeated root, which we can place at ∞ \infty ∞ while placing the simple root at 0 0 0 , resulting in Q ^ ( z ) = z \widehat{Q}(z)=z Q ( z ) = z and hence
Q ( x , y ) = y 2 x ; (325) Q(x,y)=y^2x; \tag*{(325)} Q ( x , y ) = y 2 x ; (325)
if H ≡ 0 H\equiv0 H ≡ 0 , but Q ≠ 0 Q\ne0 Q = 0 , we have a triple root, which we can place at ∞ \infty ∞ , resulting in Q ^ ( z ) = 1 \widehat{Q}(z)=1 Q ( z ) = 1 and hence
Q ( x , y ) = y 3 ; (326) Q(x,y)=y^3; \tag*{(326)} Q ( x , y ) = y 3 ; (326)
Let us now apply this to the case at hand. For the binary cubic form arising from traceless symmetric bilinears σ : R 2 × R 2 → R 2 \sigma:\mathbb{R}^{2} \times\mathbb{R}^{2} \to\mathbb{R}^{2} σ : R 2 × R 2 → R 2 , we find for x = ( x , y ) \mathbf{x}=(x,y) x = ( x , y ) ,
Q ( x ) = ϵ ( σ ( x , x ) , x ) = − σ 11 2 x 3 + 3 σ 11 1 x 2 y + 3 σ 12 1 x y 2 + σ 22 2 y 3 , (327) Q(\mathbf{x})=\epsilon(\sigma(\mathbf{x},\mathbf{x}),\mathbf{x})=-\sigma_{11}^{2}x^{3}+3\sigma_{11}^{1}x^{2}y+3\sigma_{12}^{1}xy^{2}+\sigma_{22}^{2}y^{3}, \tag*{(327)} Q ( x ) = ϵ ( σ ( x , x ) , x ) = − σ 11 2 x 3 + 3 σ 11 1 x 2 y + 3 σ 12 1 x y 2 + σ 22 2 y 3 , (327)
where we have used the following parametrisation: σ = σ 11 1 σ 1 − σ 12 1 σ 2 + σ 22 1 σ 3 + σ 11 2 σ 4 \sigma=\sigma_{11}^{1}\sigma_{1}-\sigma_{12}^{1}\sigma_{2}+\sigma_{22}^{1}\sigma_{3}+\sigma_{11}^{2}\sigma_{4} σ = σ 11 1 σ 1 − σ 12 1 σ 2 + σ 22 1 σ 3 + σ 11 2 σ 4 , where σ i \sigma_i σ i are given by equation (B.5). The above normal forms for Q Q Q translate into the following:
σ = 1 3 σ 1 − σ 3 ; (328) \sigma=\frac{1}{3}\sigma_{1}-\sigma_{3}; \tag*{(328)} σ = 3 1 σ 1 − σ 3 ; (328)
σ = 1 3 σ 1 + σ 3 ; (329) \sigma=\frac{1}{3}\sigma_{1}+\sigma_{3}; \tag*{(329)} σ = 3 1 σ 1 + σ 3 ; (329)
σ = − 1 3 σ 2 ; (330) \sigma=-\frac{1}{3}\sigma_{2}; \tag*{(330)} σ = − 3 1 σ 2 ; (330)
σ = σ 3 ; (331) \sigma=\sigma_{3}; \tag*{(331)} σ = σ 3 ; (331)
It is perhaps curious that the hessian H H H of the binary cubic form Q Q Q in equation (B.22) is given by
1 18 H ( x , y ) = α 11 x 2 + 2 α 12 x y + α 22 y 2 , (332) \frac{1}{18}H(x,y)=\alpha_{11}x^{2}+2\alpha_{12}xy+\alpha_{22}y^{2}, \tag*{(332)} 18 1 H ( x , y ) = α 11 x 2 + 2 α 12 x y + α 22 y 2 , (332)
where α i j \alpha_{ij} α ij are given by equation (294) .
References
(JMF) Maxwell Institute and School of Mathematics, The University of Edinburgh, James Clerk Maxwell Building, Peter Guthrie Tait Road, Edinburgh EH9 3FD, Scotland, United Kingdom Email address , JMF: j.m.figueroa@ed.ac.uk, ORCID: 0000-0002-9308-9360
(JML) David and Judi Proctor Department of Mathematics, University of Oklahoma, Physical Sciences Center, 601 Elm Avenue, Norman 73019, Oklahoma, United States of America Email address , JML: jnaveiro@ou.edu, ORCID: 0000-0002-8683-3067